title.gif (7562 bytes)

Chapter 1 Nat
Chapter 2 The Boys
Chapter 3 Sunday
Chapter 4 Stepping-Stones
Chapter 5 Pattypans
Chapter 6 A Fire Brand
Chapter 7 Naughty Nan
Chapter 8 Pranks And Plays
Chapter 9 Daisy's Ball
Chapter 10 Home Again
Chapter 11 Uncle Teddy
Chapter 12 Huckleberries
Chapter 13 Goldilocks
Chapter 14 Damon And Pythias
Chapter 15 In The Willow
Chapter 16 Taming The Colt
Chapter 17 Composition Day
Chapter 18 Crops
Chapter 19 John Brooke
Chapter 20 Round The Fire
Chapter 21 Thanksgiving

Chapter 1 Nat

"Please, sir, is this Plumfield?" asked a
ragged boy of the man who opened the
great gate at which the omnibus left him.

"Yes. Who sent you?"

"Mr. Laurence. I have got a letter for the
lady."

"All right; go up to the house, and give it to
her; she'll see to you, little chap."

The man spoke pleasantly, and the boy
went on, feeling much cheered by the
words. Through the soft spring rain that fell
on sprouting grass and budding trees, Nat
saw a large square house before him a
hospitable-looking house, with an old-
fashioned porch, wide steps, and lights
shining in many windows. Neither curtains
nor shutters hid the cheerful glimmer; and,
pausing a moment before he rang, Nat saw
many little shadows dancing on the walls,
heard the pleasant hum of young voices,
and felt that it was hardly possible that the
light and warmth and comfort within could
be for a homeless "little chap" like him.

"I hope the lady will see to me," he thought,
and gave a timid rap with the great bronze
knocker, which was a jovial griffin's head.

A rosy-faced servant-maid opened the
door, and smiled as she took the letter
which he silently offered. She seemed used
to receiving strange boys, for she pointed to
a seat in the hall, and said, with a nod:

"Sit there and drip on the mat a bit, while I
take this in to missis."

Nat found plenty to amuse him while he
waited, and stared about him curiously,
enjoying the view, yet glad to do so
unobserved in the dusky recess by the door.

The house seemed swarming with boys,

-1-

who were beguiling the rainy twilight with all
sorts of amusements. There were boys
everywhere, "up-stairs and down-stairs
and in the lady's chamber," apparently, for
various open doors showed pleasant
groups of big boys, little boys, and middle-
sized boys in all stages of evening
relaxation, not to say effervescence. Two
large rooms on the right were evidently
schoolrooms, for desks, maps,
blackboards, and books were scattered
about. An open fire burned on the hearth,
and several indolent lads lay on their backs
before it, discussing a new cricket-ground,
with such animation that their boots waved
in the air. A tall youth was practising on the
flute in one corner, quite undisturbed by the
racket all about him. Two or three others
were jumping over the desks, pausing, now
and then, to get their breath and laugh at the
droll sketches of a little wag who was
caricaturing the whole household on a
blackboard.

In the room on the left a long supper-table
was seen, set forth with great pitchers of
new milk, piles of brown and white bread,
and perfect stacks of the shiny gingerbread
so dear to boyish souls. A flavor of toast
was in the air, also suggestions of baked
apples, very tantalizing to one hungry little
nose and stomach.

The hall, however, presented the most
inviting prospect of all, for a brisk game of
tag was going on in the upper entry. One
landing was devoted to marbles, the other
to checkers, while the stairs were occupied
by a boy reading, a girl singing a lullaby to
her doll, two puppies, a kitten, and a
constant succession of small boys sliding
down the banisters, to the great detriment
of their clothes and danger to their limbs.

So absorbed did Nat become in this
exciting race, that he ventured farther and

farther out of his corner; and when one very
lively boy came down so swiftly that he
could not stop himself, but fell off the
banisters, with a crash that would have
broken any head but one rendered nearly as
hard as a cannon-ball by eleven years of
constant bumping, Nat forgot himself, and
ran up to the fallen rider, expecting to find
him half-dead. The boy, however, only
winked rapidly for a second, then lay calmly
looking up at the new face with a surprised,
"Hullo!"

"Hullo!" returned Nat, not knowing what else
to say, and thinking that form of reply both
brief and easy.

"Are you a new boy?" asked the recumbent
youth, without stirring.

"Don't know yet."

"What's your name?"

"Nat Blake."

"Mine's Tommy Bangs. Come up and have
a go, will you?" and Tommy got upon his
legs like one suddenly remembering the
duties of hospitality.

"Guess I won't, till I see whether I'm going to
stay or not," returned Nat, feeling the desire
to stay increase every moment.

"I say, Demi, here's a new one. Come and
see to him;" and the lively Thomas returned
to his sport with unabated relish.

At his call, the boy reading on the stairs
looked up with a pair of big brown eyes,
and after an instant's pause, as if a little
shy, he put the book under his arm, and
came soberly down to greet the new-
comer, who found something very attractive
in the pleasant face of this slender, mild-

-2-

eyed boy.

"Have you seen Aunt Jo?" he asked, as if
that was some sort of important ceremony.

"I haven't seen anybody yet but you boys;
I'm waiting," answered Nat.

"Did Uncle Laurie send you?" proceeded
Demi, politely, but gravely.

"Mr. Laurence did."

"He is Uncle Laurie; and he always sends
nice boys."

Nat looked gratified at the remark, and
smiled, in a way that made his thin face very
pleasant. He did not know what to say next,
so the two stood staring at one another in
friendly silence, till the little girl came up with
her doll in her arms. She was very like
Demi, only not so tall, and had a rounder,
rosier face, and blue eyes.

"This is my sister, Daisy," announced Demi,
as if presenting a rare and precious
creature.

The children nodded to one another; and the
little girl's face dimpled with pleasure, as
she said affably:

"I hope you'll stay. We have such good times
here; don't we, Demi?"

"Of course, we do: that's what Aunt Jo has
Plumfield for."

"It seems a very nice place indeed,"
observed Nat, feeling that he must respond
to these amiable young persons.

"It's the nicest place in the world, isn't it,
Demi?" said Daisy, who evidently regarded
her brother as authority on all subjects.

"No, I think Greenland, where the icebergs
and seals are, is more interesting. But I'm
fond of Plumfield, and it is a very nice place
to be in," returned Demi, who was
interested just now in a book on Greenland.
He was about to offer to show Nat the
pictures and explain them, when the servant
returned, saying with a nod toward the
parlor-door:

"All right; you are to stop."

"I'm glad; now come to Aunt Jo." And Daisy
took him by the hand with a pretty protecting
air, which made Nat feel at home at once.

Demi returned to his beloved book, while
his sister led the new-comer into a back
room, where a stout gentleman was
frolicking with two little boys on the sofa,
and a thin lady was just finishing the letter
which she seemed to have been re-
reading.

"Here he is, aunty!" cried Daisy.

"So this is my new boy? I am glad to see
you, my dear, and hope you'll be happy
here," said the lady, drawing him to her, and
stroking back the hair from his forehead
with a kind hand and a motherly look, which
made Nat's lonely little heart yearn toward
her.

She was not at all handsome, but she had a
merry sort of face that never seemed to
have forgotten certain childish ways and
looks, any more than her voice and manner
had; and these things, hard to describe but
very plain to see and feel, made her a
genial, comfortable kind of person, easy to
get on with, and generally "jolly," as boys
would say. She saw the little tremble of
Nat's lips as she smoothed his hair, and her
keen eyes grew softer, but she only drew
the shabby figure nearer and said, laughing:

-3-

"I am Mother Bhaer, that gentleman is
Father Bhaer, and these are the two little
Bhaers. Come here, boys, and see Nat."

The three wrestlers obeyed at once; and the
stout man, with a chubby child on each
shoulder, came up to welcome the new boy.
Rob and Teddy merely grinned at him, but
Mr. Bhaer shook hands, and pointing to a
low chair near the fire, said, in a cordial
voice:

"There is a place all ready for thee, my son;
sit down and dry thy wet feet at once."

"Wet? So they are! My dear, off with your
shoes this minute, and I'll have some dry
things ready for you in a jiffy," cried Mrs.
Bhaer, bustling about so energetically that
Nat found himself in the cosy little chair, with
dry socks and warm slippers on his feet,
before he would have had time to say Jack
Robinson, if he had wanted to try. He said
"Thank you, ma'am," instead; and said it so
gratefully that Mrs. Bhaer's eyes grew soft
again, and she said something merry,
because she felt so tender, which was a
way she had.

"There are Tommy Bangs' slippers; but he
never will remember to put them on in the
house; so he shall not have them. They are
too big; but that's all the better; you can't run
away from us so fast as if they fitted."

"I don't want to run away, ma'am." And Nat
spread his grimy little hands before the
comfortable blaze, with a long sigh of
satisfaction.

"That's good! Now I am going to toast you
well, and try to get rid of that ugly cough.
How long have you had it, dear?" asked
Mrs. Bhaer, as she rummaged in her big
basket for a strip of flannel.

"All winter. I got cold, and it wouldn't get
better, somehow."

"No wonder, living in that damp cellar with
hardly a rag to his poor dear back!" said
Mrs. Bhaer, in a low tone to her husband,
who was looking at the boy with a skillful
pair of eyes that marked the thin temples
and feverish lips, as well as the hoarse
voice and frequent fits of coughing that
shook the bent shoulders under the patched
jacket.

"Robin, my man, trot up to Nursey, and tell
her to give thee the cough-bottle and the
liniment," said Mr. Bhaer, after his eyes had
exchanged telegrams with his wife's.

Nat looked a little anxious at the
preparations, but forgot his fears in a hearty
laugh, when Mrs. Bhaer whispered to him,
with a droll look:

"Hear my rogue Teddy try to cough. The
syrup I'm going to give you has honey in it;
and he wants some."

Little Ted was red in the face with his
exertions by the time the bottle came, and
was allowed to suck the spoon after Nat
had manfully taken a dose and had the bit of
flannel put about his throat.

These first steps toward a cure were hardly
completed when a great bell rang, and a
loud tramping through the hall announced
supper. Bashful Nat quaked at the thought
of meeting many strange boys, but Mrs.
Bhaer held out her hand to him, and Rob
said, patronizingly, "Don't be 'fraid; I'll take
care of you."

Twelve boys, six on a side, stood behind
their chairs, prancing with impatience to
begin, while the tall flute-playing youth was
trying to curb their ardor. But no one sat

-4-

down till Mrs. Bhaer was in her place behind
the teapot, with Teddy on her left, and Nat
on her right.

"This is our new boy, Nat Blake. After
supper you can say how do you do? Gently,
boys, gently."

As she spoke every one stared at Nat, and
then whisked into their seats, trying to be
orderly and failing utterly. The Bhaers did
their best to have the lads behave well at
meal times, and generally succeeded pretty
well, for their rules were few and sensible,
and the boys, knowing that they tried to
make things easy and happy, did their best
to obey. But there are times when hungry
boys cannot be repressed without real
cruelty, and Saturday evening, after a half-
holiday, was one of those times.

"Dear little souls, do let them have one day
in which they can howl and racket and frolic
to their hearts' content. A holiday isn't a
holiday without plenty of freedom and fun;
and they shall have full swing once a week,"
Mrs. Bhaer used to say, when prim people
wondered why banister-sliding, pillow-
fights, and all manner of jovial games were
allowed under the once decorous roof of
Plumfield.

It did seem at times as if the aforesaid roof
was in danger of flying off, but it never did,
for a word from Father Bhaer could at any
time produce a lull, and the lads had learned
that liberty must not be abused. So, in spite
of many dark predictions, the school
flourished, and manners and morals were
insinuated, without the pupils exactly
knowing how it was done.

Nat found himself very well off behind the
tall pitchers, with Tommy Bangs just around
the corner, and Mrs. Bhaer close by to fill up
plate and mug as fast as he could empty

them.

"Who is that boy next the girl down at the
other end?" whispered Nat to his young
neighbor under cover of a general laugh.

"That's Demi Brooke. Mr. Bhaer is his
uncle."

"What a queer name!"

"His real name is John, but they call him
Demi-John, because his father is John too.
That's a joke, don't you see?" said Tommy,
kindly explaining. Nat did not see, but
politely smiled, and asked, with interest :

"Isn't he a very nice boy?"

"I bet you he is; knows lots and reads like
any thing."

"Who is the fat one next him?"

"Oh, that's Stuffy Cole. His name is
George, but we call him Stuffy 'cause he
eats so much. The little fellow next Father
Bhaer is his boy Rob, and then there's big
Franz his nephew; he teaches some, and
kind of sees to us."

"He plays the flute, doesn't he?" asked Nat
as Tommy rendered himself speechless by
putting a whole baked apple into his mouth
at one blow.

Tommy nodded, and said, sooner than one
would have imagined possible under the
circumstances, "Oh, don't he, though? And
we dance sometimes, and do gymnastics
to music. I like a drum myself, and mean to
learn as soon as ever I can."

"I like a fiddle best; I can play one too," said
Nat, getting confidential on this attractive
subject.

-5-

"Can you?" and Tommy stared over the rim
of his mug with round eyes, full of interest.
"Mr. Bhaer's got an old fiddle, and he'll let
you play on it if you want to."

"Could I? Oh, I would like it ever so much.
You see, I used to go round fiddling with my
father, and another man, till he died."

"Wasn't that fun?" cried Tommy, much
impressed.

"No, it was horrid; so cold in winter, and hot
in summer. And I got tired; and they were
cross sometimes; and I didn't get enough to
eat." Nat paused to take a generous bite of
gingerbread, as if to assure himself that the
hard times were over; and then he added
regretfully: "But I did love my little fiddle, and
I miss it. Nicolo took it away when father
died, and wouldn't have me any longer,
'cause I was sick."

"You'll belong to the band if you play good.
See if you don't."

"Do you have a band here?" Nat's eyes
sparkled.

"Guess we do; a jolly band, all boys; and
they have concerts and things. You just see
what happens to-morrow night."

After this pleasantly exciting remark,
Tommy returned to his supper, and Nat
sank into a blissful reverie over his full plate.

Mrs. Bhaer had heard all they said, while
apparently absorbed in filling mugs, and
overseeing little Ted, who was so sleepy
that he put his spoon in his eye, nodded like
a rosy poppy, and finally fell fast asleep,
with his cheek pillowed on a soft bun. Mrs.
Bhaer had put Nat next to Tommy, because
that roly-poly boy had a frank and social
way with him, very attractive to shy persons.

Nat felt this, and had made several small
confidences during supper, which gave
Mrs. Bhaer the key to the new boy's
character, better than if she had talked to
him herself.

In the letter which Mr. Laurence had sent
with Nat, he had said:

"DEAR JO: Here is a case after your own
heart. This poor lad is an orphan now, sick
and friendless. He has been a street-
musician; and I found him in a cellar,
mourning for his dead father, and his lost
violin. I think there is something in him, and
have a fancy that between us we may give
this little man a lift. You cure his overtasked
body, Fritz help his neglected mind, and
when he is ready I'll see if he is a genius or
only a boy with a talent which may earn his
bread for him. Give him a trial, for the sake
of your own boy,

TEDDY."

"Of course we will!" cried Mrs. Bhaer, as
she read the letter; and when she saw Nat
she felt at once that, whether he was a
genius or not, here was a lonely, sick boy
who needed just what she loved to give, a
home and motherly care. Both she and Mr.
Bhaer observed him quietly; and in spite of
ragged clothes, awkward manners, and a
dirty face, they saw much about Nat that
pleased them. He was a thin, pale boy, of
twelve, with blue eyes, and a good
forehead under the rough, neglected hair;
an anxious, scared face, at times, as if he
expected hard words, or blows; and a
sensitive mouth that trembled when a kind
glance fell on him; while a gentle speech
called up a look of gratitude, very sweet to
see. "Bless the poor dear, he shall fiddle all
day long if he likes," said Mrs. Bhaer to
herself, as she saw the eager, happy
expression on his face when Tommy talked

-6-

of the band.

So, after supper, when the lads flocked into
the schoolroom for more "high jinks," Mrs.
Jo appeared with a violin in her hand, and
after a word with her husband, went to Nat,
who sat in a corner watching the scene with
intense interest.

"Now, my lad, give us a little tune. We want a
violin in our band, and I think you will do it
nicely."

She expected that he would hesitate; but he
seized the old fiddle at once, and handled it
with such loving care, it was plain to see that
music was his passion.

"I'll do the best I can, ma'am," was all he
said; and then drew the bow across the
strings, as if eager to hear the dear notes
again.

There was a great clatter in the room, but as
if deaf to any sounds but those he made,
Nat played softly to himself, forgetting every
thing in his delight. It was only a simple
Negro melody, such as street-musicians
play, but it caught the ears of the boys at
once, and silenced them, till they stood
listening with surprise and pleasure.
Gradually they got nearer and nearer, and
Mr. Bhaer came up to watch the boy; for, as
if he was in his element now, Nat played
away and never minded any one, while his
eyes shone, his cheeks reddened, and his
thin fingers flew, as he hugged the old fiddle
and made it speak to all their hearts the
language that he loved.

A hearty round of applause rewarded him
better than a shower of pennies, when he
stopped and glanced about him, as if to
say:

"I've done my best; please like it."

"I say, you do that first rate," cried Tommy,
who considered Nat his prot‚g‚.

"You shall be the first fiddle in my band,"
added Franz, with an approving smile.

Mrs. Bhaer whispered to her husband:

"Teddy is right: there's something in the
child." And Mr. Bhaer nodded his head
emphatically, as he clapped Nat on the
shoulder, saying, heartily:

"You play well, my son. Come now and play
something which we can sing."

It was the proudest, happiest minute of the
poor boy's life when he was led to the place
of honor by the piano, and the lads gathered
round, never heeding his poor clothes, but
eying him respectfully and waiting eagerly
to hear him play again.

They chose a song he knew; and after one
or two false starts they got going, and violin,
flute, and piano led a chorus of boyish
voices that made the old roof ring again. It
was too much for Nat, more feeble than he
knew; and as the final shout died away, his
face began to work, he dropped the fiddle,
and turning to the wall sobbed like a little
child.

"My dear, what is it?" asked Mrs. Bhaer,
who had been singing with all her might,
and trying to keep little Rob from beating
time with his boots.

"You are all so kind and it's so beautiful I
can't help it," sobbed Nat, coughing till he
was breathless.

"Come with me, dear; you must go to bed
and rest; you are worn out, and this is too
noisy a place for you," whispered Mrs.
Bhaer; and took him away to her own

-7-

parlor, where she let him cry himself quiet.

Then she won him to tell her all his troubles,
and listened to the little story with tears in
her own eyes, though it was not a new one
to her.

"My child, you have got a father and a
mother now, and this is home. Don't think of
those sad times any more, but get well and
happy; and be sure you shall never suffer
again, if we can help it. This place is made
for all sorts of boys to have a good time in,
and to learn how to help themselves and be
useful men, I hope. You shall have as much
music as you want, only you must get strong
first. Now come up to Nursey and have a
bath, and then go to bed, and to-morrow
we will lay some nice little plans together."

Nat held her hand fast in his, but had not a
word to say, and let his grateful eyes speak
for him, as Mrs. Bhaer led him up to a big
room, where they found a stout German
woman with a face so round and cheery that
it looked like a sort of sun, with the wide frill
of her cap for rays.

"This is Nursey Hummel, and she will give
you a nice bath, and cut your hair, and make
you all 'comfy,' as Rob says. That's the
bath-room in there; and on Saturday nights
we scrub all the little lads first, and pack
them away in bed before the big ones get
through singing. Now then, Rob, in with
you."

As she talked, Mrs. Bhaer had whipped off
Rob's clothes and popped him into a long
bath-tub in the little room opening into the
nursery.

There were two tubs, besides foot-baths,
basins, douche-pipes, and all manner of
contrivances for cleanliness. Nat was soon
luxuriating in the other bath; and while

simmering there, he watched the
performances of the two women, who
scrubbed, clean night-gowned, and
bundled into bed four or five small boys,
who, of course, cut up all sorts of capers
during the operation, and kept every one in
a gale of merriment till they were
extinguished in their beds.

By the time Nat was washed and done up in
a blanket by the fire, while Nursey cut his
hair, a new detachment of boys arrived and
were shut into the bath-room, where they
made as much splashing and noise as a
school of young whales at play.

"Nat had better sleep here, so that if his
cough troubles him in the night you can see
that he takes a good draught of flax-seed
tea," said Mrs. Bhaer, who was flying about
like a distracted hen with a large brood of
lively ducklings.

Nursey approved the plan, finished Nat off
with a flannel night-gown, a drink of
something warm and sweet, and then
tucked him into one of the three little beds
standing in the room, where he lay looking
like a contented mummy and feeling that
nothing more in the way of luxury could be
offered him. Cleanliness in itself was a new
and delightful sensation; flannel gowns
were unknown comforts in his world; sips of
"good stuff" soothed his cough as
pleasantly as kind words did his lonely
heart; and the feeling that somebody cared
for him made that plain room seem a sort of
heaven to the homeless child. It was like a
cosy dream; and he often shut his eyes to
see if it would not vanish when he opened
them again. It was too pleasant to let him
sleep, and he could not have done so if he
had tried, for in a few minutes one of the
peculiar institutions of Plumfield was
revealed to his astonished but appreciative
eyes.

-8-

A momentary lull in the aquatic exercises
was followed by the sudden appearance of
pillows flying in all directions, hurled by
white goblins, who came rioting out of their
beds. The battle raged in several rooms, all
down the upper hall, and even surged at
intervals into the nursery, when some hard-
pressed warrior took refuge there. No one
seemed to mind this explosion in the least;
no one forbade it, or even looked surprised.
Nursey went on hanging up towels, and Mrs.
Bhaer laid out clean clothes, as calmly as if
the most perfect order reigned. Nay, she
even chased one daring boy out of the
room, and fired after him the pillow he had
slyly thrown at her.

"Won't they hurt 'em?" asked Nat, who lay
laughing with all his might.

"Oh dear, no! We always allow one pillow-
fight Saturday night. The cases are
changed to-morrow; and it gets up a glow
after the boys' baths; so I rather like it
myself," said Mrs. Bhaer, busy again
among her dozen pairs of socks.

"What a very nice school this is!" observed
Nat, in a burst of admiration.

"It's an odd one," laughed Mrs. Bhaer, "but
you see we don't believe in making children
miserable by too many rules, and too much
study. I forbade night-gown parties at first;
but, bless you, it was of no use. I could no
more keep those boys in their beds than so
many jacks in the box. So I made an
agreement with them: I was to allow a
fifteen-minute pillow-fight every Saturday
night; and they promised to go properly to
bed every other night. I tried it, and it worked
well. If they don't keep their word, no frolic;
if they do, I just turn the glasses round, put
the lamps in safe places, and let them
rampage as much as they like."

"It's a beautiful plan," said Nat, feeling that
he should like to join in the fray, but not
venturing to propose it the first night. So he
lay enjoying the spectacle, which certainly
was a lively one.

Tommy Bangs led the assailing party, and
Demi defended his own room with a
dogged courage fine to see, collecting
pillows behind him as fast as they were
thrown, till the besiegers were out of
ammunition, when they would charge upon
him in a body, and recover their arms. A few
slight accidents occurred, but nobody
minded, and gave and took sounding
thwacks with perfect good humor, while
pillows flew like big snowflakes, till Mrs.
Bhaer looked at her watch, and called out:

"Time is up, boys. Into bed, every man jack,
or pay the forfeit!"

"What is the forfeit?" asked Nat, sitting up in
his eagerness to know what happened to
those wretches who disobeyed this most
peculiar, but public-spirited school-ma'am.

"Lose their fun next time," answered Mrs.
Bhaer. "I give them five minutes to settle
down, then put out the lights, and expect
order. They are honorable lads, and they
keep their word."

That was evident, for the battle ended as
abruptly as it began a parting shot or two, a
final cheer, as Demi fired the seventh pillow
at the retiring foe, a few challenges for next
time, then order prevailed. And nothing but
an occasional giggle or a suppressed
whisper broke the quiet which followed the
Saturday-night frolic, as Mother Bhaer
kissed her new boy and left him to happy
dreams of life at Plumfield.

Chapter 2 The Boys

-9-

While Nat takes a good long sleep, I will tell
my little readers something about the boys,
among whom he found himself when he
woke up.

To begin with our old friends. Franz was a
tall lad, of sixteen now, a regular German,
big, blond, and bookish, also very
domestic, amiable, and musical. His uncle
was fitting him for college, and his aunt for a
happy home of his own hereafter, because
she carefully fostered in him gentle
manners, love of children, respect for
women, old and young, and helpful ways
about the house. He was her right-hand
man on all occasions, steady, kind, and
patient; and he loved his merry aunt like a
mother, for such she had tried to be to him.

Emil was quite different, being quick-
tempered, restless, and enterprising, bent
on going to sea, for the blood of the old
vikings stirred in his veins, and could not be
tamed. His uncle promised that he should
go when he was sixteen, and set him to
studying navigation, gave him stories of
good and famous admirals and heroes to
read, and let him lead the life of a frog in
river, pond, and brook, when lessons were
done. His room looked like the cabin of a
man-of-war, for every thing was nautical,
military, and shipshape. Captain Kyd was
his delight, and his favorite amusement was
to rig up like that piratical gentleman, and
roar out sanguinary sea-songs at the top of
his voice. He would dance nothing but
sailors' hornpipes, rolled in his gait, and
was as nautical in conversation to his uncle
would permit. The boys called him
"Commodore," and took great pride in his
fleet, which whitened the pond and suffered
disasters that would have daunted any
commander but a sea-struck boy.

Demi was one of the children who show
plainly the effect of intelligent love and care,

for soul and body worked harmoniously
together. The natural refinement which
nothing but home influence can teach, gave
him sweet and simple manners: his mother
had cherished an innocent and loving heart
in him; his father had watched over the
physical growth of his boy, and kept the little
body straight and strong on wholesome
food and exercise and sleep, while
Grandpa March cultivated the little mind with
the tender wisdom of a modern
Pythagoras, not tasking it with long, hard
lessons, parrot-learned, but helping it to
unfold as naturally and beautifully as sun
and dew help roses bloom. He was not a
perfect child, by any means, but his faults
were of the better sort; and being early
taught the secret of self-control, he was not
left at the mercy of appetites and passions,
as some poor little mortals are, and then
punished for yielding to the temptations
against which they have no armor. A quiet,
quaint boy was Demi, serious, yet cheery,
quite unconscious that he was unusually
bright and beautiful, yet quick to see and
love intelligence or beauty in other children.
Very fond of books, and full of lively fancies,
born of a strong imagination and a spiritual
nature, these traits made his parents
anxious to balance them with useful
knowledge and healthful society, lest they
should make him one of those pale
precocious children who amaze and delight
a family sometimes, and fade away like
hot-house flowers, because the young soul
blooms too soon, and has not a hearty body
to root it firmly in the wholesome soil of this
world.

So Demi was transplanted to Plumfield,
and took so kindly to the life there, that Meg
and John and Grandpa felt satisfied that
they had done well. Mixing with other boys
brought out the practical side of him, roused
his spirit, and brushed away the pretty
cobwebs he was so fond of spinning in that

-10-

little brain of his. To be sure, he rather
shocked his mother when he came home,
by banging doors, saying "by George"
emphatically, and demanding tall thick
boots "that clumped like papa's." But John
rejoiced over him, laughed at his explosive
remarks, got the boots, and said
contentedly,

"He is doing well; so let him clump. I want my
son to be a manly boy, and this temporary
roughness won't hurt him. We can polish him
up by and by; and as for learning, he will
pick that up as pigeons do peas. So don't
hurry him."

Daisy was as sunshiny and charming as
ever, with all sorts of womanlinesses
budding in her, for she was like her gentle
mother, and delighted in domestic things.
She had a family of dolls, whom she
brought up in the most exemplary manner;
she could not get on without her little work-
basket and bits of sewing, which she did so
nicely, that Demi frequently pulled out his
handkerchief display her neat stitches, and
Baby Josy had a flannel petticoat beautifully
made by Sister Daisy. She like to quiddle
about the china-closet, prepare the salt-
cellars, put the spoons straight on the table;
and every day went round the parlor with her
brush, dusting chairs and tables. Demi
called her a "Betty," but was very glad to
have her keep his things in order, lend him
her nimble fingers in all sorts of work, and
help him with his lessons, for they kept
abreast there, and had no thought of rivalry.

The love between them was as strong as
ever; and no one could laugh Demi out of
his affectionate ways with Daisy. He fought
her battles valiantly, and never could
understand why boys should be ashamed to
say "right out," that they loved their sisters.
Daisy adored her twin, thought "my brother"
the most remarkable boy in the world, and

every morning, in her little wrapper, trotted
to tap at his door with a motherly "Get up, my
dear, it's 'most breakfast time; and here's
your clean collar."

Rob was an energetic morsel of a boy, who
seemed to have discovered the secret of
perpetual motion, for he never was still.
Fortunately, he was not mischievous, nor
very brave; so he kept out of trouble pretty
well, and vibrated between father and
mother like an affectionate little pendulum
with a lively tick, for Rob was a chatterbox.

Teddy was too young to play a very
important part in the affairs of Plumfield, yet
he had his little sphere, and filled it
beautifully. Every one felt the need of a pet
at times, and Baby was always ready to
accommodate, for kissing and cuddling
suited him excellently. Mrs. Jo seldom
stirred without him; so he had his little finger
in all the domestic pies, and every one
found them all the better for it, for they
believed in babies at Plumfield.

Dick Brown, and Adolphus or Dolly
Pettingill, were two eight year-olds. Dolly
stuttered badly, but was gradually getting
over it, for no one was allowed to mock him
and Mr. Bhaer tried to cure it, by making him
talk slowly. Dolly was a good little lad, quite
uninteresting and ordinary, but he flourished
here, and went through his daily duties and
pleasures with placid content and propriety.

Dick Brown's affliction was a crooked
back, yet he bore his burden so cheerfully,
that Demi once asked in his queer way, "Do
humps make people good-natured? I'd like
one if they do." Dick was always merry, and
did his best to be like other boys, for a
plucky spirit lived in the feeble little body.
When he first came, he was very sensitive
about his misfortune, but soon learned to
forget it, for no one dared remind him of it,

-11-

after Mr. Bhaer had punished one boy for
laughing at him.

"God don't care; for my soul is straight if my
back isn't," sobbed Dick to his tormentor on
that occasion; and, by cherishing this idea,
the Bhaers soon led him to believe that
people also loved his soul, and did not mind
his body, except to pity and help him to bear
it.

Playing menagerie once with the others,
some one said,

"What animal will you be, Dick?"

"Oh, I'm the dromedary; don't you see the
hump on my back?" was the laughing
answer.

"So you are, my nice little one that don't
carry loads, but marches by the elephant
first in the procession," said Demi, who
was arranging the spectacle.

"I hope others will be as kind to the poor
dear as my boys have learned to be," said
Mrs. Jo, quite satisfied with the success of
her teaching, as Dick ambled past her,
looking like a very happy, but a very feeble
little dromedary, beside stout Stuffy, who
did the elephant with ponderous propriety.

Jack Ford was a sharp, rather a sly lad, who
was sent to this school, because it was
cheap. Many men would have thought him a
smart boy, but Mr. Bhaer did not like his way
of illustrating that Yankee word, and thought
his unboyish keenness and money-loving
as much of an affliction as Dolly's stutter, or
Dick's hump.

Ned Barker was like a thousand other boys
of fourteen, all legs, blunder, and bluster.
Indeed the family called him the
"Blunderbuss," and always expected to see

him tumble over the chairs, bump against
the tables, and knock down any small
articles near him. He bragged a good deal
about what he could do, but seldom did any
thing to prove it, was not brave, and a little
given to tale-telling. He was apt to bully the
small boys, and flatter the big ones, and
without being at all bad, was just the sort of
fellow who could very easily be led astray.

George Cole had been spoilt by an over-
indulgent mother, who stuffed him with
sweetmeats till he was sick, and then
thought him too delicate to study, so that at
twelve years old, he was a pale, puffy boy,
dull, fretful, and lazy. A friend persuaded her
to send him to Plumfield, and there he soon
got waked up, for sweet things were
seldom allowed, much exercise required,
and study made so pleasant, that Stuffy
was gently lured along, till he quite amazed
his anxious mamma by his improvement,
and convinced her that there was really
something remarkable in Plumfield air.

Billy Ward was what the Scotch tenderly call
an "innocent," for though thirteen years old,
he was like a child of six. He had been an
unusually intelligent boy, and his father had
hurried him on too fast, giving him all sorts
of hard lessons, keeping at his books six
hours a day, and expecting him to absorb
knowledge as a Strasburg goose does the
food crammed down its throat. He thought
he was doing his duty, but he nearly killed
the boy, for a fever gave the poor child a
sad holiday, and when he recovered, the
overtasked brain gave out, and Billy's mind
was like a slate over which a sponge has
passed, leaving it blank.

It was a terrible lesson to his ambitious
father; he could not bear the sight of his
promising child, changed to a feeble idiot,
and he sent him away to Plumfield, scarcely
hoping that he could be helped, but sure that

-12-

he would be kindly treated. Quite docile and
harmless was Billy, and it was pitiful to see
how hard he tried to learn, as if groping
dimly after the lost knowledge which had
cost him so much.

Day after day, he pored over the alphabet,
proudly said A and B, and thought that he
knew them, but on the morrow they were
gone, and all the work was to be done over
again. Mr. Bhaer had infinite patience with
him, and kept on in spite of the apparent
hopelessness of the task, not caring for
book lessons, but trying gently to clear away
the mists from the darkened mind, and give
it back intelligence enough to make the boy
less a burden and an affliction.

Mrs. Bhaer strengthened his health by every
aid she could invent, and the boys all pitied
and were kind to him. He did not like their
active plays, but would sit for hours
watching the doves, would dig holes for
Teddy till even that ardent grubber was
satisfied, or follow Silas, the man, from
place to place seeing him work, for honest
Si was very good to him, and though he
forgot his letters Billy remembered friendly
faces.

Tommy Bangs was the scapegrace of the
school, and the most trying scapegrace that
ever lived. As full of mischief as a monkey,
yet so good-hearted that one could not help
forgiving his tricks; so scatter-brained that
words went by him like the wind, yet so
penitent for every misdeed, that it was
impossible to keep sober when he vowed
tremendous vows of reformation, or
proposed all sorts of queer punishments to
be inflicted upon himself. Mr. and Mrs.
Bhaer lived in a state of preparation for any
mishap, from the breaking of Tommy's own
neck, to the blowing up of the entire family
with gunpowder; and Nursey had a
particular drawer in which she kept

bandages, plasters, and salves for his
especial use, for Tommy was always being
brought in half dead; but nothing ever killed
him, and he arose from every downfall with
redoubled vigor.

The first day he came, he chopped the top
off one finger in the hay-cutter, and during
the week, fell from the shed roof, was
chased by an angry hen who tried to pick his
out because he examined her chickens, got
run away with, and had his ears boxed
violent by Asia, who caught him luxuriously
skimming a pan of cream with half a stolen
pie. Undaunted, however, by any failures or
rebuffs, this indomitable youth went on
amusing himself with all sorts of tricks till no
one felt safe. If he did not know his lessons,
he always had some droll excuse to offer,
and as he was usually clever at his books,
and as bright as a button in composing
answers when he did not know them, he go
on pretty well at school. But out of school, Ye
gods and little fishes! how Tommy did
carouse!

He wound fat Asia up in her own clothes line
against the post, and left here there to fume
and scold for half an hour one busy Monday
morning. He dropped a hot cent down Mary
Ann's back as that pretty maid was waiting
at table one day when there were
gentlemen to dinner, whereat the poor girl
upset the soup and rushed out of the room in
dismay, leaving the family to think that she
had gone mad. He fixed a pail of water up in
a tree, with a bit of ribbon fastened to the
handle, and when Daisy, attracted by the
gay streamer, tried to pull it down, she got a
douche bath that spoiled her clean frock
and hurt her little feelings very much. He put
rough white pebbles in the sugar-bowl
when his grandmother came to tea, and the
poor old lady wondered why they didn't melt
in her cup, but was too polite to say
anything. He passed around snuff in church

-13-

so that five of the boys sneezed with such
violence they had to go out. He dug paths in
winter time, and then privately watered
them so that people should tumble down.
He drove poor Silas nearly wild by hanging
his big boots in conspicuous places, for his
feet were enormous, and he was very much
ashamed of them. He persuaded confiding
little Dolly to tie a thread to one of his loose
teeth, and leave the string hanging from his
mouth when he went to sleep, so that
Tommy could pull it out without his feeling
the dreaded operation. But the tooth
wouldn't come at the first tweak, and poor
Dolly woke up in great anguish of spirit, and
lost all faith in Tommy from that day forth.

The last prank had been to give the hens
bread soaked in rum, which made them
tipsy and scandalized all the other fowls, for
the respectable old biddies went
staggering about, pecking and clucking in
the most maudlin manner, while the family
were convulsed with laughter at their antics,
till Daisy took pity on them and shut them up
in the hen-house to sleep off their
intoxication.

These were the boys and they lived together
as happy as twelve lads could, studying and
playing, working and squabbling, fighting
faults and cultivating virtues in the good old-
fashioned way. Boys at other schools
probably learned more from books, but less
of that better wisdom which makes good
men. Latin, Greek, and mathematics were
all very well, but in Professor Bhaer's
opinion, self knowledge, self-help, and
self-control were more important, and he
tried to teach them carefully. People shook
their heads sometimes at his ideas, even
while they owned that the boys improved
wonderfully in manners and morals. But
then, as Mrs. Jo said to Nat, "it was an odd
school."

Chapter 3 Sunday

The moment the bell rang next morning Nat
flew out of bed, and dressed himself with
great satisfaction in the suit of clothes he
found on the chair. They were not new,
being half-worn garments of one of the
well-to-do boys; but Mrs. Bhaer kept all
such cast-off feathers for the picked robins
who strayed into her nest. They were hardly
on when Tommy appeared in a high state of
clean collar, and escorted Nat down to
breakfast.

The sun was shining into the dining-room
on the well-spread table, and the flock of
hungry, hearty lads who gathered round it.
Nat observed that they were much more
orderly than they had been the night before,
and every one stood silently behind his chair
while little Rob, standing beside his father
at the head of the table, folded his hands,
reverently bent his curly head, and softly
repeated a short grace in the devout
German fashion, which Mr. Bhaer loved and
taught his little son to honor. Then they all sat
down to enjoy the Sunday-morning
breakfast of coffee, steak, and baked
potatoes, instead of the bread and milk fare
with which they usually satisfied their young
appetites. There was much pleasant talk
while the knives and forks rattled briskly, for
certain Sunday lessons were to be learned,
the Sunday walk settled, and plans for the
week discussed. As he listened, Nat
thought it seemed as if this day must be a
very pleasant one, for he loved quiet, and
there was a cheerful sort of hush over every
thing that pleased him very much; because,
in spite of his rough life, the boy possessed
the sensitive nerves which belong to a
music-loving nature.

"Now, my lads, get your morning jobs done,
and let me find you ready for church when
the 'bus comes round," said Father Bhaer,

-14-

and set the example by going into the
school-room to get books ready for the
morrow.

Every one scattered to his or her task, for
each had some little daily duty, and was
expected to perform it faithfully. Some
brought wood and water, brushed the
steps, or ran errands for Mrs. Bhaer. Others
fed the pet animals, and did chores about
the barn with Franz. Daisy washed the
cups, and Demi wiped them, for the twins
liked to work together, and Demi had been
taught to make himself useful in the little
house at home. Even Baby Teddy had his
small job to do, and trotted to and fro,
putting napkins away, and pushing chairs
into their places. For half and hour the lads
buzzed about like a hive of bees, then the
'bus drove round, Father Bhaer and Franz
with the eight older boys piled in, and away
they went for a three-mile drive to church in
town.

Because of the troublesome cough Nat
prefered to stay at home with the four small
boys, and spent a happy morning in Mrs.
Bhaer's room, listening to the stories she
read them, learning the hymns she taught
them, and then quietly employing himself
pasting pictures into an old ledger.

"This is my Sunday closet," she said,
showing him shelves filled with picture-
books, paint-boxes, architectural blocks,
little diaries, and materials for letter-writing.
"I want my boys to love Sunday, to find it a
peaceful, pleasant day, when they can rest
from common study and play, yet enjoy
quiet pleasures, and learn, in simple ways,
lessons more important than any taught in
school. Do you understand me?" she
asked, watching Nat's attentive face.

"You mean to be good?" he said, after
hesitating a minute.

"Yes; to be good, and to love to be good. It
is hard work sometimes, I know very well;
but we all help one another, and so we get
on. This is one of the ways in which I try to
help my boys," and she took down a thick
book, which seemed half-full of writing,
and opened at a page on which there was
one word at the top.

"Why, that's my name!" cried Nat, looking
both surprised and interested.

"Yes; I have a page for each boy. I keep a
little account of how he gets on through the
week, and Sunday night I show him the
record. If it is bad I am sorry and
disappointed, if it is good I am glad and
proud; but, whichever it is, the boys know I
want to help them, and they try to do their
best for love of me and Father Bhaer."

"I should think they would," said Nat,
catching a glimpse of Tommy's name
opposite his own, and wondering what was
written under it.

Mrs. Bhaer saw his eye on the words, and
shook her head, saying, as she turned a
leaf

"No, I don't show my records to any but the
one to whom each belongs. I call this my
conscience book; and only you and I will
ever know what is to be written on the page
below your name. Whether you will be
pleased or ashamed to read it next Sunday
depends on yourself. I think it will be a good
report; at any rate, I shall try to make things
easy for you in this new place, and shall be
quite contented if you keep our few rules,
live happily with the boys, and learn
something."

"I'll try ma'am;" and Nat's thin face flushed
up with the earnestness of his desire to
make Mrs. Bhaer "glad and proud," not

-15-

"sorry and disappointed." "It must be a great
deal of trouble to write about so many," he
added, as she shut her book with an
encouraging pat on the shoulder.

"Not to me, for I really don't know which I like
best, writing or boys," she said, laughing to
see Nat stare with astonishment at the last
item. "Yes, I know many people think boys
are a nuisance, but that is because they
don't understand them. I do; and I never saw
the boy yet whom I could not get on capitally
with after I had once found the soft spot in
his heart. Bless me, I couldn't get on at all
without my flock of dear, noisy, naughty,
harum-scarum little lads, could I, my
Teddy?" and Mrs. Bhaer hugged the young
rogue, just in time to save the big inkstand
from going into his pocket.

Nat, who had never heard anything like this
before, really did not know whether Mother
Bhaer was a trifle crazy, or the most
delightful woman he had ever met. He rather
inclined to the latter opinion, in spite of her
peculiar tastes, for she had a way of filling
up a fellow's plate before he asked, of
laughing at his jokes, gently tweaking him
by the ear, or clapping him on the shoulder,
that Nat found very engaging.

"Now, I think you would like to go into the
school-room and practise some of the
hymns we are to sing to-night," she said,
rightly guessing the thing of all others that he
wanted to do.

Alone with the beloved violin and the music-
book propped up before him in the sunny
window, while Spring beauty filled the world
outside, and Sabbath silence reigned
within, Nat enjoyed an hour or two of
genuine happiness, learning the sweet old
tunes, and forgetting the hard past in the
cheerful present.

When the church-goers came back and
dinner was over, every one read, wrote
letters home, said their Sunday lessons, or
talked quietly to one another, sitting here
and there about the house. At three o'clock
the entire family turned out to walk, for all the
active young bodies must have exercise;
and in these walks the active young minds
were taught to see and love the providence
of God in the beautiful miracles which
Nature was working before their eyes. Mr.
Bhaer always went with them, and in his
simple, fatherly way, found for his flock,
"Sermons in stones, books in the running
brooks, and good in everything."

Mrs. Bhaer with Daisy and her own two
boys drove into town, to pay the weekly visit
to Grandma, which was busy Mother
Bhaer's one holiday and greatest pleasure.
Nat was not strong enough for the long
walk, and asked to stay at home with
Tommy, who kindly offered to do the honors
of Plumfield. "You've seen the house, so
come out and have a look at the garden,
and the barn, and the menagerie," said
Tommy, when they were left alone with
Asia, to see that they didn't get into
mischief; for, though Tommy was one of the
best-meaning boys who ever adorned
knickerbockers, accidents of the most
direful nature were always happening to
him, no one could exactly tell how.

"What is your menagerie?" asked Nat, as
they trotted along the drive that encircled the
house.

"We all have pets, you see, and we keep
'em in the corn-barn, and call it the
menagerie. Here you are. Isn't my guinea-
pig a beauty?" and Tommy proudly
presented one of the ugliest specimens of
that pleasing animal that Nat ever saw.

"I know a boy with a dozen of 'em, and he

-16-

said he'd give me one, only I hadn't any
place to keep it, so I couldn't have it. It was
white, with black spots, a regular rouser,
and maybe I could get it for you if you'd like
it," said Nat, feeling it would be a delicate
return for Tommy's attentions.

"I'd like it ever so much, and I'll give you this
one, and they can live together if they don't
fight. Those white mice are Rob's, Franz
gave 'em to him. The rabbits are Ned's, and
the bantams outside are Stuffy's. That box
thing is Demi's turtle-tank, only he hasn't
begun to get 'em yet. Last year he had sixty-
two, whackers some of 'em. He stamped
one of 'em with his name and the year, and
let it go; and he says maybe he will find it
ever so long after and know it. He read
about a turtle being found that had a mark
on it that showed it must be hundreds of
years old. Demi's such a funny chap."

"What is in this box?" asked Nat, stopping
before a large deep one, half-full of earth.

"Oh, that's Jack Ford's worm-shop. He
digs heaps of 'em and keeps 'em here, and
when we want any to go afishing with, we
buy some of him. It saves lots of trouble,
only he charged too much for 'em. Why, last
time we traded I had to pay two cents a
dozen, and then got little ones. Jack's mean
sometimes, and I told him I'd dig for myself
if he didn't lower his prices. Now, I own two
hens, those gray ones with top knots, first-
rate ones they are too, and I sell Mrs. Bhaer
the eggs, but I never ask her more than
twenty-five cents a dozen, never! I'd be
ashamed to do it," cried Tommy, with a
glance of scorn at the worm-shop.

"Who owns the dogs?" asked Nat, much
interested in these commercial
transactions, and feeling that T. Bangs was
a man whom it would be a privilege and a
pleasure to patronize.

"The big dog is Emil's. His name is
Christopher Columbus. Mrs. Bhaer named
him because she likes to say Christopher
Columbus, and no one minds it if she
means the dog," answered Tommy, in the
tone of a show-man displaying his
menagerie. "The white pup is Rob's, and
the yellow one is Teddy's. A man was going
to drown them in our pond, and Pa Bhaer
wouldn't let him. They do well enough for the
little chaps, I don't think much of 'em myself.
Their names are Castor and Pollux."

"I'd like Toby the donkey best, if I could have
anything, it's so nice to ride, and he's so
little and good," said Nat, remembering the
weary tramps he had taken on his own tired
feet.

"Mr. Laurie sent him out to Mrs. Bhaer, so
she shouldn't carry Teddy on her back when
we go to walk. We're all fond of Toby, and
he's a first-rate donkey, sir. Those pigeons
belong to the whole lot of us, we each have
our pet one, and go shares in all the little
ones as they come along. Squabs are great
fun; there ain't any now, but you can go up
and take a look at the old fellows, while I
see if Cockletop and Granny have laid any
eggs."

Nat climbed up a ladder, put his head
through a trap door and took a long look at
the pretty doves billing and cooing in their
spacious loft. Some on their nests, some
bustling in and out, and some sitting at their
doors, while many went flying from the
sunny housetop to the straw-strewn
farmyard, where six sleek cows were
placidly ruminating.

"Everybody has got something but me. I
wish I had a dove, or a hen, or even a turtle,
all my own," thought Nat, feeling very poor
as he saw the interesting treasures of the
other boys. "How do you get these things?"

-17-

he asked, when he joined Tommy in the
barn.

"We find 'em or buy 'em, or folks give 'em to
us. My father sends me mine; but as soon
as I get egg money enough, I'm going to buy
a pair of ducks. There's a nice little pond for
'em behind the barn, and people pay well
for duck-eggs, and the little duckies are
pretty, and it's fun to see 'em swim," said
Tommy, with the air of a millionaire.

Nat sighed, for he had neither father nor
money, nothing in the wide world but an old
empty pocketbook, and the skill that lay in
his ten finger tips. Tommy seemed to
understand the question and the sigh which
followed his answer, for after a moment of
deep thought, he suddenly broke out,

"Look here, I'll tell you what I'll do. If you will
hunt eggs for me, I hate it, I'll give you one
egg out of every dozen. You keep account,
and when you've had twelve, Mother Bhaer
will give you twenty-five cents for 'em, and
then you can buy what you like, don't you
see?"

"I'll do it! What a kind feller you are, Tommy!"
cried Nat, quite dazzled by this brilliant
offer.

"Pooh! that is not anything. You begin now
and rummage the barn, and I'll wait here for
you. Granny is cackling, so you're sure to
find one somewhere," and Tommy threw
himself down on the hay with a luxurious
sense of having made a good bargain, and
done a friendly thing.

Nat joyfully began his search, and went
rustling from loft to loft till he found two fine
eggs, one hidden under a beam, and the
other in an old peck measure, which Mrs.
Cockletop had appropriated.

"You may have one and I'll have the other,
that will just make up my last dozen, and to-
morrow we'll start fresh.

Here, you chalk your accounts up near
mine, and then we'll be all straight," said
Tommy, showing a row of mysterious
figures on the side of an old winnowing
machine.

With a delightful sense of importance, the
proud possessor of one egg opened his
account with his friend, who laughingly
wrote above the figures these imposing
words,

"T. Bangs & Co."

Poor Nat found them so fascinating that he
was with difficulty persuaded to go and
deposit his first piece of portable property
in Asia's store-room. Then they went on
again, and having made the acquaintance
of the two horses, six cows, three pigs, and
one Alderney "Bossy," as calves are called
in New England, Tommy took Nat to a
certain old willow-tree that overhung a noisy
little brook. From the fence it was an easy
scramble into a wide niche between the
three big branches, which had been cut off
to send out from year to year a crowd of
slender twigs, till a green canopy rustled
overhead. Here little seats had been fixed,
and a hollow place a closet made big
enough to hold a book or two, a dismantled
boat, and several half-finished whistles.

"This is Demi's and my private place; we
made it, and nobody can come up unless
we let 'em, except Daisy, we don't mind
her," said Tommy, as Nat looked with
delight from the babbling brown water
below to the green arch above, where bees
were making a musical murmur as they
feasted on the long yellow blossoms that
filled the air with sweetness.

-18-

"Oh, it's just beautiful!" cried Nat. "I do hope
you'll let me up sometimes. I never saw such
a nice place in all my life. I'd like to be a bird,
and live here always."

"It is pretty nice. You can come if Demi don't
mind, and I guess he won't, because he
said last night that he liked you."

"Did he?" and Nat smiled with pleasure, for
Demi's regard seemed to be valued by all
the boys, partly because he was Father
Bhaer's nephew, and partly because he
was such a sober, conscientious little
fellow.

"Yes; Demi likes quiet chaps, and I guess
he and you will get on if you care about
reading as he does."

Poor Nat's flush of pleasure deepened to a
painful scarlet at those last words, and he
stammered out,

I can't read very well; I never had any time; I
was always fiddling round, you know."

"I don't love it myself, but I can do it well
enough when I want to," said Tommy, after
a surprised look, which said as plainly as
words, "A boy twelve years old and can't
read!"

"I can read music, anyway," added Nat,
rather ruffled at having to confess his
ignorance.

"I can't;" and Tommy spoke in a respectful
tone, which emboldened Nat to say firmly,

"I mean to study real hard and learn every
thing I can, for I never had a chance before.
Does Mr. Bhaer give hard lessons?"

"No; he isn't a bit cross; he sort of explains
and gives you a boost over the hard places.

Some folks don't; my other master didn't. If
we missed a word, didn't we get raps on
the head!" and Tommy rubbed his own pate
as if it tingled yet with the liberal supply of
raps, the memory of which was the only
thing he brought away after a year with his
"other master."

"I think I could read this," said Nat, who had
been examining the books.

"Read a bit, then; I'll help you," resumed
Tommy, with a patronizing air.

So Nat did his best, and floundered through
a page with may friendly "boosts" from
Tommy, who told him he would soon "go it"
as well as anybody. Then they sat and
talked boy-fashion about all sorts of things,
among others, gardening; for Nat, looking
down from his perch, asked what was
planted in the many little patches lying below
them on the other side of the brook.

"These are our farms," said Tommy. "We
each have our own patch, and raise what
we like in it, only have to choose different
things, and can't change till the crop is in,
and we must keep it in order all summer."

"What are you going to raise this year?"

"Wal, I cattleated to hev beans, as they are
about the easiest crop a-goin'."

Nat could not help laughing, for Tommy had
pushed back his hat, put his hands in his
pockets, and drawled out his words in
unconscious imitation of Silas, the man who
managed the place for Mr. Bhaer.

"Come, you needn't laugh; beans are ever
so much easier than corn or potatoes. I tried
melons last year, but the bugs were a
bother, and the old things wouldn't get ripe
before the frost, so I didn't have but one

-19-

good water and two little 'mush mellions,' "
said Tommy, relapsing into a "Silasism"
with the last word.

"Corn looks pretty growing," said Nat,
politely, to atone for his laugh.

"Yes, but you have to hoe it over and over
again. Now, six weeks' beans only have to
be done once or so, and they get ripe soon.
I'm going to try 'em, for I spoke first. Stuffy
wanted 'em, but he's got to take peas; they
only have to be picked, and he ought to do
it, he eats such a lot."

"I wonder if I shall have a garden?" said Nat,
thinking that even corn-hoeing must be
pleasant work.

"Of course you will," said a voice from
below, and there was Mr. Bhaer returned
from his walk, and come to find them, for he
managed to have a little talk with every one
of the lads some time during the day, and
found that these chats gave them a good
start for the coming week.

Sympathy is a sweet thing, and it worked
wonders here, for each boy knew that
Father Bhaer was interested in him, and
some were readier to open their hearts to
him than to a woman, especially the older
ones, who liked to talk over their hopes and
plans, man to man. When sick or in trouble
they instinctively turned to Mrs. Jo, while the
little ones made her their mother-confessor
on all occasions.

In descending from their nest, Tommy fell
into the brook; being used to it, he calmly
picked himself out and retired to the house
to be dried. This left Nat to Mr. Bhaer, which
was just what he wished, and, during the
stroll they took among the garden plots, he
won the lad's heart by giving him a little
"farm," and discussing crops with him as

gravely as if the food for the family
depended on the harvest. From this
pleasant topic they went to others, and Nat
had many new and helpful thoughts put into
a mind that received them as gratefully as
the thirsty earth had received the warm
spring rain. All supper time he brooded over
them, often fixing his eyes on Mr. Bhaer with
an inquiring look, that seemed to say, "I like
that, do it again, sir." I don't know whether
the man understood the child's mute
language or not, but when the boys were all
gathered together in Mrs. Bhaer's parlor for
the Sunday evening talk, he chose a subject
which might have been suggested by the
walk in the garden.

As he looked about him Nat thought it
seemed more like a great family than a
school, for the lads were sitting in a wide
half-circle round the fire, some on chairs,
some on the rug, Daisy and Demi on the
knees of Uncle Fritz, and Rob snugly
stowed away in the back of his mother's
easy-chair, where he could nod unseen if
the talk got beyond his depth.

Every one looked quite comfortable, and
listened attentively, for the long walk made
rest agreeable, and as every boy there
knew that he would be called upon for his
views, he kept his wits awake to be ready
with an answer.

"Once upon a time," began Mr. Bhaer, in the
dear old-fashioned way, "there was a great
and wise gardener who had the largest
garden ever seen. A wonderful and lovely
place it was, and he watched over it with the
greatest skill and care, and raised all
manner of excellent and useful things. But
weeds would grow even in this fine garden;
often the ground was bad and the good
seeds sown in it would not spring up. He
had many under gardeners to help him.
Some did their duty and earned the rich

-20-

wages he gave them; but others neglected
their parts and let them run to waste, which
displeased him very much. But he was very
patient, and for thousands and thousands of
years he worked and waited for his great
harvest."

"He must have been pretty old," said Demi,
who was looking straight into Uncle Fritz's
face, as if to catch every word.

"Hush, Demi, it's a fairy story," whispered
Daisy.

"No, I think it's an arrygory," said Demi.

"What is a arrygory?" called out Tommy, who
was of an inquiring turn.

"Tell him, Demi, if you can, and don't use
words unless you are quite sure you know
what they mean," said Mr. Bhaer.

"I do know, Grandpa told me! A fable is a
arrygory; it's a story that means something.
My 'Story without an end' is one, because
the child in it means a soul; don't it, Aunty?"
cried Demi, eager to prove himself right.

"That's it, dear; and Uncle's story is an
allegory, I am quite sure; so listen and see
what it means," returned Mrs. Jo, who
always took part in whatever was going on,
and enjoyed it as much as any boy among
them.

Demi composed himself, and Mr. Bhaer
went on in his best English, for he had
improved much in the last five years, and
said the boys did it.

"This great gardener gave a dozen or so of
little plots to one of his servants, and told
him to do his best and see what he could
raise. Now this servant was not rich, nor
wise, nor very good, but he wanted to help

because the gardener had been very kind to
him in many ways. So he gladly took the little
plots and fell to work. They were all sorts of
shapes and sizes, and some were very
good soil, some rather stony, and all of
them needed much care, for in the rich soil
the weeds grew fast, and in the poor soil
there were many stones."

"What was growing in them besides the
weeds, and stones?" asked Nat; so
interested, he forgot his shyness and spoke
before them all.

"Flowers," said Mr. Bhaer, with a kind look.
"Even the roughest, most neglected little
bed had a bit of heart's-ease or a sprig of
mignonette in it. One had roses, sweet
peas, and daisies in it," here he pinched the
plump cheek of the little girl leaning on his
arm. "Another had all sorts of curious plants
in it, bright pebbles, a vine that went
climbing up like Jack's beanstalk, and
many good seeds just beginning to sprout;
for, you see, this bed had been taken fine
care of by a wise old man, who had worked
in gardens of this sort all his life."

At this part of the "arrygory," Demi put his
head on one side like an inquisitive bird,
and fixed his bright eye on his uncle's face,
as if he suspected something and was on
the watch. But Mr. Bhaer looked perfectly
innocent, and went on glancing from one
young face to another, with a grave, wistful
look, that said much to his wife, who knew
how earnestly he desired to do his duty in
these little garden plots.

"As I tell you, some of these beds were easy
to cultivate, that means to take care of
Daisy, and others were very hard. There
was one particularly sunshiny little bed that
might have been full of fruits and vegetables
as well as flowers, only it wouldn't take any
pains, and when the man sowed, well, we'll

-21-

say melons in this bed, they came to
nothing, because the little bed neglected
them. The man was sorry, and kept on
trying, though every time the crop failed, all
the bed said, was, 'I forgot.' "

Here a general laugh broke out, and every
one looked at Tommy, who had pricked up
his ears at the word "melons," and hung
down his head at the sound of his favorite
excuse.

"I knew he meant us!" cried Demi, clapping
his hands. "You are the man, and we are the
little gardens; aren't we, Uncle Fritz?"

"You have guessed it. Now each of you tell
me what crop I shall try to sow in you this
spring, so that next autumn I may get a good
harvest out of my twelve, no, thirteen, plots,"
said Mr. Bhaer, nodding at Nat as he
corrected himself.

"You can't sow corn and beans and peas in
us. Unless you mean we are to eat a great
many and get fat," said Stuffy, with a
sudden brightening of his round, dull face
as the pleasing idea occurred to him.

"He don't mean that kind of seeds. He
means things to make us good; and the
weeds are faults," cried Demi, who usually
took the lead in these talks, because he
was used to this sort of thing, and liked it
very much.

"Yes, each of you think what you need most,
and tell me, and I will help you to grow it; only
you must do your best, or you will turn out
like Tommy's melons, all leaves and no fruit.
I will begin with the oldest, and ask the
mother what she will have in her plot, for we
are all parts of the beautiful garden, and
may have rich harvests for our Master if we
love Him enough," said Father Bhaer.

"I shall devote the whole of my plot to the
largest crop of patience I can get, for that is
what I need most," said Mrs. Jo, so soberly
that the lads fell to thinking in good earnest
what they should say when their turns came,
and some among them felt a twinge of
remorse, that they had helped to use up
Mother Bhaer's stock of patience so fast.

Franz wanted perseverance, Tommy
steadiness, Ned went in for good temper,
Daisy for industry, Demi for "as much
wiseness as Grandpa," and Nat timidly said
he wanted so many things he would let Mr.
Bhaer choose for him. The others chose
much the same things, and patience, good
temper, and generosity seemed the favorite
crops. One boy wished to like to get up
early, but did not know what name to give
that sort of seed; and poor Stuffy sighed
out,

"I wish I loved my lessons as much as I do
my dinner, but I can't."

"We will plant self-denial, and hoe it and
water it, and make it grow so well that next
Christmas no one will get ill by eating too
much dinner. If you exercise your mind,
George, it will get hungry just as your body
does, and you will love books almost as
much as my philosopher here," said Mr.
Bhaer; adding, as he stroked the hair off
Demi's fine forehead, "You are greedy
also, my son, and you like to stuff your little
mind full of fairy tales and fancies, as well
as George likes to fill his little stomach with
cake and candy. Both are bad, and I want
you to try something better. Arithmetic is not
half so pleasant as 'Arabian Nights,' I
know, but it is a very useful thing, and now is
the time to learn it, else you will be ashamed
and sorry by and by."

"But, 'Harry and Lucy,' and 'Frank,' are not
fairy books, and they are all full of

-22-

barometers, and bricks, and shoeing
horses, and useful things, and I'm fond of
them; ain't I, Daisy?" said Demi, anxious to
defend himself.

"So they are; but I find you reading 'Roland
and Maybird,' a great deal oftener than
'Harry and Lucy,' and I think you are not half
so fond of 'Frank' as you are of 'Sinbad.'
Come, I shall make a little bargain with you
both, George shall eat but three times a
day, and you shall read but one story-book
a week, and I will give you the new cricket-
ground; only, you must promise to play in it,"
said Uncle Fritz, in his persuasive way, for
Stuffy hated to run about, and Demi was
always reading in play hours.

"But we don't like cricket," said Demi.

"Perhaps not now, but you will when you
know it. Besides, you do like to be
generous, and the other boys want to play,
and you can give them the new ground if you
choose."

This was taken them both on the right side,
and they agreed to the bargain, to the great
satisfaction of the rest.

There was a little more talk about the
gardens, and then they all sang together.
The band delighted Nat, for Mrs. Bhaer
played the piano, Franz the flute, Mr. Bhaer
a bass viol, and he himself the violin. A very
simple little concert, but all seemed to enjoy
it, and old Asia, sitting in the corner, joined
at times with the sweetest voice of any, for
in this family, master and servant, old and
young, black and white, shared in the
Sunday song, which went up to the Father
of them all. After this they each shook hands
with Father Bhaer; Mother Bhaer kissed
them every one from sixteen-year-old
Franz to little Rob, how kept the tip of her
nose for his own particular kisses, and then

they trooped up to bed.

The light of the shaded lamp that burned in
the nursery shone softly on a picture
hanging at the foot of Nat's bed. There were
several others on the walls, but the boy
thought there must be something peculiar
about this one, for it had a graceful frame of
moss and cones about it, and on a little
bracket underneath stood a vase of wild
flowers freshly gathered from the spring
woods. It was the most beautiful picture of
them all, and Nat lay looking at it, dimly
feeling what it meant, and wishing he knew
all about it.

"That's my picture," said a little voice in the
room. Nat popped up his head, and there
was Demi in his night-gown pausing on his
way back from Aunt Jo's chamber, whither
he had gone to get a cot for a cut finger.

"What is he doing to the children?" asked
Nat.

"That is Christ, the Good Man, and He is
blessing the children. Don't you know about
Him?" said Demi, wondering.

"Not much, but I'd like to, He looks so kind,"
answered Nat, whose chief knowledge of
the Good Man consisted in hearing His
name taken in vain.

"I know all about it, and I like it very much,
because it is true," said Demi.

"Who told you?"

"My Grandpa, he knows every thing, and
tells the best stories in the world. I used to
play with his big books, and make bridges,
and railroads, and houses, when I was a
little boy," began Demi.

"How old are you now?" asked Nat,

-23-

respectfully.

"'Most ten."

"You know a lot of things, don't you?"

"Yes; you see my head is pretty big, and
Grandpa says it will take a good deal to fill
it, so I keep putting pieces of wisdom into it
as fast as I can," returned Demi, in his
quaint way.

Nat laughed, and then said soberly,

"Tell on, please."

And Demi gladly told on without pause or
punctuation. "I found a very pretty book one
day and wanted to play with it, but Grandpa
said I mustn't, and showed me the pictures,
and told me about them, and I liked the
stories very much, all about Joseph and his
bad brothers, and the frogs that came up
out of the sea, and dear little Moses in the
water, and ever so many more lovely ones,
but I liked about the Good Man best of all,
and Grandpa told it to me so many times
that I learned it by heart, and he gave me this
picture so I shouldn't forget, and it was put
up here once when I was sick, and I left it for
other sick boys to see."'

"What makes Him bless the children?"
asked Nat, who found something very
attractive in the chief figure of the group.

"Because He loved them."

"Were they poor children?" asked Nat,
wistfully.

"Yes, I think so; you see some haven't got
hardly any clothes on, and the mothers don't
look like rich ladies. He liked poor people,
and was very good to them. He made them
well, and helped them, and told rich people

they must not be cross to them, and they
loved Him dearly, dearly," cried Demi, with
enthusiasm.

"Was He rich?"

"Oh no! He was born in a barn, and was so
poor He hadn't any house to live in when He
grew up, and nothing to eat sometimes, but
what people gave Him, and He went round
preaching to everybody, and trying to make
them good, till the bad men killed Him."

"What for?" and Nat sat up in his bed to look
and listen, so interested was he in this man
who cared for the poor so much.

"I'll tell you all about it; Aunt Jo won't mind;"
and Demi settled himself on the opposite
bed, glad to tell his favorite story to so good
a listener.

Nursey peeped in to see if Nat was asleep,
but when she saw what was going on, she
slipped away again, and went to Mrs.
Bhaer, saying with her kind face full of
motherly emotion,

"Will the dear lady come and see a pretty
sight? It's Nat listening with all his heart to
Demi telling the story of the Christ-child,
like a little white angel as he is."

Mrs. Bhaer had meant to go and talk with
Nat a moment before he slept, for she had
found that a serious word spoken at this
time often did much good. But when she
stole to the nursery door, and saw Nat
eagerly drinking in the words of his little
friends, while Demi told the sweet and
solemn story as it had been taught him,
speaking softly as he sat with his beautiful
eyes fixed on the tender face above them,
her own filled with tears, and she went
silently away, thinking to herself,

-24-

"Demi is unconsciously helping the poor boy
better than I can; I will not spoil it by a single
word."

The murmur of the childish voice went on for
a long time, as one innocent heart preached
that great sermon to another, and no one
hushed it. When it ceased at last, and Mrs.
Bhaer went to take away the lamp, Demi
was gone and Nat fast asleep, lying with his
face toward the picture, as if he had already
learned to love the Good Man who loved
little children, and was a faithful friend to the
poor. The boy's face was very placid, and
as she looked at it she felt that if a single
day of care and kindness had done so
much, a year of patient cultivation would
surely bring a grateful harvest from this
neglected garden, which was already sown
with the best of all seed by the little
missionary in the night-gown.

Chapter 4 Stepping-Stones

When Nat went into school on Monday
morning, he quaked inwardly, for now he
thought he should have to display his
ignorance before them all. But Mr. Bhaer
gave him a seat in the deep window, where
he could turn his back on the others, and
Franz heard him say his lessons there, so
no one could hear his blunders or see how
he blotted his copybook. He was truly
grateful for this, and toiled away so
diligently that Mr. Bhaer said, smiling, when
he saw his hot face and inky fingers:

"Don't work so hard, my boy; you will tire
yourself out, and there is time enough."

"But I must work hard, or I can't catch up with
the others. They know heaps, and I don't
know anything," said Nat, who had been
reduced to a state of despair by hearing the
boys recite their grammar, history, and
geography with what he thought amazing

ease and accuracy.

"You know a good many things which they
don't," said Mr. Bhaer, sitting down beside
him, while Franz led a class of small
students through the intricacies of the
multiplication table.

"Do I?" and Nat looked utterly incredulous.

"Yes; for one thing, you can keep your
temper, and Jack, who is quick at numbers,
cannot; that is an excellent lesson, and I
think you have learned it well. Then, you can
play the violin, and not one of the lads can,
though they want to do it very much. But,
best of all, Nat, you really care to learn
something, and that is half the battle. It
seems hard at first, and you will feel
discouraged, but plod away, and things will
get easier and easier as you go on."

Nat's face had brightened more and more
as he listened, for, small as the list of his
learning was, it cheered him immensely to
feel that he had anything to fall back upon.
"Yes, I can keep my temper father's beating
taught me that; and I can fiddle, though I
don't know where the Bay of Biscay is," he
thought, with a sense of comfort impossible
to express. Then he said aloud, and so
earnestly that Demi heard him:

"I do want to learn, and I will try. I never went
to school, but I couldn't help it; and if the
fellows don't laugh at me, I guess I'll get on
first rate you and the lady are so good to
me."

"They shan't laugh at you; if they do, I'll I'll tell
them not to," cried Demi, quite forgetting
where he was.

The class stopped in the middle of 7 times 9,
and everyone looked up to see what was
going on.

-25-

Thinking that a lesson in learning to help one
another was better than arithmetic just then,
Mr. Bhaer told them about Nat, making such
an interesting and touching little story out of
it that the good-hearted lads all promised to
lend him a hand, and felt quite honored to
be called upon to impart their stores of
wisdom to the chap who fiddled so
capitally. This appeal established the right
feeling among them, and Nat had few
hindrances to struggle against, for every
one was glad to give him a "boost" up the
ladder of learning.

Till he was stronger, much study was not
good for him, however, and Mrs. Jo found
various amusements in the house for him
while others were at their books. But his
garden was his best medicine, and he
worked away like a beaver, preparing his
little farm, sowing his beans, watching
eagerly to see them grow, and rejoicing
over each green leaf and slender stock that
shot up and flourished in the warm spring
weather. Never was a garden more
faithfully hoed; Mr. Bhaer really feared that
nothing would find time to grow, Nat kept up
such a stirring of the soil; so he gave him
easy jobs in the flower garden or among the
strawberries, where he worked and
hummed as busily as the bees booming all
about him.

"This is the crop I like best," Mrs. Bhaer
used to say, as she pinched the once thin
cheeks, now getting plump and ruddy, or
stroked the bent shoulders that were slowly
straightening up with healthful work, good
food, and the absence of that heavy burden,
poverty.

Demi was his little friend, Tommy his
patron, and Daisy the comforter of all his
woes; for, though the children were younger
than he, his timid spirit found a pleasure in
their innocent society, and rather shrunk

from the rough sports of the elder lads. Mr.
Laurence did not forget him, but sent
clothes and books, music and kind
messages, and now and then came out to
see how his boy was getting on, or took him
into town to a concert; on which occasions
Nat felt himself translated into the seventh
heaven of bliss, for he went to Mr.
Laurence's great house, saw his pretty wife
and little fairy of a daughter, had a good
dinner, and was made so comfortable, that
he talked and dreamed of it for days and
nights afterward.

It takes so little to make a child happy that it
is a pity, in a world so full of sunshine and
pleasant things, that there should be any
wistful faces, empty hands, or lonely little
hearts. Feeling this, the Bhaers gathered up
all the crumbs they could find to feed their
flock of hungry sparrows, for they were not
rich, except in charity. Many of Mrs. Jo's
friends who had nurseries sent her they toys
of which their children so soon tired, and in
mending these Nat found an employment
that just suited him. He was very neat and
skillful with those slender fingers of his, and
passed many a rainy afternoon with his
gum-bottle, paint-box, and knife, repairing
furniture, animals, and games, while Daisy
was dressmaker to the dilapidated dolls. As
fast as the toys were mended, they were put
carefully away in a certain drawer which
was to furnish forth a Christmas-tree for all
the poor children of the neighborhood, that
being the way the Plumfield boys
celebrated the birthday of Him who loved
the poor and blessed the little ones.

Demi was never tired of reading and
explaining his favorite books, and many a
pleasant hour did they spend in the old
willow, revelling over "Robinson Crusoe,"
"Arabian Nights," "Edgeworth's Tales," and
the other dear immortal stories that will
delight children for centuries to come. This

-26-

opened a new world to Nat, and his
eagerness to see what came next in the
story helped him on till he could read as well
as anybody, and felt so rich and proud with
his new accomplishment, that there was
danger of his being as much of a bookworm
as Demi.

Another helpful thing happened in a most
unexpected and agreeable manner.
Several of the boys were "in business," as
they called it, for most of them were poor,
and knowing that they would have their own
way to make by and by, the Bhaers
encouraged any efforts at independence.
Tommy sold his eggs; Jack speculated in
live stock; Franz helped in the teaching, and
was paid for it; Ned had a taste for
carpentry, and a turning-lathe was set up
for him in which he turned all sorts of useful
or pretty things, and sold them; while Demi
constructed water-mills, whirligigs, and
unknown machines of an intricate and
useless nature, and disposed of them to the
boys.

"Let him be a mechanic if he likes," said Mr.
Bhaer. "Give a boy a trade, and he is
independent. Work is wholesome, and
whatever talent these lads possess, be it for
poetry or ploughing, it shall be cultivated
and made useful to them if possible."

So, when Nat came running to him one day
to ask with an excited face:

"Can I go and fiddle for some people who
are to have a picnic in our woods? They will
pay me, and I'd like to earn some money as
the other boys do, and fiddling is the only
way I know how to do it "

Mr. Bhaer answered readily:

"Go, and welcome. It is an easy and a
pleasant way to work, and I am glad it is

offered you."

Nat went, and did so well that when he
came home he had two dollars in his
pocket, which he displayed with intense
satisfaction, as he told how much he had
enjoyed the afternoon, how kind the young
people were, and how they had praised his
dance music, and promised to have him
again.

"It is so much nicer than fiddling in the street,
for then I got none of the money, and now I
have it all, and a good time besides. I'm in
business now as well as Tommy and Jack,
and I like it ever so much," said Nat, proudly
patting the old pocketbook, and feeling like
a millionaire already.

He was in business truly, for picnics were
plenty as summer opened, and Nat's skill
was in great demand. He was always at
liberty to go if lessons were not neglected,
and if the picnickers were respectable
young people. For Mr. Bhaer explained to
him that a good plain education is
necessary for everyone, and that no amount
of money should hire him to go where he
might be tempted to do wrong. Nat quite
agreed to this, and it was a pleasant sight to
see the innocent-hearted lad go driving
away in the gay wagons that stopped at the
gate for him, or to hear him come fiddling
home tired but happy, with his well-earned
money in one pocket, and some "goodies"
from the feast for Daisy or little Ted, whom
he never forgot.

"I'm going to save up till I get enough to buy a
violin for myself, and then I can earn my own
living, can't I?" he used to say, as he brought
his dollars to Mr. Bhaer to keep.

"I hope so, Nat; but we must get you strong
and hearty first, and put a little more
knowledge into this musical head of yours.

-27-

Then Mr. Laurie will find you a place
somewhere, and in a few years we will all
come to hear you play in public."

With much congenial work, encouragement,
and hope, Nat found life getting easier and
happier every day, and made such
progress in his music lessons that his
teacher forgave his slowness in some other
things, knowing very well that where the
heart is the mind works best. The only
punishment the boy ever needed for neglect
of more important lessons was to hang up
the fiddle and the bow for a day. The fear of
losing his bosom friend entirely made him
go at his books with a will; and having
proved that he could master the lessons,
what was the use of saying "I can't?"

Daisy had a great love of music, and a great
reverence for any one who could make it,
and she was often found sitting on the stairs
outside Nat's door while he was practising.
This pleased him very much, and he played
his best for that one quiet little listener; for
she never would come in, but preferred to
sit sewing her gay patchwork, or tending
one of her many dolls, with an expression of
dreamy pleasure on her face that made
Aunt Jo say, with tears in her eyes: "So like
my Beth," and go softly by, lest even her
familiar presence mar the child's sweet
satisfaction.

Nat was very fond of Mrs. Bhaer, but found
something even more attractive in the good
professor, who took fatherly care of the shy
feeble boy, who had barely escaped with
his life from the rough sea on which his little
boat had been tossing rudderless for twelve
years. Some good angel must have been
watching over him, for, though his body had
suffered, his soul seemed to have taken
little harm, and came ashore as innocent as
a shipwrecked baby. Perhaps his love of
music kept it sweet in spite of the discord all

about him; Mr. Laurie said so, and he ought
to know. However that might be, Father
Bhaer took pleasure in fostering poor Nat's
virtues, and in curing his faults, finding his
new pupil as docile and affectionate as a
girl. He often called Nat his "daughter" when
speaking of him to Mrs. Jo, and she used to
laugh at his fancy, for Madame liked manly
boys, and thought Nat amiable but weak,
though you never would have guessed it, for
she petted him as she did Daisy, and he
thought her a very delightful woman.

One fault of Nat's gave the Bhaers much
anxiety, although they saw how it had been
strengthened by fear and ignorance. I regret
to say that Nat sometimes told lies. Not very
black ones, seldom getting deeper than
gray, and often the mildest of white fibs; but
that did not matter, a lie is a lie, and though
we all tell many polite untruths in this queer
world of ours, it is not right, and everybody
knows it.

"You cannot be too careful; watch your
tongue, and eyes, and hands, for it is easy
to tell, and look, and act untruth," said Mr.
Bhaer, in one of the talks he had with Nat
about his chief temptation.

"I know it, and I don't mean to, but it's so
much easier to get along if you ain't very
fussy about being exactly true. I used to tell
'em because I was afraid of father and
Nicolo, and now I do sometimes because
the boys laugh at me. I know it's bad, but I
forget," and Nat looked much depressed by
his sins.

"When I was a little lad I used to tell lies! Ach!
what fibs they were, and my old
grandmother cured me of it how, do you
think? My parents had talked, and cried,
and punished, but still did I forget as you.
Then said the dear old grandmother, 'I shall
help you to remember, and put a check on

-28-

this unruly part,' with that she drew out my
tongue and snipped the end with her
scissors till the blood ran. That was terrible,
you may believe, but it did me much good,
because it was sore for days, and every
word I said came so slowly that I had time to
think. After that I was more careful, and got
on better, for I feared the big scissors. Yet
the dear grandmother was most kind to me
in all things, and when she lay dying far
away in Nuremberg, she prayed that little
Fritz might love God and tell the truth."

"I never had any grandmothers, but if you
think it will cure me, I'll let you snip my
tongue," said Nat, heroically, for he
dreaded pain, yet did wish to stop fibbing.

Mr. Bhaer smiled, but shook his head.

"I have a better way than that, I tried it once
before and it worked well. See now, when
you tell a lie I will not punish you, but you shall
punish me."

"How?" asked Nat, startled at the idea.

"You shall ferule me in the good old-
fashioned way; I seldom do it myself, but it
may make you remember better to give me
pain than to feel it yourself."

"Strike you? Oh, I couldn't!" cried Nat.

"Then mind that tripping tongue of thine. I
have no wish to be hurt, but I would gladly
bear much pain to cure this fault."

This suggestion made such an impression
on Nat, that for a long time he set a watch
upon his lips, and was desperately
accurate, for Mr. Bhaer judged rightly, that
love of him would be more powerful with
Nat that fear for himself. But alas! one sad
day Nat was off his guard, and when
peppery Emil threatened to thrash him, if it

was he who had run over his garden and
broken down his best hills of corn, Nat
declared he didn't, and then was ashamed
to own up that he did do it, when Jack was
chasing him the night before.

He thought no one would find it out, but
Tommy happened to see him, and when
Emil spoke of it a day or two later, Tommy
gave his evidence, and Mr. Bhaer heard it.
School was over, and they were all standing
about in the hall, and Mr. Bhaer had just set
down on the straw settee to enjoy his frolic
with Teddy; but when he heard Tommy and
saw Nat turn scarlet, and look at him with a
frightened face, he put the little boy down,
saying, "Go to thy mother, bbchen, I will
come soon," and taking Nat by the hand led
him into the school and shut the door.

The boys looked at one another in silence
for a minute, then Tommy slipped out and
peeping in at the half-closed blinds, beheld
a sight that quite bewildered him. Mr. Bhaer
had just taken down the long rule that hung
over his desk, so seldom used that it was
covered with dust.

"My eye! He's going to come down heavy
on Nat this time. Wish I hadn't told," thought
good-natured Tommy, for to be feruled was
the deepest disgrace at this school.

"You remember what I told you last time?"
said Mr. Bhaer, sorrowfully, not angrily.

"Yes; but please don't make me, I can't
bear it," cried Nat, backing up against the
door with both hands behind him, and a
face full of distress.

"Why don't he up and take it like a man? I
would," thought Tommy, though his heart
beat fast at the sight.

"I shall keep my word, and you must

-29-

remember to tell the truth. Obey me, Nat,
take this and give me six good strokes."

Tommy was so staggered by this last
speech that he nearly tumbled down the
bank, but saved himself, and hung onto the
window ledge, staring in with eyes as round
as the stuffed owl's on the chimney-piece.

Nat took the rule, for when Mr. Bhaer spoke
in that tone everyone obeyed him, and,
looking as scared and guilty as if about to
stab his master, he gave two feeble blows
on the broad hand held out to him. Then he
stopped and looked up half-blind with
tears, but Mr. Bhaer said steadily:

"Go on, and strike harder."

As if seeing that it must be done, and eager
to have the hard task soon over, Nat drew
his sleeve across his eyes and gave two
more quick hard strokes that reddened the
hand, yet hurt the giver more.

"Isn't that enough?" he asked in a breathless
sort of tone.

"Two more," was all the answer, and he
gave them, hardly seeing where they fell,
then threw the rule all across the room, and
hugging the kind hand in both his own, laid
his face down on it sobbing out in a passion
of love, and shame, and penitence:

"I will remember! Oh! I will!"

Then Mr. Bhaer put an arm about him, and
said in a tone as compassionate as it had
just now been firm:

"I think you will. Ask the dear God to help
you, and try to spare us both another scene
like this."

Tommy saw no more, for he crept back to

the hall, looking so excited and sober that
the boys crowded round him to ask what
was being done to Nat.

In a most impressive whisper Tommy told
them, and they looked as if the sky was
about to fall, for this reversing the order of
things almost took their breath away.

"He made me do the same thing once," said
Emil, as if confessing a crime of the
deepest dye.

"And you hit him? dear old Father Bhaer?
By thunder, I'd just like to see you do it
now!" said Ned, collaring Emil in a fit of
righteous wrath.

"It was ever so long ago. I'd rather have my
head cut off than do it now," and Emil mildly
laid Ned on his back instead of cuffing him,
as he would have felt it his duty to do on any
less solemn occasion.

"How could you?" said Demi, appalled at
the idea.

"I was hopping mad at the time, and thought
I shouldn't mind a bit, rather like it perhaps.
But when I'd hit uncle one good crack,
everything he had ever done for me came
into my head all at once somehow, and I
couldn't go on. No sir! If he'd laid me down
and walked on me, I wouldn't have minded,
I felt so mean," and Emil gave himself a
good thump in the chest to express his
sense of remorse for the past.

"Nat's crying like anything, and feels no end
sorry, so don't let's say a word about it; will
we?" said tender-hearted Tommy.

"Of course we won't, but it's awful to tell
lies," and Demi looked as if he found the
awfulness much increased when the
punishment fell not upon the sinner, but his

-30-

best Uncle Fritz.

"Suppose we all clear out, so Nat can cut
upstairs if he wants to," proposed Franz,
and led the way to the barn, their refuge in
troublous times.

Nat did not come to dinner, but Mrs. Jo took
some up to him, and said a tender word,
which did him good, though he could not
look at her. By and by the lads playing
outside heard the violin, and said among
themselves: "He's all right now." He was all
right, but felt shy about going down, till
opening his door to slip away into the
woods, he found Daisy sitting on the stairs
with neither work nor doll, only her little
handkerchief in her hand, as if she had
been mourning for her captive friend.

"I'm going to walk; want to come?" asked
Nat, trying to look as if nothing was the
matter, yet feeling very grateful for her silent
sympathy, because he fancied everyone
must look upon him as a wretch.

"Oh yes!" and Daisy ran for her hat, proud to
be chosen as a companion by one of the big
boys.

The others saw them go, but no one
followed, for boys have a great deal more
delicacy than they get credit for, and the
lads instinctively felt that, when in disgrace,
gentle little Daisy was their most congenial
friend.

The walk did Nat good, and he came home
quieter than usual, but looking cheerful
again, and hung all over with daisy-chains
made by his little playmate while he lay on
the grass and told her stories.

No one said a word about the scene of the
morning, but its effect was all the more
lasting for that reason, perhaps. Nat tried

his very best, and found much help, not only
from the earnest little prayers he prayed to
his Friend in heaven, but also in the patient
care of the earthly friend whose kind hand
he never touched without remembering that
it had willingly borne pain for his sake.

Chapter 5 Pattypans

"What's the matter, Daisy?"

"The boys won't let me play with them."

"Why not?"

"They say girls can't play football."

"They can, for I've done it!" and Mrs. Bhaer
laughed at the remembrance of certain
youthful frolics.

"I know I can play; Demi and I used to, and
have nice times, but he won't let me now
because the other boys laugh at him," and
Daisy looked deeply grieved at her
brother's hardness of heart.

"On the whole, I think he is right, deary. It's
all very well when you two are alone, but it is
too rough a game for you with a dozen boys;
so I'd find some nice little play for myself."

"I'm tired of playing alone!" and Daisy's
tone was very mournful.

"I'll play with you by and by, but just now I
must fly about and get things ready for a trip
into town. You shall go with me and see
mamma, and if you like you can stay with
her."

"I should like to go and see her and Baby
Josy, but I'd rather come back, please.
Demi would miss me, and I love to be here,
Aunty."

-31-

"You can't get on without your Demi, can
you?" and Aunt Jo looked as if she quite
understood the love of the little girl for her
only brother.

"'Course I can't; we're twins, and so we
love each other more than other people,"
answered Daisy, with a brightening face,
for she considered being a twin one of the
highest honors she could ever receive.

"Now, what will you do with your little self
while I fly around?" asked Mrs. Bhaer, who
was whisking piles of linen into a wardrobe
with great rapidity.

"I don't know, I'm tired of dolls and things; I
wish you'd make up a new play for me,
Aunty Jo," said Daisy, swinging listlessly on
the door.

"I shall have to think of a brand new one, and
it will take me some time; so suppose you
go down and see what Asia has got for your
lunch," suggested Mrs. Bhaer, thinking that
would be a good way in which to dispose of
the little hindrance for a time.

"Yes, I think I'd like that, if she isn't cross,"
and Daisy slowly departed to the kitchen,
where Asia, the black cook, reigned
undisturbed.

In five minutes, Daisy was back again, with
a wide-awake face, a bit of dough in her
hand and a dab of flour on her little nose.

"Oh aunty! Please could I go and make
gingersnaps and things? Asia isn't cross,
and she says I may, and it would be such
fun, please do," cried Daisy, all in one
breath.

"Just the thing, go and welcome, make what
you like, and stay as long as you please,"
answered Mrs. Bhaer, much relieved, for

sometimes the one little girl was harder to
amuse than the dozen boys.

Daisy ran off, and while she worked, Aunt
Jo racked her brain for a new play. All of a
sudden she seemed to have an idea, for
she smiled to herself, slammed the doors of
the wardrobe, and walked briskly away,
saying, "I'll do it, if it's a possible thing!"

What it was no one found out that day, but
Aunt Jo's eyes twinkled so when she told
Daisy she had thought of a new play, and
was going to buy it, that Daisy was much
excited and asked questions all the way into
town, without getting answers that told her
anything. She was left at home to play with
the new baby, and delight her mother's
eyes, while Aunt Jo went off shopping.
When she came back with all sorts of queer
parcels in corners of the carry-all, Daisy
was so full of curiosity that she wanted to go
back to Plumfield at once. But her aunt
would not be hurried, and made a long call
in mamma's room, sitting on the floor with
baby in her lap, making Mrs. Brooke laugh
at the pranks of the boys, and all sorts of
droll nonsense.

How her aunt told the secret Daisy could not
imagine, but her mother evidently knew it,
for she said, as she tied on the little bonnet
and kissed the rosy little face inside, "Be a
good child, my Daisy, and learn the nice
new play aunty has got for you. It's a most
useful and interesting one, and it is very kind
of her to play it with you, because she does
not like it very well herself."

This last speech made the two ladies laugh
heartily, and increased Daisy's
bewilderment. As they drove away
something rattled in the back of the
carriage.

"What's that?" asked Daisy, pricking up her

-32-

ears.

"The new play," answered Mrs. Jo,
solemnly.

"What is it made of?" cried Daisy.

"Iron, tin, wood, brass, sugar, salt, coal,
and a hundred other things."

"How strange! What color is it?"

"All sorts of colors."

"Is it large?"

"Part of it is, and a part isn't."

"Did I ever see one?"

"Ever so many, but never one so nice as
this."

"Oh! what can it be? I can't wait. When shall I
see it?" and Daisy bounced up and down
with impatience.

"To-morrow morning, after lessons."

"Is it for the boys, too?"

"No, all for you and Bess. The boys will like
to see it, and want to play one part of it. But
you can do as you like about letting them."

"I'll let Demi, if he wants to."

"No fear that they won't all want to,
especially Stuffy," and Mrs. Bhaer's eyes
twinkled more than ever as she patted a
queer knobby bundle in her lap.

"Let me feel just once," prayed Daisy.

"Not a feel; you'd guess in a minute and
spoil the fun."

Daisy groaned and then smiled all over her
face, for through a little hole in the paper she
caught a glimpse of something bright.

"How can I wait so long? Couldn't I see it
today?"

"Oh dear, no! It has got to be arranged, and
ever so many parts fixed in their places. I
promised Uncle Teddy that you shouldn't
see it till it was all in apple-pie order."

"If uncle knows about it then it must be
splendid!" cried Daisy, clapping her hands;
for this kind, rich, jolly uncle of hers was as
good as a fairy godmother to the children,
and was always planning merry surprises,
pretty gifts, and droll amusements for them.

"Yes; Teddy went and bought it with me,
and we had such fun in the shop choosing
the different parts. He would have
everything fine and large, and my little plan
got regularly splendid when he took hold.
You must give him your very best kiss when
he comes, for he is the kindest uncle that
ever went and bought a charming little coo
Bless me! I nearly told you what it was!" and
Mrs. Bhaer cut that most interesting word
short off in the middle, and began to look
over her bills, as if afraid she would let the
cat out of the bag if she talked any more.
Daisy folded her hands with an air of
resignation, and sat quite still trying to think
what play had a "coo" in it.

When they got home she eyed every bundle
that was taken out, and one large heavy
one, which Franz took straight upstairs and
hid in the nursery, filled her with amazement
and curiosity. Something very mysterious
went on up there that afternoon, for Franz
was hammering, and Asia trotting up and
down, and Aunt Jo flying around like a will-
o'-the-wisp, with all sort of things under her
apron, while little Ted, who was the only

-33-

child admitted, because he couldn't talk
plain, babbled and laughed, and tried to tell
what the "sumpin pitty" was.

All this made Daisy half-wild, and her
excitement spread among the boys, who
quite overwhelmed Mother Bhaer with
offers of assistance, which she declined by
quoting their own words to Daisy:

"Girls can't play with boys. This is for Daisy,
and Bess, and me, so we don't want you."
Whereupon the young gentlemen meekly
retired, and invited Daisy to a game of
marbles, horse, football, anything she liked,
with a sudden warmth and politeness which
astonished her innocent little soul.

Thanks to these attentions, she got through
the afternoon, went early to bed, and next
morning did her lessons with an energy
which made Uncle Fritz wish that a new
game could be invented every day. Quite a
thrill pervaded the school-room when Daisy
was dismissed at eleven o'clock, for
everyone knew that now she was going to
have the new and mysterious play.

Many eyes followed her as she ran away,
and Demi's mind was so distracted by this
event that when Franz asked him where the
desert of Sahara was, he mournfully
replied, "In the nursery," and the whole
school laughed at him.

"Aunt Jo, I've done all my lessons, and I
can't wait one single minute more!" cried
Daisy, flying into Mrs. Bhaer's room.

"It's all ready, come on;" and tucking Ted
under one arm, and her workbasket under
the other, Aunt Jo promptly led the way
upstairs.

"I don't see anything," said Daisy, staring
about her as she got inside the nursery

door.

"Do you hear anything?" asked Aunt Jo,
catching Ted back by his little frock as he
was making straight for one side of the
room.

Daisy did hear an odd crackling, and then a
purry little sound as of a kettle singing.
These noises came from behind a curtain
drawn before a deep bay window. Daisy
snatched it back, gave one joyful, "Oh!" and
then stood gazing with delight at what do
you think?

A wide seat ran round the three sides of the
window; on one side hung and stood all
sorts of little pots and pans, gridirons and
skillets; on the other side a small dinner and
tea set; and on the middle part a cooking-
stove. Not a tin one, that was of no use, but
a real iron stove, big enough to cook for a
large family of very hungry dolls. But the best
of it was that a real fire burned in it, real
steam came out of the nose of the little tea-
kettle, and the lid of the little boiler actually
danced a jig, the water inside bubbled so
hard. A pane of glass had been taken out
and replaced by a sheet of tin, with a hole
for the small funnel, and real smoke went
sailing away outside so naturally, that it did
one's heart good to see it. The box of wood
with a hod of charcoal stood near by; just
above hung dust-pan, brush and broom; a
little market basket was on the low table at
which Daisy used to play, and over the back
of her little chair hung a white apron with a
bib, and a droll mob cap. The sun shone in
as if he enjoyed the fun, the little stove
roared beautifully, the kettle steamed, the
new tins sparkled on the walls, the pretty
china stood in tempting rows, and it was
altogether as cheery and complete a
kitchen as any child could desire.

Daisy stood quite still after the first glad

-34-

"Oh!" but her eyes went quickly from one
charming object to another, brightening as
they looked, till they came to Aunt Jo's
merry face; there they stopped as the happy
little girl hugged her, saying gratefully:

"Oh aunty, it's a splendid new play! Can I
really cook at the dear stove, and have
parties and mess, and sweep, and make
fires that truly burn? I like it so much! What
made you think of it?"

"Your liking to make gingersnaps with Asia
made me think of it," said Mrs. Bhaer,
holding Daisy, who frisked as if she would
fly. "I knew Asia wouldn't let you mess in her
kitchen very often, and it wouldn't be safe at
this fire up here, so I thought I'd see if I could
find a little stove for you, and teach you to
cook; that would be fun, and useful too. So I
travelled round among the toy shops, but
everything large cost too much and I was
thinking I should have to give it up, when I
met Uncle Teddy. As soon as he knew what
I was about, he said he wanted to help, and
insisted on buying the biggest toy stove we
could find. I scolded, but he only laughed,
and teased me about my cooking when we
were young, and said I must teach Bess as
well as you, and went on buying all sorts of
nice little things for my 'cooking class' as he
called it."

"I'm so glad you met him!" said Daisy, as
Mrs. Jo stopped to laugh at the memory of
the funny time she had with Uncle Teddy.

"You must study hard and learn to make all
kinds of things, for he says he shall come
out to tea very often, and expects something
uncommonly nice."

"It's the sweetest, dearest kitchen in the
world, and I'd rather study with it than do
anything else. Can't I learn pies, and cake,
and macaroni, and everything?" cried

Daisy, dancing round the room with a new
saucepan in one hand and the tiny poker in
the other.

"All in good time. This is to be a useful play, I
am to help you, and you are to be my cook,
so I shall tell you what to do, and show you
how. Then we shall have things fit to eat,
and you will be really learning how to cook
on a small scale. I'll call you Sally, and say
you are a new girl just come," added Mrs.
Jo, settling down to work, while Teddy sat
on the floor sucking his thumb, and staring
at the stove as if it was a live thing, whose
appearance deeply interested him.

"That will be so lovely! What shall I do first?"
asked Sally, with such a happy face and
willing air that Aunt Jo wished all new cooks
were half as pretty and pleasant.

"First of all, put on this clean cap and apron.
I am rather old-fashioned, and I like my
cook to be very tidy."

Sally tucked her curly hair into the round
cap, and put on the apron without a murmur,
though usually she rebelled against bibs.

"Now, you can put things in order, and wash
up the new china. The old set needs
washing also, for my last girl was apt to
leave it in a sad state after a party."

Aunt Jo spoke quite soberly, but Sally
laughed, for she knew who the untidy girl
was who had left the cups sticky. Then she
turned up her cuffs, and with a sigh of
satisfaction began to stir about her kitchen,
having little raptures now and then over the
"sweet rolling pin," the "darling dish-tub," or
the "cunning pepper-pot."

"Now, Sally, take your basket and go to
market; here is the list of things I want for
dinner," said Mrs. Jo, giving her a bit of

-35-

paper when the dishes were all in order.

"Where is the market?" asked Daisy,
thinking that the new play got more and
more interesting every minute.

"Asia is the market."

Away went Sally, causing another stir in the
schoolroom as she passed the door in her
new costume, and whispered to Demi, with
a face full of delight, "It's a perfectly
splendid play!"

Old Asia enjoyed the joke as much as
Daisy, and laughed jollily as the little girl
came flying into the room with her cap all on
one side, the lids of her basket rattling like
castanets and looking like a very crazy little
cook.

"Mrs. Aunt Jo wants these things, and I must
have them right away," said Daisy,
importantly.

'Let's see, honey; here's two pounds of
steak, potatoes, squash, apples, bread,
and butter. The meat ain't come yet; when it
does I'll send it up. The other things are all
handy."

Then Asia packed one potato, one apple, a
bit of squash, a little pat of butter, and a roll,
into the basket, telling Sally to be on the
watch for the butcher's boy, because he
sometimes played tricks.

"Who is he?" and Daisy hoped it would be
Demi.

"You'll see," was all Asia would say; and
Sally went off in great spirits, singing a
verse from dear Mary Howitt's sweet story
in rhyme:

"Away went little Mabel,

With the wheaten cake so fine,

The new-made pot of butter,

And the little flask of wine."

"Put everything but the apple into the store-
closet for the present," said Mrs. Jo, when
the cook got home.

There was a cupboard under the middle
shelf, and on opening the door fresh
delights appeared. One half was evidently
the cellar, for wood, coal, and kindlings
were piled there. The other half was full of
little jars, boxes, and all sorts of droll
contrivances for holding small quantities of
flour, meal, sugar, salt, and other household
stores. A pot of jam was there, a little tin
box of gingerbread, a cologne bottle full of
currant wine, and a tiny canister of tea. But
the crowning charm was two doll's pans of
new milk, with cream actually rising on it,
and a wee skimmer all ready to skim it with.
Daisy clasped her hands at this delicious
spectacle, and wanted to skim it
immediately. But Aunt Jo said:

"Not yet; you will want the cream to eat on
your apple pie at dinner, and must not
disturb it till then."

"Am I going to have pie?" cried Daisy,
hardly believing that such bliss could be in
store for her.

"Yes; if your oven does well we will have two
pies, one apple and one strawberry," said
Mrs. Jo, who was nearly as much interested
in the new play as Daisy herself.

"Oh, what next?" asked Sally, all impatience
to begin.

"Shut the lower draught of the stove, so that
the oven may heat. Then wash your hands

-36-

and get out the flour, sugar, salt, butter, and
cinnamon. See if the pie-board is clean,
and pare your apple ready to put in."

Daisy got things together with as little noise
and spilling as could be expected, from so
young a cook.

"I really don't know how to measure for such
tiny pies; I must guess at it, and if these
don't succeed, we must try again," said
Mrs. Jo, looking rather perplexed, and very
much amused with the small concern before
her. "Take that little pan full of flour, put in a
pinch of salt, and then rub in as much butter
as will go on that plate. Always remember to
put your dry things together first, and then
the wet. It mixes better so."

"I know how; I saw Asia do it. Don't I butter
the pie plates too? She did, the first thing,"
said Daisy, whisking the flour about at a
great rate.

"Quite right! I do believe you have a gift for
cooking, you take to it so cleverly," said
Aunt Jo, approvingly. "Now a dash of cold
water, just enough to wet it; then scatter
some flour on the board, work in a little, and
roll the paste out; yes, that's the way. Now
put dabs of butter all over it, and roll it out
again. We won't have our pastry very rich, or
the dolls will get dyspeptic."

Daisy laughed at the idea, and scattered
the dabs with a liberal hand. Then she rolled
and rolled with her delightful little pin, and
having got her paste ready proceeded to
cover the plates with it. Next the apple was
sliced in, sugar and cinnamon lavishly
sprinkled over it, and then the top crust put
on with breathless care.

"I always wanted to cut them round, and
Asia never would let me. How nice it is to do
it all my ownty donty self!" said Daisy, as the

little knife went clipping round the doll's
plate poised on her hand.

All cooks, even the best, meet with mishaps
sometimes, and Sally's first one occurred
then, for the knife went so fast that the plate
slipped, turned a somersault in the air, and
landed the dear little pie upside down on the
floor. Sally screamed, Mrs. Jo laughed,
Teddy scrambled to get it, and for a
moment confusion reigned in the new
kitchen.

"It didn't spill or break, because I pinched
the edges together so hard; it isn't hurt a bit,
so I'll prick holes in it, and then it will be
ready," said Sally, picking up the capsized
treasure and putting it into shape with a
child-like disregard of the dust it had
gathered in its fall.

"My new cook has a good temper, I see,
and that is such a comfort," said Mrs. Jo.
"Now open the jar of strawberry jam, fill the
uncovered pie, and put some strips of paste
over the top as Asia does."

"I'll make a D in the middle, and have
zigzags all round, that will be so interesting
when I come to eat it," said Sally, loading
the pie with quirls and flourishes that would
have driven a real pastry cook wild. "Now I
put them in!" she exclaimed; when the last
grimy knob had been carefully planted in the
red field of jam, and with an air of triumph
she shut them into the little oven.

"Clear up your things; a good cook never
lets her utensils collect. Then pare your
squash and potatoes."

"There is only one potato," giggled Sally.

"Cut it in four pieces, so it will go into the
little kettle, and put the bits into cold water till
it is time to cook them."

-37-

"Do I soak the squash too?"

"No, indeed! Just pare it and cut it up, and
put in into the steamer over the pot. It is drier
so, though it takes longer to cook."

Here a scratching at the door caused Sally
to run and open it, when Kit appeared with a
covered basket in his mouth.

"Here's the butcher boy!" cried Daisy, much
tickled at the idea, as she relieved him of
his load, whereat he licked his lips and
began to beg, evidently thinking that it was
his own dinner, for he often carried it to his
master in that way. Being undeceived, he
departed in great wrath and barked all the
way downstairs, to ease his wounded
feelings.

In the basket were two bits of steak (doll's
pounds), a baked pear, a small cake, and
paper with them on which Asia had
scrawled, "For Missy's lunch, if her cookin'
don't turn out well."

"I don't want any of her old pears and things;
my cooking will turn out well, and I'll have a
splendid dinner; see if I don't!" cried Daisy,
indignantly.

"We may like them if company should come.
It is always well to have something in the
storeroom," said Aunt Jo, who had been
taught this valuable fact by a series of
domestic panics.

"Me is hundry," announced Teddy, who
began to think what with so much cooking
going on it was about time for somebody to
eat something. His mother gave him her
workbasket to rummage, hoping to keep
him quiet till dinner was ready, and returned
to her housekeeping.

"Put on your vegetables, set the table, and

then have some coals kindling ready for the
steak."

What a thing it was to see the potatoes
bobbing about in the little pot; to peep at the
squash getting soft so fast in the tiny
steamer; to whisk open the oven door every
five minutes to see how the pies got on, and
at last when the coals were red and
glowing, to put two real steaks on a finger-
long gridiron and proudly turn them with a
fork. The potatoes were done first, and no
wonder, for they had boiled frantically all the
while. The were pounded up with a little
pestle, had much butter and no salt put in
(cook forgot it in the excitement of the
moment), then it was made into a mound in
a gay red dish, smoothed over with a knife
dipped in milk, and put in the oven to brown.

So absorbed in these last performances
had Sally been, that she forgot her pastry till
she opened the door to put in the potato,
then a wail arose, for alas! alas! the little
pies were burnt black!

"Oh, my pies! My darling pies! They are all
spoilt!" cried poor Sally, wringing her dirty
little hands as she surveyed the ruin of her
work. The tart was especially pathetic, for
the quirls and zigzags stuck up in all
directions from the blackened jelly, like the
walls and chimney of a house after a fire.

"Dear, dear, I forgot to remind you to take
them out; it's just my luck," said Aunt Jo,
remorsefully. "Don't cry, darling, it was my
fault; we'll try again after dinner," she
added, as a great tear dropped from Sally's
eyes and sizzled on the hot ruins of the tart.

More would have followed, if the steak had
not blazed up just then, and so occupied the
attention of cook, that she quickly forgot the
lost pastry.

-38-

"Put the meat-dish and your own plates
down to warm, while you mash the squash
with butter, salt, and a little pepper on the
top," said Mrs. Jo, devoutly hoping that the
dinner would meet with no further disasters.

The "cunning pepper-pot" soothed Sally's
feelings, and she dished up her squash in
fine style. The dinner was safely put upon
the table; the six dolls were seated three on
a side; Teddy took the bottom, and Sally the
top. When all were settled, it was a most
imposing spectacle, for one doll was in full
ball costume, another in her night-gown;
Jerry, the worsted boy, wore his red winter
suit, while Annabella, the noseless darling,
was airily attired in nothing but her own kid
skin. Teddy, as father of the family,
behaved with great propriety, for he
smilingly devoured everything offered him,
and did not find a single fault. Daisy
beamed upon her company like the weary,
warm, but hospitable hostess so often to be
seen at larger tables than this, and did the
honors with an air of innocent satisfaction,
which we do not often see elsewhere.

The steak was so tough that the little
carving-knife would not cut it; the potato did
not go round, and the squash was very
lumpy; but the guests appeared politely
unconscious of these trifles; and the master
and mistress of the house cleared the table
with appetites that anyone might envy them.
The joy of skimming a jug-full of cream
mitigated the anguish felt for the loss of the
pies, and Asia's despised cake proved a
treasure in the way of dessert.

"That is the nicest lunch I ever had; can't I do
it every day?" asked Daisy as she scraped
up and ate the leavings all round.

"You can cook things every day after
lessons, but I prefer that you should eat your
dishes at your regular meals, and only have

a bit of gingerbread for lunch. To-day,
being the first time, I don't mind, but we
must keep our rules. This afternoon you can
make something for tea if you like," said
Mrs. Jo, who had enjoyed the dinner-party
very much, though no one had invited her to
partake.

"Do let me make flapjacks for Demi, he
loves them so, and it's such fun to turn them
and put sugar in between," cried Daisy,
tenderly wiping a yellow stain off
Annabella's broken nose, for Bella had
refused to eat squash when it was pressed
upon her as good for "lumatism," a
complaint which it is no wonder she
suffered from, considering the lightness of
her attire.

"But if you give Demi goodies, all the others
will expect some also, and then you will
have your hands full."

"Couldn't I have Demi come up to tea alone
just this one time? And after that I could
cook things for the others if they were
good," proposed Daisy, with a sudden
inspiration.

"That is a capital idea, Posy! We will make
your little messes rewards for the good
boys, and I don't know one among them
who would not like something nice to eat
more than almost anything else. If little men
are like big ones, good cooking will touch
their hearts and soothe their tempers
delightfully," added Aunt Jo, with a merry
nod toward the door, where stood Papa
Bhaer, surveying the scene with a face full
of amusement.

"That last hit was for me, sharp woman. I
accept it, for it is true; but if I had married
thee for thy cooking, heart's dearest, I
should have fared badly all these years,"
answered the professor, laughing as he

-39-

tossed Teddy, who became quite
apoplectic in his endeavors to describe the
feast he had just enjoyed.

Daisy proudly showed her kitchen, and
rashly promised Uncle Fritz as many
flapjacks as he could eat. She was just
telling about the new rewards when the
boys, headed by Demi, burst into the room
snuffing the air like a pack of hungry
hounds, for school was out, dinner was not
ready, and the fragrance of Daisy's steak
led them straight to the spot.

A prouder little damsel was never seen than
Sally as she displayed her treasures and
told the lads what was in store for them.
Several rather scoffed at the idea of her
cooking anything fit to eat, but Stuffy's heart
was won at once. Nat and Demi had firm
faith in her skill, and the others said they
would wait and see. All admired the kitchen,
however, and examined the stove with
deep interest. Demi offered to buy the
boiler on the spot, to be used in a steam-
engine which he was constructing; and Ned
declared that the best and biggest
saucepan was just the thing to melt his lead
in when he ran bullets, hatchets, and such
trifles.

Daisy looked so alarmed at these
proposals, that Mrs. Jo then and there made
and proclaimed a law that no boy should
touch, use, or even approach the sacred
stove without a special permit from the
owner thereof. This increased its value
immensely in the eyes of the gentlemen,
especially as any infringement of the law
would be punished by forfeiture of all right to
partake of the delicacies promised to the
virtuous.

At this point the bell rang, and the entire
population went down to dinner, which meal
was enlivened by each of the boys giving

Daisy a list of things he would like to have
cooked for him as fast as he earned them.
Daisy, whose faith in her stove was
unlimited, promised everything, if Aunt Jo
would tell her how to make them. This
suggestion rather alarmed Mrs. Jo, for
some of the dishes were quite beyond her
skill wedding-cake, for instance, bull's-eye
candy; and cabbage soup with herrings and
cherries in it, which Mr. Bhaer proposed as
his favorite, and immediately reduced his
wife to despair, for German cookery was
beyond her.

Daisy wanted to begin again the minute
dinner was done, but she was only allowed
to clear up, fill the kettle ready for tea, and
wash out her apron, which looked as if she
had a Christmas feast. She was then sent
out to play till five o'clock, for Uncle Fritz
said that too much study, even at cooking
stoves, was bad for little minds and bodies,
and Aunt Jo knew by long experience how
soon new toys lose their charm if they are
not prudently used.

Everyone was very kind to Daisy that
afternoon. Tommy promised her the first
fruits of his garden, though the only visible
crop just then was pigweed; Nat offered to
supply her with wood, free of charge; Stuffy
quite worshipped her; Ned immediately fell
to work on a little refrigerator for her kitchen;
and Demi, with a punctuality beautiful to see
in one so young, escorted her to the nursery
just as the clock struck five. It was not time
for the party to begin, but he begged so
hard to come in and help that he was
allowed privileges few visitors enjoy, for he
kindled the fire, ran errands, and watched
the progress of his supper with intense
interest. Mrs. Jo directed the affair as she
came and went, being very busy putting up
clean curtains all over the house.

"Ask Asia for a cup of sour cream, then your

-40-

cakes will be light without much soda, which
I don't like," was the first order.

Demi tore downstairs, and returned with the
cream, also a puckered-up face, for he had
tasted it on his way, and found it so sour that
he predicted the cakes would be uneatable.
Mrs. Jo took this occasion to deliver a short
lecture from the step-ladder on the
chemical properties of soda, to which
Daisy did not listen, but Demi did, and
understood it, as he proved by the brief but
comprehensive reply:

"Yes, I see, soda turns sour things sweet,
and the fizzling up makes them light. Let's
see you do it, Daisy."

"Fill that bowl nearly full of flour and add a
little salt to it," continued Mrs. Jo.

"Oh dear, everything has to have salt in it,
seems to me," said Sally, who was tired of
opening the pill-box in which it was kept.

"Salt is like good-humor, and nearly every
thing is better for a pinch of it, Posy," and
Uncle Fritz stopped as he passed, hammer
in hand, to drive up two or three nails for
Sally's little pans to hang on.

"You are not invited to tea, but I'll give you
some cakes, and I won't be cross," said
Daisy, putting up her floury little face to
thank him with a kiss.

"Fritz, you must not interrupt my cooking
class, or I'll come in and moralize when you
are teaching Latin. How would you like
that?" said Mrs. Jo, throwing a great chintz
curtain down on his head.

"Very much, try it and see," and the amiable
Father Bhaer went singing and tapping
about the house like a mammoth
woodpecker.

"Put the soda into the cream, and when it
'fizzles,' as Demi says, stir it into the flour,
and beat it up as hard as ever you can. Have
your griddle hot, butter it well, and then fry
away till I come back," and Aunt Jo vanished
also.

Such a clatter as the little spoon made, and
such a beating as the batter got, it quite
foamed, I assure you; and when Daisy
poured some on to the griddle, it rose like
magic into a puffy flapjack that made
Demi's mouth water. To be sure, the first
one stuck and scorched, because she
forgot the butter, but after that first failure all
went well, and six capital little cakes were
safely landed in a dish.

"I think I like maple-syrup better than sugar,"
said Demi, from his arm-chair where he
had settled himself after setting the table in
a new and peculiar manner.

"Then go and ask Asia for some,"
answered Daisy, going into the bath-room
to wash her hands.

While the nursery was empty something
dreadful happened. You see, Kit had been
feeling hurt all day because he had carried
meat safely and yet got none to pay him. He
was not a bad dog, but he had his little faults
like the rest of us, and could not always
resist temptation. Happening to stroll into
the nursery at that moment, he smelt the
cakes, saw them unguarded on the low
table, and never stopping to think of
consequences, swallowed all six at one
mouthful. I am glad to say that they were very
hot, and burned him so badly that he could
not repress a surprised yelp. Daisy heard it,
ran in, saw the empty dish, also the end of a
yellow tail disappearing under the bed.
Without a word she seized that tail, pulled
out the thief, and shook him till his ears
flapped wildly, then bundled him down-

-41-

stairs to the shed, where he spent a lonely
evening in the coal-bin.

Cheered by the sympathy which Demi gave
her, Daisy made another bowlful of batter,
and fried a dozen cakes, which were even
better than the others. Indeed, Uncle Fritz
after eating two sent up word that he had
never tasted any so nice, and every boy at
the table below envied Demi at the flapjack
party above.

It was a truly delightful supper, for the little
teapot lid only fell off three times and the
milk jug upset but once; the cakes floated in
syrup, and the toast had a delicious beef-
steak flavor, owing to cook's using the
gridiron to make it on. Demi forgot
philosophy, and stuffed like any carnal boy,
while Daisy planned sumptuous banquets,
and the dolls looked on smiling affably.

"Well, dearies, have you had a good time?"
asked Mrs. Jo, coming up with Teddy on her
shoulder.

"A very good time. I shall come again soon,"
answered Demi, with emphasis.

"I'm afraid you have eaten too much, by the
look of that table."

"No, I haven't; I only ate fifteen cakes, and
they were very little ones," protested Demi,
who had kept his sister busy supplying his
plate.

"They won't hurt him, they are so nice," said
Daisy, with such a funny mixture of maternal
fondness and housewifely pride that Aunt
Jo could only smile and say:

"Well, on the whole, the new game is a
success then?"

"I like it," said Demi, as if his approval was

all that was necessary.

"It is the dearest play ever made!" cried
Daisy, hugging her little dish-tub as she
proposed to wash up the cups. "I just wish
everybody had a sweet cooking stove like
mine," she added, regarding it with
affection.

"This play out to have a name," said Demi,
gravely removing the syrup from his
countenance with his tongue.

"It has."

"Oh, what?" asked both children eagerly.

"Well, I think we will call it Pattypans," and
Aunt Jo retired, satisfied with the success
of her last trap to catch a sunbeam.

Chapter 6 A Fire Brand

"Please, ma'am, could I speak to you? It is
something very important," said Nat,
popping his head in at the door of Mrs.
Bhaer's room.

It was the fifth head which had popped in
during the last half-hour; but Mrs. Jo was
used to it, so she looked up, and said,
briskly,

"What is it, my lad?"

Nat came in, shut the door carefully behind
him, and said in an eager, anxious tone,

"Dan has come."

"Who is Dan?"

"He's a boy I used to know when I fiddled
round the streets. He sold papers, and he
was kind to me, and I saw him the other day
in town, and told him how nice it was here,

-42-

and he's come."

"But, my dear boy, that is rather a sudden
way to pay a visit."

"Oh, it isn't a visit; he wants to stay if you will
let him!" said Nat innocently.

"Well, I don't know about that," began Mrs.
Bhaer, rather startled by the coolness of the
proposition.

"Why, I thought you liked to have poor boys
come and live with you, and be kind to 'em
as you were to me," said Nat, looking
surprised and alarmed.

"So I do, but I like to know something about
them first. I have to choose them, because
there are so many. I have not room for all. I
wish I had."

"I told him to come because I thought you'd
like it, but if there isn't room he can go away
again," said Nat, sorrowfully.

The boy's confidence in her hospitality
touched Mrs. Bhaer, and she could not find
the heart to disappoint his hope, and spoil
his kind little plan, so she said,

"Tell me about this Dan."

"I don't know any thing, only he hasn't got
any folks, and he's poor, and he was good
to me, so I'd like to be good to him if I could."

"Excellent reasons every one; but really,
Nat, the house is full, and I don't know
where I could put him," said Mrs. Bhaer,
more and more inclined to prove herself the
haven of refuge he seemed to think her.

"He could have my bed, and I could sleep in
the barn. It isn't cold now, and I don't mind, I
used to sleep anywhere with father," said

Nat, eagerly.

Something in his speech and face made
Mrs. Jo put her hand on his shoulder, and
say in her kindest tone:

"Bring in your friend, Nat; I think we must
find room for him without giving him your
place."

Nat joyfully ran off, and soon returned
followed by a most unprepossessing boy,
who slouched in and stood looking about
him, with a half bold, half sullen look, which
made Mrs. Bhaer say to herself, after one
glance,

"A bad specimen, I am afraid."

"This is Dan," said Nat, presenting him as if
sure of his welcome.

"Nat tells me you would like to come and
stay with us," began Mrs. Jo, in a friendly
tone.

"Yes," was the gruff reply.

"Have you no friends to take care of you?"

"No."

"Say, 'No, ma'am,' " whispered Nat.

"Shan't neither," muttered Dan.

"How old are you?"

"About fourteen."

"You look older. What can you do?"

"'Most anything."

"If you stay here we shall want you to do as
the others do, work and study as well as

-43-

play. Are you willing to agree to that?"

"Don't mind trying."

"Well, you can stay a few days, and we will
see how we get on together. Take him out,
Nat, and amuse him till Mr. Bhaer comes
home, when we will settle about the matter,"
said Mrs. Jo, finding it rather difficult to get
on with this cool young person, who fixed
his big black eyes on her with a hard,
suspicious expression, sorrowfully
unboyish.

"Come on, Nat," he said, and slouched out
again.

"Thank you, ma'am," added Nat, as he
followed him, feeling without quite
understanding the difference in the
welcome given to him and to his ungracious
friend.

"The fellows are having a circus out in the
barn; don't you want to come and see it?"
he asked, as they came down the wide
steps on to the lawn.

"Are they big fellows?" said Dan.

"No; the big ones are gone fishing."

"Fire away, then," said Dan.

Nat led him to the great barn and introduced
him to his set, who were disporting
themselves among the half-empty lofts. A
large circle was marked out with hay on the
wide floor, and in the middle stood Demi
with a long whip, while Tommy, mounted on
the much-enduring Toby, pranced about the
circle playing being a monkey.

"You must pay a pin apiece, or you can't see
the show," said Stuffy, who stood by the
wheelbarrow in which sat the band,

consisting of a pocket-comb blown upon by
Ned, and a toy drum beaten spasmodically
by Rob.

"He's company, so I'll pay for both," said
Nat, handsomely, as he stuck two crooked
pins in the dried mushroom which served as
money-box.

With a nod to the company they seated
themselves on a couple of boards, and the
performance went on. After the monkey act,
Ned gave them a fine specimen of his
agility by jumping over an old chair, and
running up and down ladders, sailor
fashion. Then Demi danced a jig with a
gravity beautiful to behold. Nat was called
upon to wrestle with Stuffy, and speedily
laid that stout youth upon the ground. After
this, Tommy proudly advanced to turn a
somersault, an accomplishment which he
had acquired by painful perseverance,
practising in private till every joint of his little
frame was black and blue. His feats were
received with great applause, and he was
about to retire, flushed with pride and a rush
of blood to the head, when a scornful voice
in the audience was heard to say,

"Ho! that ain't any thing!"

"Say that again, will you?" and Tommy
bristled up like an angry turkey-cock.

"Do you want to fight?" said Dan, promptly
descending from the barrel and doubling up
his fists in a business-like manner.

"No, I don't;" and the candid Thomas retired
a step, rather taken aback by the
proposition.

"Fighting isn't allowed!" cried the others,
much excited.

"You're a nice lot," sneered Dan.

-44-

"Come, if you don't behave, you shan't
stay," said Nat, firing up at that insult to his
friends.

"I'd like to see him do better than I did, that's
all," observed Tommy, with a swagger.

"Clear the way, then," and without the
slightest preparation Dan turned three
somersaults one after the other and came
up on his feet.

"You can't beat that, Tom; you always hit
your head and tumble flat," said Nat,
pleased at his friend's success.

Before he could say any more the audience
were electrified by three more somersaults
backwards, and a short promenade on the
hands, head down, feet up. This brought
down the house, and Tommy joined in the
admiring cries which greeted the
accomplished gymnast as he righted
himself, and looked at them with an air of
calm superiority.

"Do you think I could learn to do it without its
hurting me very much?" Tom meekly asked,
as he rubbed the elbows which still smarted
after the last attempt.

"What will you give me if I'll teach you?" said
Dan.

"My new jack-knife; it's got five blades,
and only one is broken."

"Give it here, then."

Tommy handed it over with an affectionate
look at its smooth handle. Dan examined it
carefully, then putting it into his pocket,
walked off, saying with a wink,

"Keep it up till you learn, that's all."

A howl of wrath from Tommy was followed
by a general uproar, which did not subside
till Dan, finding himself in a minority,
proposed that they should play stick-knife,
and whichever won should have the
treasure. Tommy agreed, and the game
was played in a circle of excited faces,
which all wore an expression of
satisfaction, when Tommy won and
secured the knife in the depth of his safest
pocket.

"You come off with me, and I'll show you
round," said Nat, feeling that he must have a
little serious conversation with his friend in
private.

What passed between them no one knew,
but when they appeared again, Dan was
more respectful to every one, though still
gruff in his speech, and rough in his
manner; and what else could be expected
of the poor lad who had been knocking
about the world all his short life with no one
to teach him any better?

The boys had decided that they did not like
him, and so they left him to Nat, who soon
felt rather oppressed by the responsibility,
but too kind-hearted to desert him.

Tommy, however, felt that in spite of the
jack-knife transaction, there was a bond of
sympathy between them, and longed to
return to the interesting subject of
somersaults. He soon found an opportunity,
for Dan, seeing how much he admired him,
grew more amiable, and by the end of the
first week was quite intimate with the lively
Tom.

Mr. Bhaer, when he heard the story and saw
Dan, shook his head, but only said quietly,

"The experiment may cost us something,
but we will try it."

-45-

If Dan felt any gratitude for his protection, he
did not show it, and took without thanks all
that was give him. He was ignorant, but very
quick to learn when he chose; had sharp
eyes to watch what went on about him; a
saucy tongue, rough manners, and a
temper that was fierce and sullen by turns.
He played with all his might, and played well
at almost all the games. He was silent and
gruff before grown people, and only now
and then was thoroughly sociable among
the lads. Few of them really liked him, but
few could help admiring his courage and
strength, for nothing daunted him, and he
knocked tall Franz flat on one occasion with
an ease that caused all the others to keep at
a respectful distance from his fists. Mr.
Bhaer watched him silently, and did his best
to tame the "Wild Boy," as they called him,
but in private the worthy man shook his
head, and said soberly, "I hope the
experiment will turn out well, but I am a little
afraid it may cost too much."

Mrs. Bhaer lost her patience with him half a
dozen times a day, yet never gave him up,
and always insisted that there was
something good in the lad, after all; for he
was kinder to animals than to people, he
liked to rove about in the woods, and, best
of all, little Ted was fond of him. What the
secret was no one could discover, but Baby
took to him at once gabbled and crowed
whenever he saw him preferred his strong
back to ride on to any of the others and
called him "My Danny" out of his own little
head. Teddy was the only creature to whom
Dan showed an affection, and this was only
manifested when he thought no one else
would see it; but mothers' eyes are quick,
and motherly hearts instinctively divine who
love their babies. So Mrs. Jo soon saw and
felt that there was a soft spot in rough Dan,
and bided her time to touch and win him.

But an unexpected and decidedly alarming

event upset all their plans, and banished
Dan from Plumfield.

Tommy, Nat, and Demi began by
patronizing Dan, because the other lads
rather slighted him; but soon they each felt
there was a certain fascination about the
bad boy, and from looking down upon him
they came to looking up, each for a different
reason. Tommy admired his skill and
courage; Nat was grateful for past
kindness; and Demi regarded him as a sort
of animated story book, for when he chose
Dan could tell his adventures in a most
interesting way. It pleased Dan to have the
three favorites like him, and he exerted
himself to be agreeable, which was the
secret of his success.

The Bhaers were surprised, but hoped the
lads would have a good influence over Dan,
and waited with some anxiety, trusting that
no harm would come of it.

Dan felt they did not quite trust him, and
never showed them his best side, but took a
wilful pleasure in trying their patience and
thwarting their hopes as far as he dared.

Mr. Bhaer did not approve of fighting, and
did not think it a proof of either manliness or
courage for two lads to pommel one
another for the amusement of the rest. All
sorts of hardy games and exercises were
encouraged, and the boys were expected
to take hard knocks and tumbles without
whining; but black eyes and bloody noses
given for the fun of it were forbidden as a
foolish and a brutal play.

Dan laughed at this rule, and told such
exciting tales of his own valor, and the many
frays that he had been in, that some of the
lads were fired with a desire to have a
regular good "mill."

-46-

"Don't tell, and I'll show you how," said Dan;
and, getting half a dozen of the lads
together behind the barn, he gave them a
lesson in boxing, which quite satisfied the
ardor of most of them. Emil, however, could
not submit to be beaten by a fellow younger
than himself, for Emil was past fourteen and
a plucky fellow, so he challenged Dan to a
fight. Dan accepted at once, and the others
looked on with intense interest.

What little bird carried the news to head-
quarters no one ever knew, but, in the very
hottest of the fray, when Dan and Emil were
fighting like a pair of young bulldogs, and
the others with fierce, excited faces were
cheering them on, Mr. Bhaer walked into the
ring, plucked the combatants apart with a
strong hand, and said, in the voice they
seldom heard,

"I can't allow this, boys! Stop it at once; and
never let me see it again. I keep a school for
boys, not for wild beasts. Look at each
other and be ashamed of yourselves."

"You let me go, and I'll knock him down
again," shouted Dan, sparring away in spite
of the grip on his collar.

"Come on, come on, I ain't thrashed yet!"
cried Emil, who had been down five times,
but did not know when he was beaten.

"They are playing be gladdy what-you-call-
'ems, like the Romans, Uncle Fritz," called
out Demi, whose eyes were bigger than
ever with the excitement of this new
pastime.

"They were a fine set of brutes; but we have
learned something since then, I hope, and I
cannot have you make my barn a
Colosseum. Who proposed this?" asked Mr.
Bhaer.

"Dan," answered several voices.

"Don't you know that it is forbidden?"

"Yes," growled Dan, sullenly.

"Then why break the rule?"

"They'll all be molly-coddles, if they don't
know how to fight."

"Have you found Emil a molly-coddle? He
doesn't look much like one," and Mr. Bhaer
brought the two face to face. Dan had a
black eye, and his jacket was torn to rags,
but Emil's face was covered with blood
from a cut lip and a bruised nose, while a
bump on his forehead was already as
purple as a plum. In spite of his wounds
however, he still glared upon his foe, and
evidently panted to renew the fight.

"He'd make a first-rater if he was taught,"
said Dan, unable to withhold the praise
from the boy who made it necessary for him
to do his best.

"He'll be taught to fence and box by and by,
and till then I think he will do very well without
any lessons in mauling. Go and wash your
faces; and remember, Dan, if you break
any more of the rules again, you will be sent
away. That was the bargain; do your part
and we will do ours."

The lads went off, and after a few more
words to the spectators, Mr. Bhaer followed
to bind up the wounds of the young
gladiators. Emil went to bed sick, and Dan
was an unpleasant spectacle for a week.

But the lawless lad had no thought of
obeying, and soon transgressed again.

One Saturday afternoon as a party of the
boys went out to play, Tommy said,

-47-

"Let's go down to the river, and cut a lot of
new fish-poles."

"Take Toby to drag them back, and one of
us can ride him down," proposed Stuffy,
who hated to walk.

"That means you, I suppose; well, hurry up,
lazy-bones," said Dan.

Away they went, and having got the poles
were about to go home, when Demi
unluckily said to Tommy, who was on Toby
with a long rod in his hand,

"You look like the picture of the man in the
bull-fight, only you haven't got a red cloth, or
pretty clothes on."

"I'd like to see one; there's old Buttercup in
the big meadow, ride at her, Tom, and see
her run," proposed Dan, bent on mischief.

"No, you mustn't," began Demi, who was
learning to distrust Dan's propositions.

"Why not, little fuss-button?" demanded
Dan.

"I don't think Uncle Fritz would like it."

"Did he ever say we must not have a bull-
fight?"

"No, I don't think he ever did," admitted
Demi.

"Then hold your tongue. Drive on, Tom, and
here's a red rag to flap at the old thing. I'll
help you to stir her up," and over the wall
went Dan, full of the new game, and the rest
followed like a flock of sheep; even Demi,
who sat upon the bars, and watched the fun
with interest.

Poor Buttercup was not in a very good

mood, for she had been lately bereft of her
calf, and mourned for the little thing most
dismally. Just now she regarded all
mankind as her enemies (and I do not
blame her), so when the matadore came
prancing towards her with the red
handkerchief flying at the end of his long
lance, she threw up her head, and gave a
most appropriate "Moo!" Tommy rode
gallantly at her, and Toby recognizing an old
friend, was quite willing to approach; but
when the lance came down on her back with
a loud whack, both cow and donkey were
surprised and disgusted. Toby back with a
bray of remonstrance, and Buttercup
lowered her horns angrily.

"At her again, Tom; she's jolly cross, and
will do it capitally!" called Dan, coming up
behind with another rod, while Jack and
Ned followed his example.

Seeing herself thus beset, and treated with
such disrespect, Buttercup trotted round the
field, getting more and more bewildered
and excited every moment, for whichever
way she turned, there was a dreadful boy,
yelling and brandishing a new and very
disagreeable sort of whip. It was great fun
for them, but real misery for her, till she lost
patience and turned the tables in the most
unexpected manner. All at once she
wheeled short round, and charged full at her
old friend Toby, whose conduct cut her to
the heart. Poor slow Toby backed so
precipitately that he tripped over a stone,
and down went horse, matadore, and all, in
one ignominious heap, while distracted
Buttercup took a surprising leap over the
wall, and galloped wildly out of sight down
the road.

"Catch her, stop her, head her off! run,
boys, run!" shouted Dan, tearing after her at
his best pace, for she was Mr. Bhaer's pet
Alderney, and if anything happened to her,

-48-

Dan feared it would be all over with him.
Such a running and racing and bawling and
puffing as there was before she was
caught! The fish-poles were left behind;
Toby was trotted nearly off his legs in the
chase; and every boy was red, breathless,
and scared. They found poor Buttercup at
last in a flower garden, where she had
taken refuge, worn out with the long run.
Borrowing a rope for a halter, Dan led her
home, followed by a party of very sober
young gentlemen, for the cow was in a sad
state, having strained her shoulder
jumping, so that she limped, her eyes
looked wild, and her glossy coat was wet
and muddy.

"You'll catch it this time, Dan," said Tommy,
as he led the wheezing donkey beside the
maltreated cow.

"So will you, for you helped."

"We all did, but Demi," added Jack.

"He put it into our heads," said Ned.

"I told you not to do it," cried Demi, who was
most broken-hearted at poor Buttercup's
state.

"Old Bhaer will send me off, I guess. Don't
care if he does," muttered Dan, looking
worried in spite of his words.

"We'll ask him not to, all of us," said Demi,
and the others assented with the exception
of Stuffy, who cherished the hope that all the
punishment might fall on one guilty head.
Dan only said, "Don't bother about me;" but
he never forgot it, even though he led the
lads astray again, as soon as the
temptation came.

When Mr. Bhaer saw the animal, and heard
the story, he said very little, evidently fearing

that he should say too much in the first
moments of impatience. Buttercup was
made comfortable in her stall, and the boys
sent to their rooms till supper-time. This
brief respite gave them time to think the
matter over, to wonder what the penalty
would be, and to try to imagine where Dan
would be sent. He whistled briskly in his
room, so that no one should think he cared a
bit; but while he waited to know his fate, the
longing to stay grew stronger and stronger,
the more he recalled the comfort and
kindness he had known here, the hardship
and neglect he had felt elsewhere. He knew
they tried to help him, and at the bottom of
his heart he was grateful, but his rough life
had made him hard and careless,
suspicious and wilful. He hated restraint of
any sort, and fought against it like an
untamed creature, even while he knew it
was kindly meant, and dimly felt that he
would be the better for it. He made up his
mind to be turned adrift again, to knock
about the city as he had done nearly all his
life; a prospect that made him knit his black
brows, and look about the cosy little room
with a wistful expression that would have
touched a much harder heart than Mr.
Bhaer's if he had seen it. It vanished
instantly, however, when the good man
came in, and said in his accustomed grave
way,

"I have heard all about it, Dan, and though
you have broken the rules again, I am going
to give you one more trial, to please Mother
Bhaer."

Dan flushed up to his forehead at this
unexpected reprieve, but he only said in his
gruff way,

"I didn't know there was any rule about bull-
fighting."

"As I never expected to have any at

-49-

Plumfield, I never did make such a rule,"
answered Mr. Bhaer, smiling in spite of
himself at the boy's excuse. Then he added
gravely, "But one of the first and most
important of our few laws is the law of
kindness to every dumb creature on the
place. I want everybody and everything to be
happy here, to love and trust, and serve us,
as we try to love and trust and serve them
faithfully and willingly. I have often said that
you were kinder to the animals than any of
the other boys, and Mrs. Bhaer liked that
trait in you very much, because she thought
it showed a good heart. But you have
disappointed us in that, and we are sorry,
for we hoped to make you quite one of us.
Shall we try again?"

Dan's eyes had been on the floor, and his
hands nervously picking at the bit of wood
he had been whittling as Mr. Bhaer came in,
but when he heard the kind voice ask that
question, he looked up quickly, and said in
a more respectful tone than he had ever
used before,

"Yes, please."

"Very well, then, we will say no more, only
you will stay at home from the walk to-
morrow, as the other boys will and all of you
must wait on poor Buttercup till she is well
again."

"I will."

"Now, go down to supper, and do your best,
my boy, more for your own sake than for
ours." Then Mr. Bhaer shook hands with
him, and Dan went down more tamed by
kindness than he would have been by the
good whipping which Asia had strongly
recommended.

Dan did try for a day or two, but not being
used to it, he soon tired and relapsed into

his old wilful ways. Mr. Bhaer was called
from home on business one day, and the
boys had no lessons. They liked this, and
played hard till bedtime, when most of them
turned in and slept like dormice. Dan,
however, had a plan in his head, and when
he and Nat were alone, he unfolded it.

"Look here!" he said, taking from under his
bed a bottle, a cigar, and a pack of cards,
"I'm going to have some fun, and do as I
used to with the fellows in town. Here's
some beer, I got if of the old man at the
station, and this cigar; you can pay for 'em
or Tommy will, he's got heaps of money and
I haven't a cent. I'm going to ask him in; no,
you go, they won't mind you."

"The folks won't like it," began Nat.

"They won't know. Daddy Bhaer is away,
and Mrs. Bhaer's busy with Ted; he's got
croup or something, and she can't leave
him. We shan't sit up late or make any noise,
so where's the harm?"

"Asia will know if we burn the lamp long, she
always does."

"No, she won't, I've got a dark lantern on
purpose; it don't give much light, and we
can shut it quick if we hear anyone coming,"
said Dan.

This idea struck Nat as a fine one, and lent
an air of romance to the thing. He started off
to tell Tommy, but put his head in again to
say,

"You want Demi, too, don't you?"

"No, I don't; the Deacon will rollup eyes and
preach if you tell him. He will be asleep, so
just tip the wink to Tom and cut back again."

Nat obeyed, and returned in a minute with

-50-

Tommy half dressed, rather tousled about
the head and very sleepy, but quite ready for
fun as usual.

"Now, keep quiet, and I'll show you how to
play a first-rate game called 'Poker,' " said
Dan, as the three revellers gathered round
the table, on which were set forth the bottle,
the cigar, and the cards. "First we'll all have
a drink, then we'll take a go at the 'weed,'
and then we'll play. That's the way men do,
and it's jolly fun."

The beer circulated in a mug, and all three
smacked their lips over it, though Nat and
Tommy did not like the bitter stuff. The cigar
was worse still, but they dared not say so,
and each puffed away till he was dizzy or
choked, when he passed the "weed" on to
his neighbor. Dan liked it, for it seemed like
old times when he now and then had a
chance to imitate the low men who
surrounded him. He drank, and smoked,
and swaggered as much like them as he
could, and, getting into the spirit of the part
he assumed, he soon began to swear under
his breath for fear some one should hear
him. "You mustn't; it's wicked to say
'Damn!' " cried Tommy, who had followed
his leader so far.

"Oh, hang! don't you preach, but play away;
it's part of the fun to swear."

"I'd rather say 'thunder turtles,' " said
Tommy, who had composed this interesting
exclamation and was very proud of it.

"And I'll say 'The Devil;' that sounds well,"
added Nat, much impressed by Dan's
manly ways.

Dan scoffed at their "nonsense," and swore
stoutly as he tried to teach them the new
game.

But Tommy was very sleepy, and Nat's
head began to ache with the beer and the
smoke, so neither of them was very quick to
learn, and the game dragged. The room
was nearly dark, for the lantern burned
badly; they could not laugh loud nor move
about much, for Silas slept next door in the
shed-chamber, and altogether the party
was dull. In the middle of a deal Dan
stopped suddenly, and called out, "Who's
that?" in a startled tone, and at the same
moment drew the slide over the light. A
voice in the darkness said tremulously, "I
can't find Tommy," and then there was the
quick patter of bare feet running away down
the entry that led from the wing to the main
house.

"It's Demi! he's gone to call some one; cut
into bed, Tom, and don't tell!" cried Dan,
whisking all signs of the revel out of sight,
and beginning to tear off his clothes, while
Nat did the same.

Tommy flew to his room and dived into bed,
where he lay, laughing till something burned
his hand, when he discovered that he was
still clutching the stump of the festive cigar,
which he happened to be smoking when the
revel broke up.

It was nearly out, and he was about to
extinguish it carefully when Nursey's voice
was heard, and fearing it would betray him
if he hid it in the bed, he threw it underneath,
after a final pinch which he thought finished
it.

Nursey came in with Demi, who looked
much amazed to see the red face of Tommy
reposing peacefully upon his pillow.

"He wasn't there just now, because I woke
up and could not find him anywhere," said
Demi, pouncing on him.

-51-

"What mischief are you at now, bad child?"
asked Nursey, with a good-natured shake,
which made the sleeper open his eyes to
say meekly,

"I only ran into Nat's room to see him about
something. Go away, and let me alone; I'm
awful sleepy."

Nursey tucked Demi in, and went off to
reconnoitre, but only found two boys
slumbering peacefully in Dan's room.
"Some little frolic," she thought, and as there
was no harm done she said nothing to Mrs.
Bhaer, who was busy and worried over little
Teddy.

Tommy was sleepy, and telling Demi to
mind his own business and not ask
questions, he was snoring in ten minutes,
little dreaming what was going on under his
bed. The cigar did not go out, but
smouldered away on the straw carpet till it
was nicely on fire, and a hungry little flame
went creeping along till the dimity bedcover
caught, then the sheets, and then the bed
itself. The beer made Tommy sleep heavily,
and the smoke stupified Demi, so they slept
on till the fire began to scorch them, and
they were in danger of being burned to
death.

Franz was sitting up to study, and as he left
the school-room he smelt the smoke,
dashed up-stairs and saw it coming in a
cloud from the left wing of the house. Without
stopping to call any one, he ran into the
room, dragged the boys from the blazing
bed, and splashed all the water he could
find at hand on to the flames. It checked but
did not quench the fire, and the children
wakened on being tumbled topsy-turvy into
a cold hall, began to roar at the top of their
voices. Mrs. Bhaer instantly appeared, and
a minute after Silas burst out of his room
shouting, "Fire!" in a tone that raised the

whole house. A flock of white goblins with
scared faces crowded into the hall, and for
a minute every one was panic-stricken.

Then Mrs. Bhaer found her wits, bade
Nursey see to the burnt boys, and sent
Franz and Silas down-stairs for some tubs
of wet clothes which she flung on the bed,
over the carpet, and up against the curtains,
now burning finely, and threatening to kindle
the walls.

Most of the boys stood dumbly looking on,
but Dan and Emil worked bravely, running to
and fro with water from the bath-room, and
helping to pull down the dangerous curtains.

The peril was soon over, and ordering the
boys all back to bed, and leaving Silas to
watch lest the fire broke out again, Mrs.
Bhaer and Franz went to see how the poor
boys got on. Demi had escaped with one
burn and a grand scare, but Tommy had not
only most of his hair scorched off his head,
but a great burn on his arm, that made him
half crazy with the pain. Demi was soon
made cosy, and Franz took him away to his
own bed, where the kind lad soothed his
fright and hummed him to sleep as cosily as
a woman. Nursey watched over poor
Tommy all night, trying to ease his misery,
and Mrs. Bhaer vibrated between him and
little Teddy with oil and cotton, paregoric
and squills, saying to herself from time to
time, as if she found great amusement in
the thought, "I always knew Tommy would
set the house on fire, and now he has done
it!"

When Mr. Bhaer got home next morning he
found a nice state of things. Tommy in bed,
Teddy wheezing like a little grampus, Mrs.
Jo quite used up, and the whole flock of
boys so excited that they all talked at once,
and almost dragged him by main force to
view the ruins. Under his quiet management

-52-

things soon fell into order, for every one felt
that he was equal to a dozen conflagrations,
and worked with a will at whatever task he
gave them.

There was no school that morning, but by
afternoon the damaged room was put to
rights, the invalids were better, and there
was time to hear and judge the little culprits
quietly. Nat and Tommy told their parts in the
mischief, and were honestly sorry for the
danger they had brought to the dear old
house and all in it. But Dan put on his devil-
may-care look, and would not own that
there was much harm done.

Now, of all things, Mr. Bhaer hated drinking,
gambling, and swearing; smoking he had
given up that the lads might not be tempted
to try it, and it grieved and angered him
deeply to find that the boy, with whom he
had tried to be most forbearing, should take
advantage of his absence to introduce
these forbidden vices, and teach his
innocent little lads to think it manly and
pleasant to indulge in them. He talked long
and earnestly to the assembled boys, and
ended by saying, with an air of mingled
firmness and regret,

"I think Tommy is punished enough, and that
scar on his arm will remind him for a long
time to let these things alone. Nat's fright
will do for him, for he is really sorry, and
does try to obey me. But you, Dan, have
been many times forgiven, and yet it does
no good. I cannot have my boys hurt by your
bad example, nor my time wasted in talking
to deaf ears, so you can say good-bye to
them all, and tell Nursey to put up your things
in my little black bag."

"Oh! sir, where is he going?" cried Nat.

"To a pleasant place up in the country,
where I sometimes send boys when they

don't do well here. Mr. Page is a kind man,
and Dan will be happy there if he chooses to
do his best."

"Will he ever come back?" asked Demi.

"That will depend on himself; I hope so."

As he spoke, Mr. Bhaer left the room to
write his letter to Mr. Page, and the boys
crowded round Dan very much as people
do about a man who is going on a long and
perilous journey to unknown regions.

"I wonder if you'll like it," began Jack.

"Shan't stay if I don't," said Dan coolly.

"Where will you go?" asked Nat.

"I may go to sea, or out west, or take a look
at California," answered Dan, with a
reckless air that quite took away the breath
of the little boys.

"Oh, don't! stay with Mr. Page awhile and
then come back here; do, Dan," pleaded
Nat, much affected at the whole affair.

"I don't care where I go, or how long I stay,
and I'll be hanged if I ever come back here,"
with which wrathful speech Dan went away
to put up his things, every one of which Mr.
Bhaer had given him.

That was the only good-bye he gave the
boys, for they were all talking the matter
over in the barn when he came down, and
he told Nat not to call them. The wagon
stood at the door, and Mrs. Bhaer came out
to speak to Dan, looking so sad that his
heart smote him, and he said in a low tone,

"May I say good-bye to Teddy?"

"Yes, dear; go in and kiss him, he will miss

-53-

his Danny very much."

No one saw the look in Dan's eyes as he
stooped over the crib, and saw the little face
light up at first sight of him, but he heard
Mrs. Bhaer say pleadingly,

"Can't we give the poor lad one more trial,
Fritz?" and Mr. Bhaer answer in his steady
way,

"My dear, it is not best, so let him go where
he can do no harm to others, while they do
good to him, and by and by he shall come
back, I promise you."

"He's the only boy we ever failed with, and I
am so grieved, for I thought there was the
making of a fine man in him, spite of his
faults."

Dan heard Mrs. Bhaer sigh, and he wanted
to ask for one more trial himself, but his
pride would not let him, and he came out
with the hard look on his face, shook hands
without a word, and drove away with Mr.
Bhaer, leaving Nat and Mrs. Jo to look after
him with tears in their eyes.

A few days afterwards they received a letter
from Mr. Page, saying that Dan was doing
well, whereat they all rejoiced. But three
weeks later came another letter, saying that
Dan had run away, and nothing had been
heard of him, whereat they all looked sober,
and Mr. Bhaer said,

"Perhaps I ought to have given him another
chance."

Mrs. Bhaer, however, nodded wisely and
answered, "Don't be troubled, Fritz; the boy
will come back to us, I'm sure of it."

But time went on and no Dan came.

Chapter 7 Naughty Nan

"Fritz, I've got a new idea," cried Mrs.
Bhaer, as she met her husband one day
after school.

"Well, my dear, what is it?" and he waited
willingly to hear the new plan, for some of
Mrs. Jo's ideas were so droll, it was
impossible to help laughing at them, though
usually they were quite sensible, and he
was glad to carry them out.

"Daisy needs a companion, and the boys
would be all the better for another girl
among them; you know we believe in
bringing up little men and women together,
and it is high time we acted up to our belief.
They pet and tyrannize over Daisy by turns,
and she is getting spoilt. Then they must
learn gentle ways, and improve their
manners, and having girls about will do it
better than any thing else."

"You are right, as usual. Now, who shall we
have?" asked Mr. Bhaer, seeing by the look
in her eye that Mrs. Jo had some one all
ready to propose.

"Little Annie Harding."

"What! Naughty Nan, as the lads call her?"
cried Mr. Bhaer, looking very much amused.

"Yes, she is running wild at home since her
mother died, and is too bright a child to be
spoilt by servants. I have had my eye on her
for some time, and when I met her father in
town the other day I asked him why he did
not send her to school. He said he would
gladly if he could find as good a school for
girls as ours was for boys. I know he would
rejoice to have her come; so suppose we
drive over this afternoon and see about it."

"Have not you cares enough now, my Jo,

-54-

without this little gypsy to torment you?"
asked Mr. Bhaer, patting the hand that lay
on his arm.

"Oh dear, no," said Mother Bhaer, briskly. "I
like it, and never was happier than since I
had my wilderness of boys. You see, Fritz, I
feel a great sympathy for Nan, because I
was such a naughty child myself that I know
all about it. She is full of spirits, and only
needs to be taught what to do with them to
be as nice a little girl as Daisy. Those quick
wits of hers would enjoy lessons if they
were rightly directed, and what is now a
tricksy midget would soon become a busy,
happy child. I know how to manage her, for I
remember how my blessed mother
managed me, and "

"And if you succeed half as well as she did,
you will have done a magnificent work,"
interrupted Mr. Bhaer, who labored under
the delusion that Mrs. B. was the best and
most charming woman alive.

"Now, if you make fun of my plan I'll give you
bad coffee for a week, and then where are
you, sir?" cried Mrs. Jo, tweaking him by the
ear just as if he was one of the boys.

"Won't Daisy's hair stand erect with horror at
Nan's wild ways?" asked Mr. Bhaer,
presently, when Teddy had swarmed up his
waistcoat, and Rob up his back, for they
always flew at their father the minute school
was done.

"At first, perhaps, but it will do Posy good.
She is getting prim and Bettyish, and needs
stirring up a bit. She always has a good time
when Nan comes over to play, and the two
will help each other without knowing it. Dear
me, half the science of teaching is knowing
how much children do for one another, and
when to mix them."

"I only hope she won't turn out another
firebrand."

"My poor Dan! I never can quite forgive
myself for letting him go," sighed Mrs.
Bhaer.

At the sound of the name, little Teddy, who
had never forgotten his friend, struggled
down from his father's arms, and trotted to
the door, looked out over the sunny lawn
with a wistful face, and then trotted back
again, saying, as he always did when
disappointed of the longed-for sight,

"My Danny's tummin' soon."

"I really think we ought to have kept him, if
only for Teddy's sake, he was so fond of
him, and perhaps baby's love would have
done for him what we failed to do."

"I've sometimes felt that myself; but after
keeping the boys in a ferment, and nearly
burning up the whole family, I thought it safer
to remove the firebrand, for a time at least,"
said Mr. Bhaer.

"Dinner's ready, let me ring the bell," and
Rob began a solo upon that instrument
which made it impossible to hear one's self
speak.

"Then I may have Nan, may I?" asked Mrs.
Jo.

"A dozen Nans if you want them, my dear,"
answered Mr. Bhaer, who had room in his
fatherly heart for all the naughty neglected
children in the world.

When Mrs. Bhaer returned from her drive
that afternoon, before she could unpack the
load of little boys, without whom she seldom
moved, a small girl of ten skipped out at the
back of the carry-all and ran into the house,

-55-

shouting,

"Hi, Daisy! where are you?"

Daisy came, and looked pleased to see her
guest, but also a trifle alarmed, when Nan
said, still prancing, as if it was impossible
to keep still,

"I'm going to stay here always, papa says I
may, and my box is coming tomorrow, all
my things had to be washed and mended,
and your aunt came and carried me off. Isn't
it great fun?"

"Why, yes. Did you bring your big doll?"
asked Daisy, hoping she had, for on the last
visit Nan had ravaged the baby house, and
insisted on washing Blanche Matilda's
plaster face, which spoilt the poor dear's
complexion for ever.

"Yes, she's somewhere round," returned
Nan, with most unmaternal carelessness. "I
made you a ring coming along, and pulled
the hairs out of Dobbin's tail. Don't you want
it?" and Nan presented a horse-hair ring in
token of friendship, as they had both vowed
they would never speak to one another
again when they last parted.

Won by the beauty of the offering, Daisy
grew more cordial, and proposed retiring to
the nursery, but Nan said, "No, I want to see
the boys, and the barn," and ran off,
swinging her hat by one string till it broke,
when she left it to its fate on the grass.

"Hullo! Nan!" cried the boys as she bounced
in among them with the announcement,

"I'm going to stay."

"Hooray!" bawled Tommy from the wall on
which he was perched, for Nan was a
kindred spirit, and he foresaw "larks" in the

future.

"I can bat; let me play," said Nan, who could
turn her hand to any thing, and did not mind
hard knocks.

"We ain't playing now, and our side beat
without you."

"I can beat you in running, any way,"
returned Nan, falling back on her strong
point.

"Can she?" asked Nat of Jack.

"She runs very well for a girl," answered
Jack, who looked down upon Nan with
condescending approval.

"Will you try?" said Nan, longing to display
her powers.

"It's too hot," and Tommy languished
against the wall as if quite exhausted.

"What's the matter with Stuffy?" asked Nan,
whose quick eyes were roving from face to
face.

"Ball hurt his hand; he howls at every thing,"
answered Jack scornfully.

"I don't, I never cry, no matter how I'm hurt;
it's babyish," said Nan, loftily.

"Pooh! I could make you cry in two minutes,"
returned Stuffy, rousing up.

"See if you can."

"Go and pick that bunch of nettles, then,"
and Stuffy pointed to a sturdy specimen of
that prickly plant growing by the wall.

Nan instantly "grasped the nettle," pulled it
up, and held it with a defiant gesture, in

-56-

spite of the almost unbearable sting.

"Good for you," cried the boys, quick to
acknowledge courage even in one of the
weaker sex.

More nettled than she was, Stuffy
determined to get a cry out of her somehow,
and he said tauntingly, "You are used to
poking your hands into every thing, so that
isn't fair. Now go and bump your head real
hard against the barn, and see if you don't
howl then."

"Don't do it," said Nat, who hated cruelty.

But Nan was off, and running straight at the
barn, she gave her head a blow that
knocked her flat, and sounded like a
battering-ram. Dizzy, but undaunted, she
staggered up, saying stoutly, though her
face was drawn with pain,

"That hurt, but I don't cry."

"Do it again," said Stuffy angrily; and Nan
would have done it, but Nat held her; and
Tommy, forgetting the heat, flew at Stuffy
like a little game-cock, roaring out,

"Stop it, or I'll throw you over the barn!" and
so shook and hustled poor Stuffy that for a
minute he did not know whether he was on
his head or his heels.

"She told me to," was all he could say, when
Tommy let him alone.

"Never mind if she did; it is awfully mean to
hurt a little girl," said Demi, reproachfully.

"Ho! I don't mind; I ain't a little girl, I'm older
than you and Daisy; so now," cried Nan,
ungratefully.

"Don't preach, Deacon, you bully Posy

every day of your life," called out the
Commodore, who just then hove in sight.

"I don't hurt her; do I, Daisy?" and Demi
turned to his sister, who was "pooring"
Nan's tingling hands, and recommending
water for the purple lump rapidly developing
itself on her forehead.

"You are the best boy in the world," promptly
answered Daisy; adding, as truth
compelled her to do, "You hurt me
sometimes, but you don't mean to."

"Put away the bats and things, and mind
what you are about, my hearties. No fighting
allowed aboard this ship," said Emil, who
rather lorded it over the others.

"How do you do, Madge Wildfire?" said Mr.
Bhaer, as Nan came in with the rest to
supper. "Give the right hand, little daughter,
and mind thy manners," he added, as Nan
offered him her left.

"The other hurts me."

"The poor little hand! what has it been doing
to get those blisters?" he asked, drawing it
from behind her back, where she had put it
with a look which made him think she had
been in mischief.

Before Nan could think of any excuse,
Daisy burst out with the whole story, during
which Stuffy tried to hide his face in a bowl
of bread and milk. When the tale was
finished, Mr. Bhaer looked down the long
table towards his wife, and said with a
laugh in his eyes,

"This rather belongs to your side of the
house, so I won't meddle with it, my dear."

Mrs. Jo knew what he meant, but she liked
her little black sheep all the better for her

-57-

pluck, though she only said in her soberest
way,

"Do you know why I asked Nan to come
here?"

"To plague me," muttered Stuffy, with his
mouth full.

"To help make little gentlemen of you, and I
think you have shown that some of you need
it."

Here Stuffy retired into his bowl again, and
did not emerge till Demi made them all
laugh by saying, in his slow wondering way,

"How can she, when she's such a tomboy?"

"That's just it, she needs help as much as
you, and I expect you set her an example of
good manners."

"Is she going to be a little gentleman too?"
asked Rob.

"She'd like it; wouldn't you, Nan?" added
Tommy.

"No, I shouldn't; I hate boys!" said Nan
fiercely, for her hand still smarted, and she
began to think that she might have shown
her courage in some wiser way.

"I am sorry you hate my boys, because they
can be well-mannered, and most
agreeable when they choose. Kindness in
looks and words and ways is true
politeness, and any one can have it if they
only try to treat other people as they like to
be treated themselves."

Mrs. Bhaer had addressed herself to Nan,
but the boys nudged one another, and
appeared to take the hint, for that time at
least, and passed the butter; said "please,"

and "thank you," "yes, sir," and "no, ma'am,"
with unusual elegance and respect. Nan
said nothing, but kept herself quiet and
refrained from tickling Demi, though
strongly tempted to do so, because of the
dignified airs he put on. She also appeared
to have forgotten her hatred of boys, and
played "I spy" with them till dark. Stuffy was
observed to offer her frequent sucks on his
candy-ball during the game, which evidently
sweetened her temper, for the last thing she
said on going to bed was,

"When my battledore and shuttle-cock
comes, I'll let you all play with 'em."

Her first remark in the morning was "Has my
box come?" and when told that it would
arrive sometime during the day, she fretted
and fumed, and whipped her doll, till Daisy
was shocked. She managed to exist,
however, till five o'clock, when she
disappeared, and was not missed till
supper-time, because those at home
thought she had gone to the hill with Tommy
and Demi.

"I saw her going down the avenue alone as
hard as she could pelt," said Mary Ann,
coming in with the hasty-pudding, and
finding every one asking, "Where is Nan?"

"She has run home, little gypsy!" cried Mrs.
Bhaer, looking anxious.

"Perhaps she has gone to the station to look
after her luggage," suggested Franz.

'That is impossible, she does not know the
way, and if she found it, she could never
carry the box a mile," said Mrs. Bhaer,
beginning to think that her new idea might
be rather a hard one to carry out.

"It would be like her," and Mr. Bhaer caught
up his hat to go and find the child, when a

-58-

shout from Jack, who was at the window,
made everyone hurry to the door.

There was Miss Nan, to be sure, tugging
along a very large band-box tied up in linen
bag. Very hot and dusty and tired did she
look, but marched stoutly along, and came
puffing up to the steps, where she dropped
her load with a sigh of relief, and sat down
upon it, observed as she crossed her tired
arms,

"I couldn't wait any longer, so I went and got
it."

"But you did not know the way," said
Tommy, while the rest stood round enjoying
the joke.

"Oh, I found it, I never get lost."

"It's a mile, how could you go so far?"

"Well, it was pretty far, but I rested a good
deal."

"Wasn't that thing very heavy?"

"It's so round, I couldn't get hold of it good,
and I thought my arms would break right off."

"I don't see how the station-master let you
have it," said Tommy.

"I didn't say anything to him. He was in the
little ticket place, and didn't see me, so I
just took it off the platform."

"Run down and tell him it is all right, Franz,
or old Dodd will think it is stolen," said Mr.
Bhaer, joining in the shout of laughter at
Nan's coolness.

"I told you we would send for it if it did not
come. Another time you must wait, for you
will get into trouble if you run away. Promise

me this, or I shall not dare to trust you out of
my sight," said Mrs. Bhaer, wiping the dust
off Nan's little hot face.

"Well, I won't, only papa tells me not to put
off doing things, so I don't."

"That is rather a poser; I think you had better
give her some supper now, and a private
lecture by and by," said Mr. Bhaer, too much
amused to be angry at the young lady's
exploit.

The boys thought it "great fun," and Nan
entertained them all supper-time with an
account of her adventures; for a big dog
had barked at her, a man had laughed at
her, a woman had given her a doughnut,
and her hat had fallen into the brook when
she stopped to drink, exhausted with her
exertion.

'I fancy you will have your hands full now, my
dear; Tommy and Nan are quite enough for
one woman," said Mr. Bhaer, half an hour
later.

"I know it will take some time to tame the
child, but she is such a generous, warm-
hearted little thing, I should love her even if
she were twice as naughty," answered Mrs.
Jo, pointing to the merry group, in the
middle of which stood Nan, giving away her
things right and left, as lavishly as if the big
band-box had no bottom.

It was those good traits that soon made little
"Giddygaddy," as they called her, a favorite
with every one. Daisy never complained of
being dull again, for Nan invented the most
delightful plays, and her pranks rivalled
Tommy's, to the amusement of the whole
school. She buried her big doll and forgot it
for a week, and found it well mildewed
when she dragged it up. Daisy was in
despair, but Nan took it to the painter who

-59-

as at work about the house, got him to paint
it brick red, with staring black eyes, then
she dressed it up with feathers, and scarlet
flannel, and one of Ned's leaden hatchets;
and in the character of an Indian chief, the
late Poppydilla tomahawked all the other
dolls, and caused the nursery to run red with
imaginary gore. She gave away her new
shoes to a beggar child, hoping to be
allowed to go barefoot, but found it
impossible to combine charity and comfort,
and was ordered to ask leave before
disposing of her clothes. She delighted the
boys by making a fire-ship out of a shingle
with two large sails wet with turpentine,
which she lighted, and then sent the little
vessel floating down the brook at dusk. She
harnessed the old turkey-cock to a straw
wagon, and made him trot round the house
at a tremendous pace. She gave her coral
necklace for four unhappy kittens, which
had been tormented by some heartless
lads, and tended them for days as gently as
a mother, dressing their wounds with cold
cream, feeding them with a doll's spoon,
and mourning over them when they died, till
she was consoled by one of Demi's best
turtles. She made Silas tattoo an anchor on
her arm like his, and begged hard to have a
blue star on each cheek, but he dared not
do it, though she coaxed and scolded till the
soft-hearted fellow longed to give in. She
rode every animal on the place, from the big
horse Andy to the cross pig, from whom she
was rescued with difficulty. Whatever the
boys dared her to do she instantly
attempted, no matter how dangerous it
might be, and they were never tired of
testing her courage.

Mr. Bhaer suggested that they should see
who would study best, and Nan found as
much pleasure in using her quick wits and
fine memory as her active feet and merry
tongue, while the lads had to do their best to
keep their places, for Nan showed them

that girls could do most things as well as
boys, and some things better. There were
no rewards in school, but Mr. Bhaer's "Well
done!" and Mrs. Bhaer's good report on the
conscience book, taught them to love duty
for its own sake, and try to do it faithfully,
sure sooner or later the recompense would
come. Little Nan was quick to feel the new
atmosphere, to enjoy it, to show that it was
what she needed; for this little garden was
full of sweet flowers, half hidden by the
weeds; and when kind hands gently began
to cultivate it, all sorts of green shoots
sprung up, promising to blossom beautifully
in the warmth of love and care, the best
climate for young hearts and souls all the
world over.

Chapter 8 Pranks And Plays

As there is no particular plan to this story,
except to describe a few scenes in the life
at Plumfield for the amusement of certain
little persons, we will gently ramble along in
this chapter and tell some of the pastimes of
Mrs. Jo's boys. I beg leave to assure my
honored readers that most of the incidents
are taken from real life, and that the oddest
are the truest; for no person, no matter how
vivid an imagination he may have, can
invent anything half so droll as the freaks
and fancies that originate in the lively brains
of little people.

Daisy and Demi were full of these whims,
and lived in a world of their own, peopled
with lovely or grotesque creatures, to whom
they gave the queerest names, and with
whom they played the queerest games. One
of these nursery inventions was an invisible
sprite called "The Naughty Kitty-mouse,"
whom the children had believed in, feared,
and served for a long time. They seldom
spoke of it to any one else, kept their rites
as private as possible; and, as they never
tried to describe it even to themselves, this

-60-

being had a vague mysterious charm very
agreeable to Demi, who delighted in elves
and goblins. A most whimsical and
tyrannical imp was the Naughty Kitty-
mouse, and Daisy found a fearful pleasure
in its service, blindly obeying its most
absurd demands, which were usually
proclaimed from the lips of Demi, whose
powers of invention were great. Rob and
Teddy sometimes joined in these
ceremonies, and considered them excellent
fun, although they did not understand half
that went on.

One day after school Demi whispered to his
sister, with an ominous wag of the head,
"The Kitty-mouse wants us this afternoon."

"What for?" asked Daisy, anxiously.

"A sackerryfice," answered Demi,
solemnly. "There must be a fire behind the
big rock at two o'clock, and we must all
bring the things we like best, and burn
them!" he added, with an awful emphasis
on the last words.

"Oh, dear! I love the new paper dollies Aunt
Amy painted for me best of any thing; must I
burn them up?" cried Daisy, who never
thought of denying the unseen tyrant any
thing it demanded.

"Every one. I shall burn my boat, my best
scrapbook, and all my soldiers," said Demi
firmly.

"Well, I will; but it's too bad of Kitty-mouse to
want our very nicest things," sighed Daisy.

"A sackerryfice means to give up what you
are fond of, so we must," explained Demi,
to whom the new idea had been suggested
by hearing Uncle Fritz describe the customs
of the Greeks to the big boys who were
reading about them in school.

"Is Rob coming too," asked Daisy.

"Yes, and he is going to bring his toy village;
it is all made of wood, you know, and will
burn nicely. We'll have a grand bonfire, and
see them blaze up, won't we?"

This brilliant prospect consoled Daisy, and
she ate her dinner with a row of paper dolls
before her, as a sort of farewell banquet.

At the appointed hour the sacrificial train set
forth, each child bearing the treasures
demanded by the insatiable Kitty-mouse.
Teddy insisted on going also, and seeing
that all the others had toys, he tucked a
squeaking lamb under one arm, and old
Annabella under the other, little dreaming
what anguish the latter idol was to give him.

"Where are you going, my chickens?" asked
Mrs. Jo, as the flock passed her door.

"To play by the big rock; can't we?"

"Yes, only don't do near the pond, and take
good care of baby."

"I always do," said Daisy, leading forth her
charge with a capable air.

"Now, you must all sit round, and not move
till I tell you. This flat stone is an altar, and I
am going to make a fire on it."

Demi then proceeded to kindle up a small
blaze, as he had seen the boys do at
picnics. When the flame burned well, he
ordered the company to march round it
three times and then stand in a circle.

"I shall begin, and as fast as my things are
burnt, you must bring yours."

With that he solemnly laid on a little paper
book full of pictures, pasted in by himself;

-61-

this was followed by a dilapidated boat,
and then one by one the unhappy leaden
soldiers marched to death. Not one faltered
or hung back, from the splendid red and
yellow captain to the small drummer who
had lost his legs; all vanished in the flames
and mingled in one common pool of melted
lead.

"Now, Daisy!" called the high priest of Kitty-
mouse, when his rich offerings had been
consumed, to the great satisfaction of the
children.

"My dear dollies, how can I let them go?"
moaned Daisy, hugging the entire dozen
with a face full of maternal woe.

"You must," commanded Demi; and with a
farewell kiss to each, Daisy laid her
blooming dolls upon the coals.

"Let me keep one, the dear blue thing, she
is so sweet," besought the poor little
mamma, clutching her last in despair.

"More! more!" growled an awful voice, and
Demi cried, "that's the Kitty-mouse! she
must have every one, quick, or she will
scratch us."

In went the precious blue belle, flounces,
rosy hat, and all, and nothing but a few black
flakes remained of that bright band.

"Stand the houses and trees round, and let
them catch themselves; it will be like a real
fire then," said Demi, who liked variety even
in his "sackerryfices."

Charmed by this suggestion, the children
arranged the doomed village, laid a line of
coals along the main street, and then sat
down to watch the conflagration. It was
somewhat slow to kindle owing to the paint,
but at last one ambitious little cottage

blazed up, fired a tree of the palm species,
which fell on to the roof of a large family
mansion, and in a few minutes the whole
town was burning merrily. The wooden
population stood and stared at the
destruction like blockheads, as they were,
till they also caught and blazed away without
a cry. It took some time to reduce the town to
ashes, and the lookers-on enjoyed the
spectacle immensely, cheering as each
house fell, dancing like wild Indians when
the steeple flamed aloft, and actually
casting one wretched little churn-shaped
lady, who had escaped to the suburbs, into
the very heart of the fire.

The superb success of this last offering
excited Teddy to such a degree, that he first
threw his lamb into the conflagration, and
before it had time even to roast, he planted
poor Annabella on the funeral pyre. Of
course she did not like it, and expressed her
anguish and resentment in a way that
terrified her infant destroyer. Being covered
with kid, she did not blaze, but did what was
worse, she squirmed. First one leg curled
up, then the other, in a very awful and lifelike
manner; next she flung her arms over her
head as if in great agony; her head itself
turned on her shoulders, her glass eyes fell
out, and with one final writhe of her whole
body, she sank down a blackened mass on
the ruins of the town. This unexpected
demonstration startled every one and
frightened Teddy half out of his little wits. He
looked, then screamed and fled toward the
house, roaring "Marmar" at the top of his
voice.

Mrs. Bhaer heard the outcry and ran to the
rescue, but Teddy could only cling to her and
pour out in his broken way something about
"poor Bella hurted," "a dreat fire," and "all
the dollies dorn." Fearing some dire
mishap, his mother caught him up and
hurried to the scene of action, where she

-62-

found the blind worshippers of Kitty-mouse
mourning over the charred remains of the
lost darling.

"What have you been at? Tell me all about it,"
said Mrs. Jo, composing herself to listen
patiently, for the culprits looked so penitent,
she forgave them beforehand.

With some reluctance Demi explained their
play, and Aunt Jo laughed till the tears ran
down her cheeks, the children were so
solemn, and the play was so absurd.

"I thought you were too sensible to play such
a silly game as this. If I had any Kitty-mouse
I'd have a good one who liked you to play in
safe pleasant ways, and not destroy and
frighten. Just see what a ruin you have
made; all Daisy's pretty dolls, Demi's
soldiers, and Rob's new village beside
poor Teddy's pet lamb, and dear old
Annabella. I shall have to write up in the
nursery the verse that used to come in the
boxes of toys,

"The children of Holland take pleasure in
making,

What the children of Boston take pleasure in
breaking."

Only I shall put Plumfield instead of Boston."

"We never will again, truly, truly!" cried the
repentant little sinners, much abashed at
this reproof.

"Demi told us to," said Rob.

"Well, I heard Uncle tell about the Greece
people, who had altars and things, and so I
wanted to be like them, only I hadn't any live
creatures to sackerryfice, so we burnt up
our toys."

"Dear me, that is something like the bean
story," said Aunt Jo, laughing again.

"Tell about it," suggested Daisy, to change
the subject.

"Once there was a poor woman who had
three or four little children, and she used to
lock them up in her room when she went out
to work, to keep them safe. On day when
she was going away she said, 'Now, my
dears, don't let baby fall out of window,
don't play with the matches, and don't put
beans up your noses.' Now the children had
never dreamed of doing that last thing, but
she put it into their heads, and the minute
she was gone, they ran and stuffed their
naughty little noses full of beans, just to see
how it felt, and she found them all crying
when she came home."

"Did it hurt?" asked Rob, with such intense
interest that his mother hastily added a
warning sequel, lest a new edition of the
bean story should appear in her own family.

"Very much, as I know, for when my mother
told me this story, I was so silly that I went
and tried it myself. I had no beans, so I took
some little pebbles, and poked several into
my nose. I did not like it at all, and wanted to
take them out again very soon, but one
would not come, and I was so ashamed to
tell what a goose I been that I went for hours
with the stone hurting me very much. At last
the pain got so bad I had to tell, and when
my mother could not get it out the doctor
came. Then I was put in a chair and held
tight, Rob, while he used his ugly little
pincers till the stone hopped out. Dear me!
how my wretched little nose did ache, and
how people laughed at me!" and Mrs. Jo
shook her head in a dismal way, as if the
memory of her sufferings was too much for
her.

-63-

Rob looked deeply impressed and I am
glad to say took the warning to heart. Demi
proposed that they should bury poor
Annabella, and in the interest of the funeral
Teddy forgot his fright. Daisy was soon
consoled by another batch of dolls from
Aunt Amy, and the Naughty Kitty-mouse
seemed to be appeased by the last
offerings, for she tormented them no more.

"Brops" was the name of a new and
absorbing play, invented by Bangs. As this
interesting animal is not to be found in any
Zoological Garden, unless Du Chaillu has
recently brought one from the wilds of
Africa, I will mention a few of its peculiar
habits and traits, for the benefit of inquiring
minds. The Brop is a winged quadruped,
with a human face of a youthful and merry
aspect. When it walks the earth it grunts,
when it soars it gives a shrill hoot,
occasionally it goes erect, and talks good
English. Its body is usually covered with a
substance much resembling a shawl,
sometimes red, sometimes blue, often
plaid, and, strange to say, they frequently
change skins with one another. On their
heads they have a horn very like a stiff
brown paper lamp-lighter. Wings of the
same substance flap upon their shoulders
when they fly; this is never very far from the
ground, as they usually fall with violence if
they attempt any lofty flights. They browse
over the earth, but can sit up and eat like the
squirrel. Their favorite nourishment is the
seed-cake; apples also are freely taken,
and sometimes raw carrots are nibbled
when food is scarce. They live in dens,
where they have a sort of nest, much like a
clothes-basket, in which the little Brops play
till their wings are grown. These singular
animals quarrel at times, and it is on these
occasions that they burst into human
speech, call each other names, cry, scold,
and sometimes tear off horns and skin,
declaring fiercely that they "won't play." The

few privileged persons who have studied
them are inclined to think them a
remarkable mixture of the monkey, the
sphinx, the roc, and the queer creatures
seen by the famous Peter Wilkins.

This game was a great favorite, and the
younger children beguiled many a rainy
afternoon flapping or creeping about the
nursery, acting like little bedlamites and
being as merry as little grigs. To be sure, it
was rather hard upon clothes, particularly
trouser-knees, and jacket-elbows; but
Mrs. Bhaer only said, as she patched and
darned,

"We do things just as foolish, and not half so
harmless. If I could get as much happiness
out of it as the little dears do, I'd be a Brop
myself."

Nat's favorite amusements were working in
his garden, and sitting in the willow-tree
with his violin, for that green nest was a fairy
world to him, and there he loved to perch,
making music like a happy bird. The lads
called him "Old Chirper," because he was
always humming, whistling, or fiddling, and
they often stopped a minute in their work or
play to listen to the soft tones of the violin,
which seemed to lead a little orchestra of
summer sounds. The birds appeared to
regard him as one of themselves, and
fearlessly sat on the fence or lit among the
boughs to watch him with their quick bright
eyes. The robins in the apple-tree near by
evidently considered him a friend, for the
father bird hunted insects close beside him,
and the little mother brooded as confidingly
over her blue eggs as if the boy was only a
new sort of blackbird who cheered her
patient watch with his song. The brown
brook babbled and sparkled below him, the
bees haunted the clover fields on either
side, friendly faces peeped at him as they
passed, the old house stretched its wide

-64-

wings hospitably toward him, and with a
blessed sense of rest and love and
happiness, Nat dreamed for hours in this
nook, unconscious what healthful miracles
were being wrought upon him.

One listener he had who never tired, and to
whom he was more than a mere
schoolmate. Poor Billy's chief delight was
to lie beside the brook, watching leaves and
bits of foam dance by, listening dreamily to
the music in the willow-tree. He seemed to
think Nat a sort of angel who sat aloft and
sang, for a few baby memories still lingered
in his mind and seemed to grow brighter at
these times. Seeing the interest he took in
Nat, Mr. Bhaer begged him to help them lift
the cloud from the feeble brain by this gentle
spell. Glad to do any thing to show his
gratitude, Nat always smiled on Billy when
he followed him about, and let him listen
undisturbed to the music which seemed to
speak a language he could understand.
"Help one another," was a favorite
Plumfield motto, and Nat learned how much
sweetness is added to life by trying to live
up to it.

Jack Ford's peculiar pastime was buying
and selling; and he bid fair to follow in the
footsteps of his uncle, a country merchant,
who sold a little of every thing and made
money fast. Jack had seen the sugar
sanded, the molasses watered, the butter
mixed with lard, and things of that kind, and
labored under the delusion that it was all a
proper part of the business. His stock in
trade was of a different sort, but he made
as much as he could out of every worm he
sold, and always got the best of the bargain
when he traded with the boys for string,
knives, fish-hooks, or whatever the article
might be. The boys who all had nicknames,
called him "Skinflint," but Jack did not care
as long as the old tobacco-pouch in which
he kept his money grew heavier and

heavier.

He established a sort of auction-room, and
now and then sold off all the odds and ends
he had collected, or helped the lads
exchange things with one another. He got
bats, balls, hockey-sticks, etc., cheap,
from one set of mates, furbished them up,
and let them for a few cents a time to
another set, often extending his business
beyond the gates of Plumfield in spite of the
rules. Mr. Bhaer put a stop to some of his
speculations, and tried to give him a better
idea of business talent than mere
sharpness in overreaching his neighbors.
Now and then Jack made a bad bargain,
and felt worse about it than about any failure
in lessons or conduct, and took his revenge
on the next innocent customer who came
along. His account-book was a curiosity;
and his quickness at figures quite
remarkable. Mr. Bhaer praised him for this,
and tried to make his sense of honesty and
honor as quick; and, by and by, when Jack
found that he could not get on without these
virtues, he owned that his teacher was right.

Cricket and football the boys had of course;
but, after the stirring accounts of these
games in the immortal "Tom Brown at
Rugby," no feeble female pen may venture
to do more than respectfully allude to them.

Emil spent his holidays on the river or the
pond, and drilled the elder lads for a race
with certain town boys, who now and then
invaded their territory. The race duly came
off, but as it ended in a general shipwreck,
it was not mentioned in public; and the
Commodore had serious thoughts of
retiring to a desert island, so disgusted was
he with his kind for a time. No desert island
being convenient, he was forced to remain
among his friends, and found consolation in
building a boat-house.

-65-

The little girls indulged in the usual plays of
their age, improving upon them somewhat
as their lively fancies suggested. The chief
and most absorbing play was called "Mrs.
Shakespeare Smith;" the name was
provided by Aunt Jo, but the trials of the
poor lady were quite original. Daisy was
Mrs. S. S., and Nan by turns her daughter or
a neighbor, Mrs. Giddygaddy.

No pen can describe the adventures of
these ladies, for in one short afternoon their
family was the scene of births, marriages,
deaths, floods, earthquakes, tea-parties,
and balloon ascensions. Millions of miles
did these energetic women travel, dressed
in hats and habits never seen before by
mortal eye, perched on the bed, driving the
posts like mettlesome steeds, and
bouncing up and down till their heads spun.
Fits and fires were the pet afflictions, with a
general massacre now and then by way of
change. Nan was never tired of inventing
fresh combinations, and Daisy followed her
leader with blind admiration. Poor Teddy
was a frequent victim, and was often
rescued from real danger, for the excited
ladies were apt to forget that he was not of
the same stuff their longsuffering dolls.
Once he was shut into the closet for a
dungeon, and forgotten by the girls, who ran
off to some out-of-door game. Another
time he was half drowned in the bath-tub,
playing be a "cunning little whale." And,
worst of all, he was cut down just in time
after being hung up for a robber.

But the institution most patronized by all was
the Club. It had no other name, and it
needed none, being the only one in the
neighborhood. The elder lads got it up, and
the younger were occasionally admitted if
they behaved well. Tommy and Demi were
honorary members, but were always
obliged to retire unpleasantly early, owing to
circumstances over which they had no

control. The proceedings of this club were
somewhat peculiar, for it met at all sorts of
places and hours, had all manner of queer
ceremonies and amusements, and now
and then was broken up tempestuously,
only to be re-established, however, on a
firmer basis.

Rainy evenings the members met in the
schoolroom, and passed the time in games:
chess, morris, backgammon, fencing
matches, recitations, debates, or dramatic
performances of a darkly tragical nature. In
summer the barn was the rendezvous, and
what went on there no uninitiated mortal
knows. On sultry evenings the Club
adjourned to the brook for aquatic
exercises, and the members sat about in
airy attire, frog-like and cool. On such
occasions the speeches were unusually
eloquent, quite flowing, as one might say;
and if any orator's remarks displeased the
audience, cold water was thrown upon him
till his ardor was effectually quenched.
Franz was president, and maintained order
admirably, considering the unruly nature of
the members. Mr. Bhaer never interfered
with their affairs, and was rewarded for this
wise forbearance by being invited now and
then to behold the mysteries unveiled, which
he appeared to enjoy much.

When Nan came she wished to join the
Club, and caused great excitement and
division among the gentlemen by
presenting endless petitions, both written
and spoken, disturbing their solemnities by
insulting them through the key-hole,
performing vigorous solos on the door, and
writing up derisive remarks on walls and
fences, for she belonged to the
"Irrepressibles." Finding these appeals in
vain, the girls, by the advice of Mrs. Jo, got
up an institution of their own, which they
called the Cosy Club. To this they
magnanimously invited the gentlemen

-66-

whose youth excluded them from the other
one, and entertained these favored beings
so well with little suppers, new games
devised by Nan, and other pleasing
festivities, that, one by one, the elder boys
confessed a desire to partake of these
more elegant enjoyments, and, after much
consultation, finally decided to propose an
interchange of civilities.

The members of the Cosy Club were invited
to adorn the rival establishment on certain
evenings, and to the surprise of the
gentlemen their presence was not found to
be a restraint upon the conversation or
amusement of the regular frequenters;
which could not be said of all Clubs, I fancy.
The ladies responded handsomely and
hospitably to these overtures of peace, and
both institutions flourished long and happily.

Chapter 9 Daisy's Ball

"Mrs. Shakespeare Smith would like to
have Mr. John Brooke, Mr. Thomas Bangs,
and Mr. Nathaniel Blake to come to her ball
at three o'clock today.

"P.S. Nat must bring his fiddle, so we can
dance, and all the boys must be good, or
they cannot have any of the nice things we
have cooked."

This elegant invitation would, I fear, have
been declined, but for the hint given in the
last line of the postscript.

"They have been cooking lots of goodies, I
smelt 'em. Let's go," said Tommy.

"We needn't stay after the feast, you know,"
added Demi.

"I never went to a ball. What do you have to
do?" asked Nat.

"Oh, we just play be men, and sit round stiff
and stupid like grown-up folks, and dance
to please the girls. Then we eat up
everything, and come away as soon as we
can."

"I think I could do that," said Nat, after
considering Tommy's description for a
minute.

"I'll write and say we'll come;" and Demi
despatched the following gentlemanly reply,

"We will all come. Please have lots to eat. J.
B. Esquire."

Great was the anxiety of the ladies about
their first ball, because if every thing went
well they intended to give a dinner-party to
the chosen few.

"Aunt Jo likes to have the boys play with us,
if they are not rough; so we must make them
like our balls, then they will do them good,"
said Daisy, with her maternal air, as she set
the table and surveyed the store of
refreshments with an anxious eye.

"Demi and Nat will be good, but Tommy will
do something bad, I know he will," replied
Nan, shaking her head over the little cake-
basket which she was arranging.

"Then I shall send him right home," said
Daisy, with decision.

"People don't do so at parties, it isn't
proper."

"I shall never ask him any more."

"That would do. He'd be sorry not to come to
the dinner-ball, wouldn't he?"

"I guess he would! we'll have the
splendidest things ever seen, won't we?

-67-

Real soup with a ladle and a tureem [she
meant tureen] and a little bird for turkey, and
gravy, and all kinds of nice vegytubbles."
Daisy never could say vegetables properly,
and had given up trying.

"It is 'most three, and we ought to dress,"
said Nan, who had arranged a fine costume
for the occasion, and was anxious to wear
it.

"I am the mother, so I shan't dress up much,"
said Daisy, putting on a night-cap
ornamented with a red bow, one of her
aunt's long skirts, and a shawl; a pair of
spectacles and large pocket handkerchief
completed her toilette, making a plump,
rosy little matron of her.

Nan had a wreath of artificial flowers, a pair
of old pink slippers, a yellow scarf, a green
muslin skirt, and a fan made of feathers
from the duster; also, as a last touch of
elegance, a smelling-bottle without any
smell in it.

"I am the daughter, so I rig up a good deal,
and I must sing and dance, and talk more
than you do. The mothers only get the tea
and be proper, you know."

A sudden very loud knock caused Miss
Smith to fly into a chair, and fan herself
violently, while her mamma sat bolt upright
on the sofa, and tried to look quite calm and
"proper." Little Bess, who was on a visit,
acted the part of maid, and opened the
door, saying with a smile, "Wart in,
gemplemun; it's all weady."

In honor of the occasion, the boys wore high
paper collars, tall black hats, and gloves of
every color and material, for they were an
afterthought, and not a boy among them had
a perfect pair.

"Good day, mum," said Demi, in a deep
voice, which was so hard to keep up that his
remarks had to be extremely brief.

Every one shook hands and then sat down,
looking so funny, yet so sober, that the
gentlemen forgot their manners, and rolled
in their chairs with laughter.

"Oh, don't!" cried Mrs. Smith, much
distressed.

"You can't ever come again if you act so,"
added Miss Smith, rapping Mr. Bangs with
her bottle because he laughed loudest.

"I can't help it, you look so like fury," gasped
Mr. Bangs, with most uncourteous candor.

"So do you, but I shouldn't be so rude as to
say so. He shan't come to the dinner-ball,
shall he, Daisy?" cried Nan, indignantly.

"I think we had better dance now. Did you
bring your fiddle, sir?" asked Mrs. Smith,
trying to preserve her polite composure.

"It is outside the door," and Nat went to get
it.

"Better have tea first," proposed the
unabashed Tommy, winking openly at Demi
to remind him that the sooner the
refreshments were secured, the sooner
they could escape.

"No, we never have supper first; and if you
don't dance well you won't have any supper
at all, not one bit, sir," said Mrs. Smith, so
sternly that her wild guests saw she was not
to be trifled with, and grew overwhelmingly
civil all at once.

"I will take Mr. Bangs and teach him the
polka, for he does not know it fit to be
seen," added the hostess, with a

-68-

reproachful look that sobered Tommy at
once.

Nat struck up, and the ball opened with two
couples, who went conscientiously through
a somewhat varied dance. The ladies did
well, because they liked it, but the
gentlemen exerted themselves from more
selfish motives, for each felt that he must
earn his supper, and labored manfully
toward that end. When every one was out of
breath they were allowed to rest; and,
indeed, poor Mrs. Smith needed it, for her
long dress had tripped her up many times.
The little maid passed round molasses and
water in such small cups that one guest
actually emptied nine. I refrain from
mentioning his name, because this mild
beverage affected him so much that he put
cup and all into his mouth at the ninth round,
and choked himself publicly.

"You must ask Nan to play and sing now,"
said Daisy to her brother, who sat looking
very much like an owl, as he gravely
regarded the festive scene between his
high collars.

"Give us a song, mum," said the obedient
guest, secretly wondering where the piano
was.

Miss Smith sailed up to an old secretary
which stood in the room, threw back the lid
of the writing-desk, and sitting down before
it, accompanied herself with a vigor which
made the old desk rattle as she sang that
new and lovely song, beginning

"Gaily the troubadour

Touched his guitar,

As he was hastening

Home from the war."

The gentlemen applauded so
enthusiastically that she gave them
"Bounding Billows," "Little Bo-Peep," and
other gems of song, till they were obliged to
hint that they had had enough. Grateful for
the praises bestowed upon her daughter,
Mrs. Smith graciously announced,

"Now we will have tea. Sit down carefully,
and don't grab."

It was beautiful to see the air of pride with
which the good lady did the honors of her
table, and the calmness with which she
bore the little mishaps that occurred. The
best pie flew wildly on the floor when she
tried to cut it with a very dull knife; the bread
and butter vanished with a rapidity
calculated to dismay a housekeeper's soul;
and, worst of all, the custards were so soft
that they had to be drunk up, instead of
being eaten elegantly with the new tin
spoons.

I grieve to state that Miss Smith squabbled
with the maid for the best jumble, which
caused Bess to toss the whole dish into the
air, and burst out crying amid a rain of falling
cakes. She was comforted by a seat at the
table, and the sugar-bowl to empty; but
during this flurry a large plate of patties was
mysteriously lost, and could not be found.
They were the chief ornament of the feast,
and Mrs. Smith was indignant at the loss,
for she had made them herself, and they
were beautiful to behold. I put it to any lady if
it was not hard to have one dozen delicious
patties (made of flour, salt, and water, with
a large raisin in the middle of each, and
much sugar over the whole) swept away at
one fell swoop?

"You hid them, Tommy; I know you did!"
cried the outraged hostess, threatening her
suspected guest with the milk-pot.

-69-

"I didn't!"

"You did!"

"It isn't proper to contradict," said Nan, who
was hastily eating up the jelly during the
fray.

"Give them back, Demi," said Tommy.

"That's a fib, you've got them in your own
pocket," bawled Demi, roused by the false
accusation.

"Let's take 'em away from him. It's too bad
to make Daisy cry," suggested Nat, who
found his first ball more exciting than he
expected.

Daisy was already weeping, Bess like a
devoted servant mingled her tears with
those of her mistress, and Nan denounced
the entire race of boys as "plaguey things."
Meanwhile the battle raged among the
gentlemen, for, when the two defenders of
innocence fell upon the foe, that hardened
youth intrenched himself behind a table and
pelted them with the stolen tarts, which
were very effective missiles, being nearly
as hard as bullets. While his ammunition
held out the besieged prospered, but the
moment the last patty flew over the parapet,
the villain was seized, dragged howling
from the room, and cast upon the hall floor in
an ignominious heap. The conquerors then
returned flushed with victory, and while
Demi consoled poor Mrs. Smith, Nat and
Nan collected the scattered tarts, replaced
each raisin in its proper bed, and
rearranged the dish so that it really looked
almost as well as ever. But their glory had
departed, for the sugar was gone, and no
one cared to eat them after the insult
offered to them.

"I guess we had better go," said Demi,

suddenly, as Aunt Jo's voice was heard on
the stairs.

"P'r'aps we had," and Nat hastily dropped a
stray jumble that he had just picked up.

But Mrs. Jo was among them before the
retreat was accomplished, and into her
sympathetic ear the young ladies poured
the story of their woes.

"No more balls for these boys till they have
atoned for this bad behavior by doing
something kind to you," said Mrs. Jo,
shaking her head at the three culprits.

"We were only in fun," began Demi.

"I don't like fun that makes other people
unhappy. I am disappointed in you, Demi,
for I hoped you would never learn to tease
Daisy. Such a kind little sister as she is to
you."

"Boys always tease their sisters; Tom says
so," muttered Demi.

"I don't intend that my boys shall, and I must
send Daisy home if you cannot play happily
together," said Aunt Jo, soberly.

At this awful threat, Demi sidled up to his
sister, and Daisy hastily dried her tears, for
to be separated was the worst misfortune
that could happen to the twins.

"Nat was bad, too, and Tommy was
baddest of all," observed Nan, fearing that
two of the sinners would not get their fair
share of punishment.

"I am sorry," said Nat, much ashamed.

"I ain't!" bawled Tommy through the
keyhole, where he was listening with all his
might.

-70-

Mrs. Jo wanted very much to laugh, but kept
her countenance, and said impressively, as
she pointed to the door,

"You can go, boys, but remember, you are
not to speak to or play with the little girls till I
give you leave. You don't deserve the
pleasure, so I forbid it."

The ill-mannered young gentlemen hastily
retired, to be received outside with derision
and scorn by the unrepentant Bangs, who
would not associate with them for at least
fifteen minutes. Daisy was soon consoled
for the failure of her ball, but lamented the
edict that parted her from her brother, and
mourned over his short-comings in her
tender little heart. Nan rather enjoyed the
trouble, and went about turning up her pug
nose at the three, especially Tommy, who
pretended not to care, and loudly
proclaimed his satisfaction at being rid of
those "stupid girls." But in his secret soul he
soon repented of the rash act that caused
this banishment from the society he loved,
and every hour of separation taught him the
value of the "stupid girls."

The others gave in very soon, and longed to
be friends, for now there was no Daisy to
pet and cook for them; no Nan to amuse
and doctor them; and, worst of all, no Mrs.
Jo to make home life pleasant and life easy
for them. To their great affliction, Mrs. Jo
seemed to consider herself one of the
offended girls, for she hardly spoke to the
outcasts, looked as if she did not see them
when she passed, and was always too busy
now to attend to their requests. This sudden
and entire exile from favor cast a gloom
over their souls, for when Mother Bhaer
deserted them, their sun had set at noon-
day, as it were, and they had no refuge left.

This unnatural state of things actually lasted
for three days, then they could bear it no

longer, and fearing that the eclipse might
become total, went to Mr. Bhaer for help
and counsel.

It is my private opinion that he had received
instructions how to behave if the case
should be laid before him. But no one
suspected it, and he gave the afflicted boys
some advice, which they gratefully
accepted and carried out in the following
manner:

Secluding themselves in the garret, they
devoted several play-hours to the
manufacture of some mysterious machine,
which took so much paste that Asia
grumbled, and the little girls wondered
mightily. Nan nearly got her inquisitive nose
pinched in the door, trying to see what was
going on, and Daisy sat about, openly
lamenting that they could not all play nicely
together, and not have any dreadful secrets.
Wednesday afternoon was fine, and after a
good deal of consultation about wind and
weather, Nat and Tommy went off, bearing
an immense flat parcel hidden under many
newspapers. Nan nearly died with
suppressed curiosity, Daisy nearly cried
with vexation, and both quite trembled with
interest when Demi marched into Mrs.
Bhaer's room, hat in hand, and said, in the
politest tone possible to a mortal boy of his
years,

"Please, Aunt Jo, would you and the girls
come out to a surprise party we have made
for you? Do it's a very nice one."

"Thank you, we will come with pleasure;
only, I must take Teddy with me," replied
Mrs. Bhaer, with a smile that cheered Demi
like sunshine after rain.

"We'd like to have him. The little wagon is all
ready for the girls; you won't mind walking
just up to Pennyroyal Hill, will you Aunty?"

-71-

"I should like it exceedingly; but are you
quite sure I shall not be in the way?"

"Oh, no, indeed! we want you very much;
and the party will be spoilt if you don't
come," cried Demi, with great earnestness.

"Thank you kindly, sir;" and Aunt Jo made
him a grand curtsey, for she liked frolics as
well as any of them.

"Now, young ladies, we must not keep them
waiting; on with the hats, and let us be off at
once. I'm all impatience to know what the
surprise is."

As Mrs. Bhaer spoke every one bustled
about, and in five minutes the three little girls
and Teddy were packed into the "clothes-
basket," as they called the wicker wagon
which Toby drew. Demi walked at the head
of the procession, and Mrs. Jo brought up
the rear, escorted by Kit. It was a most
imposing party, I assure you, for Toby had a
red feather-duster in his head, two
remarkable flags waved over the carriage,
Kit had a blue bow on his neck, which nearly
drove him wild, Demi wore a nosegay of
dandelions in his buttonhole, and Mrs. Jo
carried the queer Japanese umbrella in
honor of the occasion.

The girls had little flutters of excitement all
the way; and Teddy was so charmed with
the drive that he kept dropping his hat
overboard, and when it was taken from him
he prepared to tumble out himself, evidently
feeling that it behooved him to do
something for the amusement of the party.

When they came to the hill "nothing was to be
seen but the grass blowing in the wind," as
the fairy books say, and the children looked
disappointed. But Demi said, in his most
impressive manner,

"Now, you all get out and stand still, and the
surprise party with come in;" with which
remark he retired behind a rock, over which
heads had been bobbing at intervals for the
last half-hour.

A short pause of intense suspense, and
then Nat, Demi, and Tommy marched forth,
each bearing a new kite, which they
presented to the three young ladies. Shrieks
of delight arose, but were silenced by the
boys, who said, with faces brimful of
merriment, "That isn't all the surprise;" and,
running behind the rock, again emerged
bearing a fourth kite of superb size, on
which was printed, in bright yellow letters,
"For Mother Bhaer."

"We thought you'd like one, too, because
you were angry with us, and took the girls'
part," cried all three, shaking with laughter,
for this part of the affair evidently was a
surprise to Mrs. Jo.

She clapped her hands, and joined in the
laugh, looking thoroughly tickled at the joke.

"Now, boys, that is regularly splendid! Who
did think of it?" she asked, receiving the
monster kite with as much pleasure as the
little girls did theirs.

"Uncle Fritz proposed it when we planned to
make the others; he said you'd like it, so we
made a bouncer," answered Demi,
beaming with satisfaction at the success of
the plot.

"Uncle Fritz knows what I like. Yes, these
are magnificent kites, and we were wishing
we had some the other day when you were
flying yours, weren't we, girls?"

"That's why we made them for you," cried
Tommy, standing on his head as the most
appropriate way of expressing his

-72-

emotions.

"Let us fly them," said energetic Nan.

"I don't know how," began Daisy.

"We'll show you, we want to!" cried all the
boys in a burst of devotion, as Demi took
Daisy's, Tommy Nan's, and Nat, with
difficulty, persuaded Bess to let go her little
blue one.

"Aunty, if you will wait a minute, we'll pitch
yours for you," said Demi, feeling that Mrs.
Bhaer's favor must not be lost again by any
neglect of theirs.

"Bless your buttons, dear, I know all about it;
and here is a boy who will toss up for me,"
added Mrs. Jo, as the professor peeped
over the rock with a face full of fun.

He came out at once, tossed up the big kite,
and Mrs. Jo ran off with it in fine style, while
the children stood and enjoyed the
spectacle. One by one all the kites went up,
and floated far overhead like gay birds,
balancing themselves on the fresh breeze
that blew steadily over the hill. Such a merry
time as they had! running and shouting,
sending up the kites or pulling them down,
watching their antics in the air, and feeling
them tug at the string like live creatures
trying to escape. Nan was quite wild with
the fun, Daisy thought the new play nearly as
interesting as dolls, and little Bess was so
fond of her "boo tite," that she would only let
it go on very short flights, preferring to hold it
in her lap and look at the remarkable
pictures painted on it by Tommy's dashing
brush. Mrs. Jo enjoyed hers immensely,
and it acted as if it knew who owned it, for it
came tumbling down head first when least
expected, caught on trees, nearly pitched
into the river, and finally darted away to such
a height that it looked a mere speck among

the clouds.

By and by every one got tired, and fastening
the kite-strings to trees and fences, all sat
down to rest, except Mr. Bhaer, who went
off to look at the cows, with Teddy on his
shoulder.

"Did you ever have such a good time as this
before?" asked Nat, as they lay about on the
grass, nibbling pennyroyal like a flock of
sheep.

"Not since I last flew a kite, years ago, when
I was a girl," answered Mrs. Jo.

"I'd like to have known you when you were a
girl, you must have been so jolly," said Nat.

"I was a naughty little girl, I am sorry to say."

"I like naughty little girls," observed Tommy,
looking at Nan, who made a frightful
grimace at him in return for the compliment.

"Why don't I remember you then, Aunty? Was
I too young?" asked Demi.

"Rather, dear."

"I suppose my memory hadn't come then.
Grandpa says that different parts of the
mind unfold as we grow up, and the
memory part of my mind hadn't unfolded
when you were little, so I can't remember
how you looked," explained Demi.

"Now, little Socrates, you had better keep
that question for grandpa, it is beyond me,"
said Aunt Jo, putting on the extinguisher.

"Well, I will, he knows about those things,
and you don't," returned Demi, feeling that
on the whole kites were better adapted to
the comprehension of the present company.

-73-

"Tell about the last time you flew a kite," said
Nat, for Mrs. Jo had laughed as she spoke
of it, and he thought it might be interesting.

"Oh, it was only rather funny, for I was a
great girl of fifteen, and was ashamed to be
seen at such a play. So Uncle Teddy and I
privately made our kites, and stole away to
fly them. We had a capital time, and were
resting as we are now, when suddenly we
heard voices, and saw a party of young
ladies and gentlemen coming back from a
picnic. Teddy did not mind, though he was
rather a large boy to be playing with a kite,
but I was in a great flurry, for I knew I should
be sadly laughed at, and never hear the last
of it, because my wild ways amused the
neighbors as much as Nan's do us.

"'What shall I do?' I whispered to Teddy, as
the voices drew nearer and nearer.

"'I'll show you,' he said, and whipping out
his knife he cut the strings. Away flew the
kites, and when the people came up we
were picking flowers as properly as you
please. They never suspected us, and we
had a grand laugh over our narrow escape."

"Were the kites lost, Aunty?" asked Daisy.

"Quite lost, but I did not care, for I made up
my mind that it would be best to wait till I was
an old lady before I played with kites again;
and you see I have waited," said Mrs. Jo,
beginning to pull in the big kite, for it was
getting late.

"Must we go now?"

"I must, or you won't have any supper; and
that sort of surprise party would not suit you,
I think, my chickens."

"Hasn't our party been a nice one?" asked
Tommy, complacently.

"Splendid!" answered every one.

"Do you know why? It is because your
guests have behaved themselves, and tried
to make everything go well. You understand
what I mean, don't you?"

"Yes'm," was all the boys said, but they
stole a shamefaced look at one another, as
they meekly shouldered their kites and
walked home, thinking of another party
where the guests had not behaved
themselves, and things had gone badly on
account of it.

Chapter 10 Home Again

July had come, and haying begun; the little
gardens were doing finely and the long
summer days were full of pleasant hours.
The house stood open from morning till
night, and the lads lived out of doors, except
at school time. The lessons were short, and
there were many holidays, for the Bhaers
believed in cultivating healthy bodies by
much exercise, and our short summers are
best used in out-of-door work. Such a rosy,
sunburnt, hearty set as the boys became;
such appetites as they had; such sturdy
arms and legs, as outgrew jackets and
trousers; such laughing and racing all over
the place; such antics in house and barn;
such adventures in the tramps over hill and
dale; and such satisfaction in the hearts of
the worthy Bhaers, as they saw their flock
prospering in mind and body, I cannot begin
to describe. Only one thing was needed to
make them quite happy, and it came when
they least expected it.

One balmy night when the little lads were in
bed, the elder ones bathing down at the
brook, and Mrs. Bhaer undressing Teddy in
her parlor, he suddenly cried out, "Oh, my
Danny!" and pointed to the window, where
the moon shone brightly.

-74-

"No, lovey, he is not there, it was the pretty
moon," said his mother.

"No, no, Danny at a window; Teddy saw
him," persisted baby, much excited.

"It might have been," and Mrs. Bhaer hurried
to the window, hoping it would prove true.
But the face was gone, and nowhere
appeared any signs of a mortal boy; she
called his name, ran to the front door with
Teddy in his little shirt, and made him call
too, thinking the baby voice might have
more effect than her own. No one
answered, nothing appeared , and they
went back much disappointed. Teddy
would not be satisfied with the moon, and
after he was in his crib kept popping up his
head to ask if Danny was not "tummin'
soon."

By and by he fell asleep, the lads trooped up
to bed, the house grew still, and nothing but
the chirp of the crickets broke the soft
silence of the summer night. Mrs. Bhaer sat
sewing, for the big basket was always piled
with socks, full of portentous holes, and
thinking of the lost boy. She had decided
that baby had been mistaken, and did not
even disturb Mr. Bhaer by telling him of the
child's fancy, for the poor man got little time
to himself till the boys were abed, and he
was busy writing letters. It was past ten
when she rose to shut up the house. As she
paused a minute to enjoy the lovely scene
from the steps, something white caught her
eye on one of the hay-cocks scattered over
the lawn. The children had been playing
there all the afternoon, and, fancying that
Nan had left her hat as usual, Mrs. Bhaer
went out to get it. But as she approached,
she saw that it was neither hat nor
handkerchief, but a shirt sleeve with a
brown hand sticking out of it. She hurried
round the hay-cock, and there lay Dan, fast
asleep.

Ragged, dirty, thin, and worn-out he
looked; one foot was bare, the other tied up
in the old gingham jacket which he had
taken from his own back to use as a clumsy
bandage for some hurt. He seemed to have
hidden himself behind the hay-cock, but in
his sleep had thrown out the arm that had
betrayed him. He sighed and muttered as if
his dreams disturbed him, and once when
he moved, he groaned as if in pain, but still
slept on quite spent with weariness.

"He must not lie here," said Mrs. Bhaer, and
stooping over him she gently called his
name. He opened his eyes and looked at
her, as if she was a part of his dream, for he
smiled and said drowsily, "Mother Bhaer,
I've come home."

The look, the words, touched her very much,
and she put her hand under his head to lift
him up, saying in her cordial way,

"I thought you would, and I'm so glad to see
you, Dan." He seemed to wake thoroughly
then, and started up looking about him as if
he suddenly remembered where he was,
and doubted even that kind welcome. His
face changed, and he said in his old rough
way,

"I was going off in the morning. I only
stopped to peek in, as I went by."

"But why not come in, Dan? Didn't you hear
us call you? Teddy saw, and cried for you."

"Didn't suppose you'd let me in," he said,
fumbling with a little bundle which he had
taken up as if going immediately.

"Try and see," was all Mrs. Bhaer
answered, holding out her hand and
pointing to the door, where the light shone
hospitably.

-75-

With a long breath, as if a load was off his
mind, Dan took up a stout stick, and began
to limp towards the house, but stopped
suddenly, to say inquiringly,

"Mr. Bhaer won't like it. I ran away from
Page."

"He knows it, and was sorry, but it will make
no difference. Are you lame?" asked Mrs.
Jo, as he limped on again.

"Getting over a wall a stone fell on my foot
and smashed it. I don't mind," and he did his
best to hide the pain each step cost him.

Mrs. Bhaer helped him into her own room,
and, once there, he dropped into a chair,
and laid his head back, white and faint with
weariness and suffering.

"My poor Dan! drink this, and then eat a
little; you are at home now, and Mother
Bhaer will take good care of you."

He only looked up at her with eyes full of
gratitude, as he drank the wine she held to
his lips, and then began slowly to eat the
food she brought him. Each mouthful
seemed to put heart into him, and presently
he began to talk as if anxious to have her
know all about him.

"Where have you been, Dan?" she asked,
beginning to get out some bandages.

"I ran off more'n a month ago. Page was
good enough, but too strict. I didn't like it, so
I cut away down the river with a man who
was going in his boat. That's why they
couldn't tell where I'd gone. When I left the
man, I worked for a couple of weeks with a
farmer, but I thrashed his boy, and then the
old man thrashed me, and I ran off again
and walked here."

"All the way?"

"Yes, the man didn't pay me, and I wouldn't
ask for it. Took it out in beating the boy," and
Dan laughed, yet looked ashamed, as he
glanced at his ragged clothes and dirty
hands.

"How did you live? It was a long, long tramp
for a boy like you."

"Oh, I got on well enough, till I hurt my foot.
Folks gave me things to eat, and I slept in
barns and tramped by day. I got lost trying to
make a short cut, or I'd have been here
sooner."

"But if you did not mean to come in and stay
with us, what were you going to do?"

"I thought I'd like to see Teddy again, and
you; and then I was going back to my old
work in the city, only I was so tired I went to
sleep on the hay. I'd have been gone in the
morning, if you hadn't found me."

"Are you sorry I did?" and Mrs. Jo looked at
him with a half merry, half reproachful look,
as she knelt down to look at his wounded
foot.

The color came up into Dan's face, and he
kept his eyes fixed on his plate, as he said
very low, "No, ma'am, I'm glad, I wanted to
stay, but I was afraid you "

He did not finish, for Mrs. Bhaer interrupted
him by an exclamation of pity, as she saw
his foot, for it was seriously hurt.

"When did you do it?"

"Three days ago."

"And you have walked on it in this state?"

-76-

"I had a stick, and I washed it at every brook
I came to, and one woman gave me a rag to
put on it."

"Mr. Bhaer must see and dress it at once,"
and Mrs. Jo hastened into the next room,
leaving the door ajar behind her, so that
Dan heard all that passed.

"Fritz, the boy has come back."

"Who? Dan?"

"Yes, Teddy saw him at the window, and he
called to him, but he went away and hid
behind the hay-cocks on the lawn. I found
him there just now fast asleep, and half
dead with weariness and pain. He ran away
from Page a month ago, and has been
making his way to us ever since. He
pretends that he did not mean to let us see
him, but go on to the city, and his old work,
after a look at us. It is evident, however, that
the hope of being taken in has led him here
through every thing, and there he is waiting
to know if you will forgive and take him
back."

"Did he say so?"

"His eyes did, and when I waked him, he
said, like a lost child, 'Mother Bhaer, I've
come home.' I hadn't the heart to scold him,
and just took him in like a poor little black
sheep come back to the fold. I may keep
him, Fritz?"

"Of course you may! This proves to me that
we have a hold on the boy's heart, and I
would no more send him away now than I
would my own Rob."

Dan heard a soft little sound, as if Mrs. Jo
thanked her husband without words, and, in
the instant's silence that followed, two great
tears that had slowly gathered in the boy's

eyes brimmed over and rolled down his
dusty cheeks. No one saw them, for he
brushed them hastily away; but in that little
pause I think Dan's old distrust for these
good people vanished for ever, the soft
spot in his heart was touched, and he felt an
impetuous desire to prove himself worthy of
the love and pity that was so patient and
forgiving. He said nothing, he only wished
the wish with all his might, resolved to try in
his blind boyish way, and sealed his
resolution with the tears which neither pain,
fatigue, nor loneliness could wring from
him.

"Come and see his foot. I am afraid it is
badly hurt, for he has kept on three days
through heat and dust, with nothing but
water and an old jacket to bind it up with. I
tell you, Fritz, that boy is a brave lad, and will
make a fine man yet."

"I hope so, for your sake, enthusiastic
woman, your faith deserves success. Now,
I will go and see your little Spartan. Where is
he?"

"In my room; but, dear, you'll be very kind to
him, no matter how gruff he seems. I am
sure that is the way to conquer him. He
won't bear sternness nor much restraint, but
a soft word and infinite patience will lead
him as it used to lead me."

"As if you ever like this little rascal!" cried
Mr. Bhaer, laughing, yet half angry at the
idea.

"I was in spirit, though I showed it in a
different way. I seem to know by instinct
how he feels, to understand what will win
and touch him, and to sympathize with his
temptations and faults. I am glad I do, for it
will help me to help him; and if I can make a
good man of this wild boy, it will be the best
work of my life."

-77-

"God bless the work, and help the worker!"

Mr. Bhaer spoke now as earnestly as she
had done, and both came in together to find
Dan's head down upon his arm, as if he
was quite overcome by sleep. But he
looked up quickly, and tried to rise as Mr.
Bhaer said pleasantly,

"So you like Plumfield better than Page's
farm. Well, let us see if we can get on more
comfortably this time than we did before."

"Thanky, sir," said Dan, trying not to be
gruff, and finding it easier than he expected.

"Now, the foot! Ach! this is not well. We must
have Dr. Firth to-morrow. Warm water, Jo,
and old linen."

Mr. Bhaer bathed and bound up the
wounded foot, while Mrs. Jo prepared the
only empty bed in the house. It was in the
little guest-chamber leading from the
parlor, and often used when the lads were
poorly, for it saved Mrs. Jo from running up
and down, and the invalids could see what
was going on. When it was ready, Mr. Bhaer
took the boy in his arms, and carried him in,
helped him undress, laid him on the little
white bed, and left him with another hand-
shake, and a fatherly "Good-night, my son."

Dan dropped asleep at once, and slept
heavily for several hours; then his foot
began to throb and ache, and he awoke to
toss about uneasily, trying not to groan lest
any one should hear him, for he was a brave
lad, and did bear pain like "a little Spartan,"
as Mr. Bhaer called him.

Mrs. Jo had a way of flitting about the house
at night, to shut the windows if the wind
grew chilly, to draw mosquito curtains over
Teddy, or look after Tommy, who
occasionally walked in his sleep. The least

noise waked her, and as she often heard
imaginary robbers, cats, and
conflagrations, the doors stood open all
about, so her quick ear caught the sound of
Dan's little moans, and she was up in a
minute. He was just giving his hot pillow a
despairing thump when a light came
glimmering through the hall, and Mrs. Jo
crept in, looking like a droll ghost, with her
hair in a great knob on the top of her head,
and a long gray dressing-gown trailing
behind her.

"Are you in pain, Dan?"

"It's pretty bad; but I didn't mean to wake
you."

"I'm a sort of owl, always flying about at
night. Yes, your foot is like fire; the
bandages must be wet again," and away
flapped the maternal owl for more cooling
stuff, and a great mug of ice water.

"Oh, that's so nice!" sighed Dan, the wet
bandages went on again, and a long
draught of water cooled his thirsty throat.

"There, now, sleep your best, and don't be
frightened if you see me again, for I'll slip
down by and by, and give you another
sprinkle."

As she spoke, Mrs. Jo stooped to turn the
pillow and smooth the bed-clothes, when,
to her great surprise, Dan put his arm
around her neck, drew her face down to his,
and kissed her, with a broken "Thank you,
ma'am," which said more than the most
eloquent speech could have done; for the
hasty kiss, the muttered words, meant, "I'm
sorry, I will try." She understood it, accepted
the unspoken confession, and did not spoil
it by any token of surprise. She only
remembered that he had no mother, kissed
the brown cheek half hidden on the pillow,

-78-

as if ashamed of the little touch of
tenderness, and left him, saying, what he
long remembered, "You are my boy now,
and if you choose you can make me proud
and glad to say so."

Once again, just at dawn, she stole down to
find him so fast asleep that he did not wake,
and showed no sign of consciousness as
she wet his foot, except that the lines of pain
smoothed themselves away, and left his
face quite peaceful.

The day was Sunday, and the house so still
that he never waked till near noon, and,
looking round him, saw an eager little face
peering in at the door. He held out his arms,
and Teddy tore across the room to cast
himself bodily upon the bed, shouting, "My
Danny's tum!" as he hugged and wriggled
with delight. Mrs. Bhaer appeared next,
bringing breakfast, and never seeming to
see how shamefaced Dan looked at the
memory of the little scene last night. Teddy
insisted on giving him his "betfus," and fed
him like a baby, which, as he was not very
hungry, Dan enjoyed very much.

Then came the doctor, and the poor
Spartan had a bad time of it, for some of the
little bones in his foot were injured, and
putting them to rights was such a painful
job, that Dan's lips were white, and great
drops stood on his forehead, though he
never cried out, and only held Mrs. Jo's
hand so tight that it was red long afterwards.

"You must keep this boy quiet, for a week at
least, and not let him put his foot to the
ground. By that time, I shall know whether he
may hop a little with a crutch, or stick to his
bed for a while longer," said Dr. Firth,
putting up the shining instruments that Dan
did not like to see.

"It will get well sometime, won't it?" he

asked, looking alarmed at the word
"crutches."

"I hope so;" and with that the doctor
departed, leaving Dan much depressed; for
the loss of a foot is a dreadful calamity to an
active boy.

"Don't be troubled, I am a famous nurse,
and we will have you tramping about as well
as ever in a month," said Mrs. Jo, taking a
hopeful view of the case.

But the fear of being lame haunted Dan,
and even Teddy's caresses did not cheer
him; so Mrs. Jo proposed that one or two of
the boys should come in and pay him a little
visit, and asked whom he would like to see.

"Nat and Demi; I'd like my hat too, there's
something in it I guess they'd like to see. I
suppose you threw away my bundle of
plunder?" said Dan, looking rather anxious
as he put the question.

"No, I kept it, for I thought they must be
treasures of some kind, you took such care
of them;" and Mrs. Jo brought him his old
straw hat stuck full of butterflies and
beetles, and a handkerchief containing a
collection of odd things picked up on his
way: birds' eggs, carefully done up in moss,
curious shells and stones, bits of fungus,
and several little crabs, in a state of great
indignation at their imprisonment.

"Could I have something to put these fellers
in? Mr. Hyde and I found 'em, and they are
first-rate ones, so I'd like to keep and watch
'em; can I?" asked Dan, forgetting his foot,
and laughing to see the crabs go sidling and
backing over the bed.

"Of course you can; Polly's old cage will be
just the thing. Don't let them nip Teddy's
toes while I get it;" and away went Mrs. Jo,

-79-

leaving Dan overjoyed to find that his
treasures were not considered rubbish, and
thrown away.

Nat, Demi, and the cage arrived together,
and the crabs were settled in their new
house, to the great delight of the boys, who,
in the excitement of the performance, forgot
any awkwardness they might otherwise
have felt in greeting the runaway. To these
admiring listeners Dan related his
adventures much more fully than he had
done to the Bhaers. Then he displayed his
"plunder," and described each article so
well, that Mrs. Jo, who had retired to the
next room to leave them free, was surprised
and interested, as well as amused, at their
boyish chatter.

"How much the lad knows of these things!
how absorbed he is in them! and what a
mercy it is just now, for he cares so little for
books, it would be hard to amuse him while
he is laid up; but the boys can supply him
with beetles and stones to any extent, and I
am glad to find out this taste of his; it is a
good one, and may perhaps prove the
making of him. If he should turn out a great
naturalist, and Nat a musician, I should have
cause to be proud of this year's work;" and
Mrs. Jo sat smiling over her book as she
built castles in the air, just as she used to do
when a girl, only then they were for herself,
and now they were for other people, which
is the reason perhaps that some of them
came to pass in reality for charity is an
excellent foundation to build anything upon.

Nat was most interested in the adventures,
but Demi enjoyed the beetles and
butterflies immensely, drinking in the history
of their changeful little lives as if it were a
new and lovely sort of fairy tale for, even in
his plain way, Dan told it well, and found
great satisfaction in the thought that here at
least the small philosopher could learn of

him. So interested were they in the account
of catching a musk rat, whose skin was
among the treasures, that Mr. Bhaer had to
come himself to tell Nat and Demi it was
time for the walk. Dan looked so wistfully
after them as they ran off that Father Bhaer
proposed carrying him to the sofa in the
parlor for a little change of air and scene.

When he was established, and the house
quiet, Mrs. Jo, who sat near by showing
Teddy pictures, said, in an interested tone,
as she nodded towards the treasures still in
Dan's hands,

"Where did you learn so much about these
things?"

"I always liked 'em, but didn't know much till
Mr. Hyde told me."

"Oh, he was a man who lived round in the
woods studying these things I don't know
what you call him and wrote about frogs,
and fishes, and so on. He stayed at Page's,
and used to want me to go and help him,
and it was great fun, 'cause he told me ever
so much, and was uncommon jolly and
wise. Hope I'll see him again sometime."

"I hope you will," said Mrs. Jo, for Dan's
face had brightened up, and he was so
interested in the matter that he forgot his
usual taciturnity.

"Why, he could make birds come to him, and
rabbits and squirrels didn't mind him any
more than if he was a tree. Did you ever
tickle a lizard with a straw?" asked Dan,
eagerly.

"No, but I should like to try it."

"Well, I've done it, and it's so funny to see
'em turn over and stretch out, they like it so
much. Mr. Hyde used to do it; and he'd

-80-

make snakes listen to him while he
whistled, and he knew just when certain
flowers would blow, and bees wouldn't
sting him, and he'd tell the wonderfullest
things about fish and flies, and the Indians
and the rocks."

"I think you were so fond of going with Mr.
Hyde, you rather neglected Mr. Page," said
Mrs. Jo, slyly.

"Yes, I did; I hated to have to weed and hoe
when I might be tramping round with Mr.
Hyde. Page thought such things silly, and
called Mr. Hyde crazy because he'd lay
hours watching a trout or a bird."

"Suppose you say lie instead of lay, it is
better grammar," said Mrs. Jo, very gently;
and then added, "Yes, Page is a thorough
farmer, and would not understand that a
naturalist's work was just as interesting,
and perhaps just as important as his own.
Now, Dan, if you really love these things, as
I think you do, and I am glad to see it, you
shall have time to study them and books to
help you; but I want you to do something
besides, and to do it faithfully, else you will
be sorry by and by, and find that you have
got to begin again."

"Yes, ma'am," said Dan, meekly, and
looked a little scared by the serious tone of
the last remarks, for he hated books, yet
had evidently made up his mind to study
anything she proposed.

"Do you see that cabinet with twelve
drawers in it?" was the next very
unexpected question.

Dan did see two tall old-fashioned ones
standing on either side of the piano; he
knew them well, and had often seen nice
bits of string, nails, brown paper, and such
useful matters come out of the various

drawers. He nodded and smiled. Mrs. Jo
went on,

"Well, don't you think those drawers would
be good places to put your eggs, and
stones, and shells, and lichens?"

"Oh, splendid, but you wouldn't like my
things 'clutterin' round,' as Mr. Page used
to say, would you?" cried Dan, sitting up to
survey the old piece of furniture with
sparkling eyes.

"I like litter of that sort; and if I didn't, I should
give you the drawers, because I have a
regard for children's little treasures, and I
think they should be treated respectfully.
Now, I am going to make a bargain with
you, Dan, and I hope you will keep it
honorably. Here are twelve good-sized
drawers, one for each month of the year,
and they shall be yours as fast as you earn
them, by doing the little duties that belong to
you. I believe in rewards of a certain kind,
especially for young folks; they help us
along, and though we may begin by being
good for the sake of the reward, if it is
rightly used, we shall soon learn to love
goodness for itself."

"Do you have 'em?" asked Dan, looking as
if this was new talk for him.

"Yes, indeed! I haven't learnt to get on
without them yet. My rewards are not
drawers, or presents, or holidays, but they
are things which I like as much as you do the
others. The good behavior and success of
my boys is one of the rewards I love best,
and I work for it as I want you to work for
your cabinet. Do what you dislike, and do it
well, and you get two rewards, one, the
prize you see and hold; the other, the
satisfaction of a duty cheerfully performed.
Do you understand that?"

-81-

"Yes, ma'am."

"We all need these little helps; so you shall try
to do your lessons and your work, play
kindly with all the boys, and use your
holidays well; and if you bring me a good
report, or if I see and know it without words
for I'm quick to spy out the good little efforts
of my boys you shall have a compartment in
the drawer for your treasures. See, some
are already divided into four parts, and I will
have the others made in the same way, a
place for each week; and when the drawer
is filled with curious and pretty things, I shall
be as proud of it as you are; prouder, I think
for in the pebbles, mosses, and gay
butterflies, I shall see good resolutions
carried out, conquered faults, and a
promise well kept. Shall we do this, Dan?"

The boys answered with one of the looks
which said much, for it showed that he felt
and understood her wish and words,
although he did not know how to express his
interest and gratitude for such care and
kindness. She understood the look, and
seeing by the color that flushed up to his
forehead that he was touched, as she
wished him to be, she said no more about
that side of the new plan, but pulled out the
upper drawer, dusted it, and set it on two
chairs before the sofa, saying briskly,

"Now, let us begin at once by putting those
nice beetles in a safe place. These
compartments will hold a good deal, you
see. I'd pin the butterflies and bugs round
the sides; they will be quite safe there, and
leave room for the heavy things below. I'll
give you some cotton wool, and clean paper
and pins, and you can get ready for the
week's work."

"But I can't go out to find any new things,"
said Dan, looking piteously at his foot.

"That's true; never mind, we'll let these
treasures do for this week, and I dare say
the boys will bring you loads of things if you
ask them."

"They don't know the right sort; besides, if I
lay, no, lie here all the time, I can't work and
study, and earn my drawers."

"There are plenty of lessons you can learn
lying there, and several little jobs of work
you can do for me."

"Can I?" and Dan looked both surprised and
pleased.

"You can learn to be patient and cheerful in
spite of pain and no play. You can amuse
Teddy for me, wind cotton, read to me when
I sew, and do many things without hurting
your foot, which will make the days pass
quickly, and not be wasted ones."

Here Demi ran in with a great butterfly in
one hand, and a very ugly little toad in the
other.

"See, Dan, I found them, and ran back to
give them to you; aren't they beautiful
ones?" panted Demi, all out of breath.

Dan laughed at the toad, and said he had no
place to put him, but the butterfly was a
beauty, and if Mrs. Jo would give him a big
pin, he would stick it right up in the drawer.

"I don't like to see the poor thing struggle on
a pin; if it must be killed, let us put it out of
pain at once with a drop of camphor," said
Mrs. Jo, getting out the bottle.

"I know how to do it Mr. Hyde always killed
'em that way but I didn't have any camphor,
so I use a pin," and Dan gently poured a
drop on the insect's head, when the pale
green wings fluttered an instant, and then

-82-

grew still.

This dainty little execution was hardly over
when Teddy shouted from the bedroom,
"Oh, the little trabs are out, and the big one's
eaten 'em all up." Demi and his aunt ran to
the rescue, and found Teddy dancing
excitedly in a chair, while two little crabs
were scuttling about the floor, having got
through the wires of the cage. A third was
clinging to the top of the cage, evidently in
terror of his life, for below appeared a sad
yet funny sight. The big crab had wedged
himself into the little recess where Polly's
cup used to stand, and there he sat eating
one of his relations in the coolest way. All
the claws of the poor victim were pulled off,
and he was turned upside down, his upper
shell held in one claw close under the mouth
of the big crab like a dish, while he leisurely
ate out of it with the other claw, pausing now
and then to turn his queer bulging eyes from
side to side, and to put out a slender tongue
and lick them in a way that made the
children scream with laughter. Mrs. Jo
carried the cage in for Dan to see the sight,
while Demi caught and confined the
wanderers under an inverted wash-bowl.

"I'll have to let these fellers go, for I can't
keep 'em in the house," said Dan, with
evident regret.

"I'll take care of them for you, if you will tell
me how, and they can live in my turtle-tank
just as well as not," said Demi, who found
them more interesting even that his beloved
slow turtles. So Dan gave him directions
about the wants and habits of the crabs,
and Demi bore them away to introduce
them to their new home and neighbors.
"What a good boy he is!" said Dan, carefully
settling the first butterfly, and remembering
that Demi had given up his walk to bring it to
him.

"He ought to be, for a great deal has been
done to make him so."

"He's had folks to tell him things, and to help
him; I haven't," said Dan, with a sigh,
thinking of his neglected childhood, a thing
he seldom did, and feeling as if he had not
had fair play somehow.

"I know it, dear, and for that reason I don't
expect as much from you as from Demi,
though he is younger; you shall have all the
help that we can give you now, and I hope to
teach you how to help yourself in the best
way. Have you forgotten what Father Bhaer
told you when you were here before, about
wanting to be good, and asking God to help
you?"

"No, ma'am," very low.

"Do you try that way still?"

"No, ma'am," lower still.

"Will you do it every night to please me?"

"Yes, ma'am," very soberly.

"I shall depend on it, and I think I shall know if
you are faithful to your promise, for these
things always show to people who believe
in them, though not a word is said. Now
here is a pleasant story about a boy who
hurt his foot worse than you did yours; read
it, and see how bravely he bore his
troubles."

She put that charming little book, "The
Crofton Boys," into his hands, and left him
for an hour, passing in and out from time to
time that he might not feel lonely. Dan did
not love to read, but soon got so interested
that he was surprised when the boys came
home. Daisy brought him a nosegay of wild
flowers, and Nan insisted on helping bring

-83-

him his supper, as he lay on the sofa with
the door open into the dining-room, so that
he could see the lads at table, and they
could nod socially to him over their bread
and butter.

Mr. Bhaer carried him away to his bed early,
and Teddy came in his night-gown to say
good-night, for he went to his little nest with
the birds.

"I want to say my prayers to Danny; may I?"
he asked; and when his mother said, "Yes,"
the little fellow knelt down by Dan's bed,
and folding his chubby hands, said softly,

"Pease Dod bess everybody, and hep me
to be dood."

Then he went away smiling with sleepy
sweetness over his mother's shoulder.

But after the evening talk was done, the
evening song sung, and the house grew still
with beautiful Sunday silence, Dan lay in his
pleasant room wide awake, thinking new
thoughts, feeling new hopes and desires
stirring in his boyish heart, for two good
angels had entered in: love and gratitude
began the work which time and effort were
to finish; and with an earnest wish to keep
his first promise, Dan folded his hands
together in the Darkness, and softly
whispered Teddy's little prayer,

"Please God bless every one, and help me
to be good."

Chapter 11 Uncle Teddy

For a week Dan only moved from bed to
sofa; a long week and a hard one, for the
hurt foot was very painful at times, the quiet
days were very wearisome to the active lad,
longing to be out enjoying the summer
weather, and especially difficult was it to be

patient. But Dan did his best, and every one
helped him in their various ways; so the time
passed, and he was rewarded at last by
hearing the doctor say, on Saturday
morning,

"This foot is doing better than I expected.
Give the lad the crutch this afternoon, and let
him stump about the house a little."

"Hooray!" shouted Nat, and raced away to
tell the other boys the good news.

Everybody was very glad, and after dinner
the whole flock assembled to behold Dan
crutch himself up and down the hall a few
times before he settled in the porch to hold a
sort of levee. He was much pleased at the
interest and good-will shown him, and
brightened up more and more every minute;
for the boys came to pay their respects, the
little girls fussed about him with stools and
cushions, and Teddy watched over him as if
he was a frail creature unable to do anything
for himself. They were still sitting and
standing about the steps, when a carriage
stopped at the gate, a hat was waved from
it, and with a shout of "Uncle Teddy! Uncle
Teddy!" Rob scampered down the avenue
as fast as his short legs would carry him. All
he boys but Dan ran after him to see who
should be first to open the gate, and in a
moment the carriage drove up with boys
swarming all over it, while Uncle Teddy sat
laughing in the midst, with his little daughter
on his knee.

"Stop the triumphal car and let Jupiter
descend," he said, and jumping out ran up
the steps to meet Mrs. Bhaer, who stood
smiling and clapping her hands like a girl.

"How goes it, Teddy?"

"All right, Jo."

-84-

Then they shook hands, and Mr. Laurie put
Bess into her aunt's arms, saying, as the
child hugged her tight, "Goldilocks wanted
to see you so much that I ran away with her,
for I was quite pining for a sight of you
myself. We want to play with your boys for an
hour or so, and to see how 'the old woman
who lived in a shoe, and had so many
children she did not know what to do,' is
getting on."

"I'm so glad! Play away, and don't get into
mischief," answered Mrs. Jo, as the lads
crowded round the pretty child, admiring her
long golden hair, dainty dress, and lofty
ways, for the little "Princess," as they called
her, allowed no one to kiss her, but sat
smiling down upon them, and graciously
patting their heads with her little, white
hands. They all adored her, especially Rob,
who considered her a sort of doll, and
dared not touch her lest she should break,
but worshipped her at a respectful distance,
made happy by an occasional mark of favor
from her little highness. As she immediately
demanded to see Daisy's kitchen, she was
borne off by Mrs. Jo, with a train of small
boys following. The others, all but Nat and
Demi, ran away to the menagerie and
gardens to have all in order; for Mr. Laurie
always took a general survey, and looked
disappointed if things were not flourishing.

Standing on the steps, he turned to Dan,
saying like an old acquaintance, though he
had only seen him once or twice before,

"How is the foot?"

"Better, sir."

"Rather tired of the house, aren't you?"

"Guess I am!" and Dan's eyes roved away
to the green hills and woods where he
longed to be.

"Suppose we take a little turn before the
others come back? That big, easy carriage
will be quite safe and comfortable, and a
breath of fresh air will do you good. Get a
cushion and a shawl, Demi, and let's carry
Dan off."

The boys thought it a capital joke, and Dan
looked delighted, but asked, with an
unexpected burst of virtue,

"Will Mrs. Bhaer like it?"

"Oh, yes; we settled all that a minute ago."

"You didn't say any thing about it, so I don't
see how you could," said Demi,
inquisitively.

"We have a way of sending messages to
one another, without any words. It is a great
improvement on the telegraph."

"I know it's eyes; I saw you lift your
eyebrows, and nod toward the carriage,
and Mrs. Bhaer laughed and nodded back
again," cried Nat, who was quite at his ease
with kind Mr. Laurie by this time.

"Right. Now them, come on," and in a
minute Dan found himself settled in the
carriage, his foot on a cushion on the seat
opposite, nicely covered with a shawl,
which fell down from the upper regions in a
most mysterious manner, just when they
wanted it. Demi climbed up to the box
beside Peter, the black coachman. Nat sat
next Dan in the place of honor, while Uncle
Teddy would sit opposite, to take care of
the foot, he said, but really that he might
study the faces before him both so happy,
yet so different, for Dan's was square, and
brown, and strong, while Nat's was long,
and fair, and rather weak, but very amiable
with its mild eyes and good forehead.

-85-

"By the way, I've got a book somewhere
here that you may like to see," said the
oldest boy of the party, diving under the seat
and producing a book which make Dan
exclaim,

"Oh! by George, isn't that a stunner?" as he
turned the leaves, and saw fine plates of
butterflies, and birds, and every sort of
interesting insect, colored like life. He was
so charmed that he forgot his thanks, but
Mr. Laurie did not mind, and was quite
satisfied to see the boy's eager delight, and
to hear this exclamations over certain old
friends as he came to them. Nat leaned on
his shoulder to look, and Demi turned his
back to the horses, and let his feet dangle
inside the carriage, so that he might join in
the conversation.

When they got among the beetles, Mr.
Laurie took a curious little object out of his
vest-pocket, and laying it in the palm of his
hand, said,

"There's a beetle that is thousands of years
old;" and then, while the lads examined the
queer stone-bug, that looked so old and
gray, he told them how it came out of the
wrappings of a mummy, after lying for ages
in a famous tomb. Finding them interested,
he went on to tell about the Egyptians, and
the strange and splendid ruins they have left
behind them the Nile, and how he sailed up
the mighty river, with the handsome dark
men to work his boat; how he shot
alligators, saw wonderful beasts and birds;
and afterwards crossed the desert on a
camel, who pitched him about like a ship in
a storm.

"Uncle Teddy tells stories 'most as well as
Grandpa," said Demi, approvingly, when
the tale was done, and the boys' eyes
asked for more.

"Thank you," said Mr. Laurie, quite soberly,
for he considered Demi's praise worth
having, for children are good critics in such
cases, and to suit them is an
accomplishment that any one may be proud
of.

"Here's another trifle or two that I tucked into
my pocket as I was turning over my traps to
see if I had any thing that would amuse
Dan," and Uncle Teddy produced a fine
arrow-head and a string of wampum.

"Oh! tell about the Indians," cried Demi, who
was fond of playing wigwam.

"Dan knows lots about them," added Nat.

"More than I do, I dare say. Tell us
something," and Mr. Laurie looked as
interested as the other two.

"Mr. Hyde told me; he's been among 'em,
and can talk their talk, and likes 'em," began
Dan, flattered by their attention, but rather
embarrassed by having a grown-up
listener.

"What is wampum for?" asked curious
Demi, from his perch.

The others asked questions likewise, and,
before he knew it, Dan was reeling off all
Mr. Hyde had told him, as they sailed down
the river a few weeks before. Mr. Laurie
listened well, but found the boy more
interesting than the Indians, for Mrs. Jo had
told him about Dan, and he rather took a
fancy to the wild lad, who ran away as he
himself had often longed to do, and who
was slowly getting tamed by pain and
patience.

"I've been thinking that it would be a good
plan for you fellows to have a museum of
your own; a place in which to collect all the

-86-

curious and interesting things that you find,
and make, and have given you. Mrs. Jo is
too kind to complain, but it is rather hard for
her to have the house littered up with all
sorts of rattletraps, half-a-pint of dor-bugs
in one of her best vases, for instance, a
couple of dead bats nailed up in the back
entry, wasps nests tumbling down on
people's heads, and stones lying round
everywhere, enough to pave the avenue.
There are not many women who would
stand that sort of thing, are there, now?"

As Mr. Laurie spoke with a merry look in his
eyes, the boys laughed and nudged one
another, for it was evident that some one
told tales out of school, else how could he
know of the existence of these inconvenient
treasures.

"Where can we put them, then?" said Demi,
crossing his legs and leaning down to argue
the question.

"In the old carriage-house."

"But it leaks, and there isn't any window, nor
any place to put things, and it's all dust and
cobwebs," began Nat.

"Wait till Gibbs and I have touched it up a bit,
and then see how you like it. He is to come
over on Monday to get it ready; then next
Saturday I shall come out, and we will fix it
up, and make the beginning, at least, of a
fine little museum. Every one can bring his
things, and have a place for them; and Dan
is to be the head man, because he knows
most about such matters, and it will be
quiet, pleasant work for him now that he
can't knock about much."

"Won't that be jolly?" cried Nat, while Dan
smiled all over his face and had not a word
to say, but hugged his book, and looked at
Mr. Laurie as if he thought him one of the

greatest public benefactors that ever
blessed the world.

"Shall I go round again, sir?" asked Peter,
as they came to the gate, after two slow
turns about the half-mile triangle.

"No, we must be prudent, else we can't
come again. I must go over the premises,
take a look at the carriage-house, and have
a little talk with Mrs. Jo before I go;" and,
having deposited Dan on his sofa to rest
and enjoy his book, Uncle Teddy went off to
have a frolic with the lads who were raging
about the place in search of him. Leaving
the little girls to mess up-stairs, Mrs. Bhaer
sat down by Dan, and listened to his eager
account of the drive till the flock returned,
dusty, warm, and much excited about the
new museum, which every one considered
the most brilliant idea of the age.

"I always wanted to endow some sort of an
institution, and I am going to begin with
this," said Mr. Laurie, sitting down on a stool
at Mrs. Jo's feet.

"You have endowed one already. What do
you call this?" and Mrs. Jo pointed to the
happy-faced lads, who had camped upon
the floor about him.

"I call it a very promising Bhaer-garden, and
I'm proud to be a member of it. Did you
know I was the head boy in this school?" he
asked, turning to Dan, and changing the
subject skilfully, for he hated to be thanked
for the generous things he did.

"I thought Franz was!" answered Dan,
wondering what the man meant.

"Oh, dear no! I'm the first boy Mrs. Jo ever
had to take care of, and I was such a bad
one that she isn't done with me yet, though
she has been working at me for years and

-87-

years."

"How old she must be!" said Nat, innocently.

"She began early, you see. Poor thing! she
was only fifteen when she took me, and I led
her such a life, it's a wonder she isn't
wrinkled and gray, and quite worn out," and
Mr. Laurie looked up at her laughing.

"Don't Teddy; I won't have you abuse
yourself so;" and Mrs. Jo stroked the curly
black head at her knee as affectionately as
ever, for, in spite of every thing Teddy was
her boy still.

"If it hadn't been for you, there never would
have been a Plumfield. It was my success
with you, sir, that gave me courage to try my
pet plan. So the boys may thank you for it,
and name the new institution 'The Laurence
Museum,' in honor of its founder, won't we,
boys?" she added, looking very like the
lively Jo of old times.

"We will! we will!" shouted the boys,
throwing up their hats, for though they had
taken them off on entering the house,
according to rule, they had been in too much
of a hurry to hang them up.

"I'm as hungry as a bear, can't I have a
cookie?" asked Mr. Laurie, when the shout
subsided and he had expressed his thanks
by a splendid bow.

"Trot out and ask Asia for the gingerbread-
box, Demi. It isn't in order to eat between
meals, but, on this joyful occasion, we
won't mind, and have a cookie all round,"
said Mrs. Jo; and when the box came she
dealt them out with a liberal hand, every one
munching away in a social circle.

Suddenly, in the midst of a bite, Mr. Laurie
cried out, "Bless my heart, I forgot

grandma's bundle!" and running out to the
carriage, returned with an interesting white
parcel, which, being opened, disclosed a
choice collection of beasts, birds, and
pretty things cut out of crisp sugary cake,
and baked a lovely brown.

"There's one for each, and a letter to tell
which is whose. Grandma and Hannah
made them, and I tremble to think what
would have happened to me if I had
forgotten to leave them."

Then, amid much laughing and fun, the
cakes were distributed. A fish for Dan, a
fiddle for Nat, a book for Demi, a money for
Tommy, a flower for Daisy, a hoop for Nan,
who had driven twice round the triangle
without stopping, a star for Emil, who put on
airs because he studied astronomy, and,
best of all, an omnibus for Franz, whose
great delight was to drive the family bus.
Stuffy got a fat pig, and the little folks had
birds, and cats, and rabbits, with black
currant eyes.

"Now I must go. Where is my Goldilocks?
Mamma will come flying out to get her if I'm
not back early," said Uncle Teddy, when the
last crumb had vanished, which it speedily
did, you may be sure.

The young ladies had gone into the garden,
and while they waited till Franz looked them
up, Jo and Laurie stood at the door talking
together.

"How does little Giddy-gaddy come on?" he
asked, for Nan's pranks amused him very
much, and he was never tired of teasing Jo
about her.

"Nicely; she is getting quite mannerly, and
begins to see the error of her wild ways."

"Don't the boys encourage her in them?"

-88-

"Yes; but I keep talking, and lately she has
improved much. You saw how prettily she
shook hands with you, and how gentle she
was with Bess. Daisy's example has its
effect upon her, and I'm quite sure that a
few months will work wonders."

Here Mrs. Jo's remarks were cut short by
the appearance of Nan tearing round the
corner at a break-neck pace, driving a
mettlesome team of four boys, and
followed by Daisy trundling Bess in a
wheelbarrow. Hat off, hair flying, whip
cracking, and barrow bumping, up they
came in a cloud of dust, looking as wild a
set of little hoydens as one would wish to
see.

"So, these are the model children, are they?
It's lucky I didn't bring Mrs. Curtis out to see
your school for the cultivation of morals and
manners; she would never have recovered
from the shock of this spectacle," said Mr.
Laurie, laughing at Mrs. Jo's premature
rejoicing over Nan's improvement.

"Laugh away; I'll succeed yet. As you used
to say at College, quoting some professor,
'Though the experiment has failed, the
principle remains the same,' " said Mrs.
Bhaer, joining in the merriment.

"I'm afraid Nan's example is taking effect
upon Daisy, instead of the other way. Look
at my little princess! she has utterly forgotten
her dignity, and is screaming like the rest.
Young ladies, what does this mean?" and
Mr. Laurie rescued his small daughter from
impending destruction, for the four horses
were champing their bits and curvetting
madly all about her, as she sat brandishing
a great whip in both hands.

"We're having a race, and I beat," shouted
Nan.

"I could have run faster, only I was afraid of
spilling Bess," screamed Daisy.

"Hi! go long!" cried the princess, giving such
a flourish with her whip that the horses ran
away, and were seen no more.

"My precious child! come away from this ill-
mannered crew before you are quite spoilt.
Good-by, Jo! Next time I come, I shall
expect to find the boys making patchwork."

"It wouldn't hurt them a bit. I don't give in,
mind you; for my experiments always fail a
few times before they succeed. Love to
Amy and my blessed Marmee," called Mrs.
Jo, as the carriage drove away; and the last
Mr. Laurie saw of her, she was consoling
Daisy for her failure by a ride in the
wheelbarrow, and looking as if she liked it.

Great was the excitement all the week
about the repairs in the carriage-house,
which went briskly on in spite of the
incessant questions, advice, and meddling
of the boys. Old Gibbs was nearly driven
wild with it all, but managed to do his work
nevertheless; and by Friday night the place
was all in order roof mended, shelves up,
walls whitewashed, a great window cut at
the back, which let in a flood of sunshine,
and gave them a fine view of the brook, the
meadows, and the distant hills; and over the
great door, painted in red letters, was "The
Laurence Museum."

All Saturday morning the boys were
planning how it should be furnished with
their spoils, and when Mr. Laurie arrived,
bringing an aquarium which Mrs. Amy said
she was tired of, their rapture was great.

The afternoon was spent in arranging
things, and when the running and lugging
and hammering was over, the ladies were
invited to behold the institution.

-89-

It certainly was a pleasant place, airy, clean,
and bright. A hop-vine shook its green bells
round the open window, the pretty aquarium
stood in the middle of the room, with some
delicate water plants rising above the
water, and gold-fish showing their
brightness as they floated to and fro below.
On either side of the window were rows of
shelves ready to receive the curiosities yet
to be found. Dan's tall cabinet stood before
the great door which was fastened up,
while the small door was to be used. On the
cabinet stood a queer Indian idol, very ugly,
but very interesting; old Mr. Laurence sent it,
as well as a fine Chinese junk in full sail,
which had a conspicuous place on the long
table in the middle of the room. Above,
swinging in a loop, and looking as if she
was alive, hung Polly, who died at an
advanced age, had been carefully stuffed,
and was no presented by Mrs. Jo. The walls
were decorated with all sorts of things. A
snake's skin, a big wasp's nest, a birch-
bark canoe, a string of birds' eggs, wreaths
of gray moss from the South, and a bunch of
cotton-pods. The dead bats had a place,
also a large turtle-shell, and an ostrich-egg
proudly presented by Demi, who
volunteered to explain these rare curiosities
to guests whenever they liked. There were
so many stones that it was impossible to
accept them all, so only a few of the best
were arranged among the shells on the
shelves, the rest were piled up in corners, to
be examined by Dan at his leisure.

Every one was eager to give something,
even Silas, who sent home for a stuffed
wild-cat killed in his youth. It was rather
moth-eaten and shabby, but on a high
bracket and best side foremost the effect
was fine, for the yellow glass eyes glared,
and the mouth snarled so naturally, that
Teddy shook in his little shoes at sight of it,
when he came bringing his most cherished
treasure, one cocoon, to lay upon the shrine

of science.

"Isn't it beautiful? I'd no idea we had so
many curious things. I gave that; don't it look
well? We might make a lot by charging
something for letting folks see it."

Jack added that last suggestion to the
general chatter that went on as the family
viewed the room.

"This is a free museum and if there is any
speculating on it I'll paint out the name over
the door," said Mr. Laurie, turning so quickly
that Jack wished he had held his tongue.

"Hear! hear!" cried Mr. Bhaer.

"Speech! speech!" added Mrs. Jo.

"Can't, I'm too bashful. You give them a
lecture yourself you are used to it," Mr.
Laurie answered, retreating towards the
window, meaning to escape. But she held
him fast, and said, laughing as she looked
at the dozen pairs of dirty hands about her,

"If I did lecture, it would on the chemical and
cleansing properties of soap. Come now,
as the founder of the institution, you really
ought to give us a few moral remarks, and
we will applaud tremendously."

Seeing that there was no way of escaping,
Mr. Laurie looked up at Polly hanging
overhead, seemed to find inspiration in the
brilliant old bird, and sitting down upon the
table, said, in his pleasant way,

"There is one thing I'd like to suggest, boys,
and that is, I want you to get some good as
well as much pleasure out of this. Just
putting curious or pretty things here won't do
it; so suppose you read up about them, so
that when anybody asks questions you can
answer them, and understand the matter. I

-90-

used to like these things myself, and should
enjoy hearing about them now, for I've
forgotten all I once knew. It wasn't much,
was it, Jo? Here's Dan now, full of stories
about birds, and bugs, and so on; let him
take care of the museum, and once a week
the rest of you take turns to read a
composition, or tell about some animal,
mineral, or vegetable. We should all like that,
and I think it would put considerable useful
knowledge into our heads. What do you say,
Professor?"

"I like it much, and will give the lads all the
help I can. But they will need books to read
up these new subjects, and we have not
many, I fear," began Mr. Bhaer, looking
much pleased, planning many fine lectures
on geology, which he liked. "We should have
a library for the special purpose."

"Is that a useful sort of book, Dan?" asked
Mr. Laurie, pointing to the volume that lay
open by the cabinet.

"Oh, yes! it tells all I want to know about
insects. I had it here to see how to fix the
butterflies right. I covered it, so it is not hurt;"
and Dan caught it up, fearing the lender
might think him careless.

"Give it here a minute;" and, pulling out his
pencil, Mr. Laurie wrote Dan's name in it,
saying, as he set the book up on one of the
corner shelves, where nothing stood but a
stuffed bird without a tail, "There, that is the
beginning of the museum library. I'll hunt up
some more books, and Demi shall keep
them in order. Where are those jolly little
books we used to read, Jo? 'Insect
Architecture' or some such name, all about
ants having battles, and bees having
queens, and crickets eating holes in our
clothes and stealing milk, and larks of that
sort."

"In the garret at home. I'll have them sent out,
and we will plunge into Natural History with
a will," said Mrs. Jo, ready for any thing.

"Won't it be hard to write about such things?"
asked Nat, who hated compositions.

"At first, perhaps; but you will soon like it. If
you think that hard, how would you like to
have this subject given to you, as it was to a
girl of thirteen: A conversation between
Themistocles, Aristides, and Pericles on
the proposed appropriation of funds of the
confederacy of Delos for the ornamentation
of Athens?" said Mrs. Jo.

The boys groaned at the mere sound of the
long names, and the gentlemen laughed at
the absurdity of the lesson.

"Did she write it?" asked Demi, in an awe-
stricken tone.

"Yes, but you can imagine what a piece of
work she make of it, though she was rather
a bright child."

"I'd like to have seen it," said Mr. Bhaer.

"Perhaps I can find it for you; I went to
school with her," and Mrs. Jo looked so
wicked that every one knew who the little girl
was.

Hearing of this fearful subject for a
composition quite reconciled the boys to the
thought of writing about familiar things.
Wednesday afternoon was appointed for
the lectures, as they preferred to call them,
for some chose to talk instead of write. Mr.
Bhaer promised a portfolio in which the
written productions should be kept, and
Mrs. Bhaer said she would attend the
course with great pleasure.

Then the dirty-handed society went off the

-91-

wash, followed by the Professor, trying to
calm the anxiety of Rob, who had been told
by Tommy that all water was full of invisible
pollywogs.

"I like your plan very much, only don't be too
generous, Teddy," said Mrs. Bhaer, when
they were left alone. "You know most of the
boys have got to paddle their own canoes
when they leave us, and too much sitting in
the lap of luxury will unfit them for it."

"I'll be moderate, but do let me amuse
myself. I get desperately tired of business
sometimes, and nothing freshens me up
like a good frolic with your boys. I like that
Dan very much, Jo. He isn't demonstrative;
but he has the eye of a hawk, and when you
have tamed him a little he will do you credit."

"I'm so glad you think so. Thank you very
much for your kindness to him, especially
for this museum affair; it will keep him
happy while he is lame, give me a chance to
soften and smooth this poor, rough lad, and
make him love us. What did inspire you with
such a beautiful, helpful idea, Teddy?"
asked Mrs. Bhaer, glancing back at the
pleasant room, as she turned to leave it.

Laurie took both her hands in his, and
answered, with a look that made her eyes
fill with happy tears,

"Dear Jo! I have known what it is to be a
motherless boy, and I never can forget how
much you and yours have done for me all
these years."

Chapter 12 Huckleberries

There was a great clashing of tin pails,
much running to and fro, and frequent
demands for something to eat, one August
afternoon, for the boys were going
huckleberrying, and made as much stir

about it as if they were setting out to find the
North West Passage.

"Now, my lads, get off as quietly as you can,
for Rob is safely out of the way, and won't
see you," said Mrs. Bhaer, as she tied
Daisy's broad-brimmed hat, and settled
the great blue pinafore in which she had
enveloped Nan.

But the plan did not succeed, for Rob had
heard the bustle, decided to go, and
prepared himself, without a thought of
disappointment. The troop was just getting
under way when the little man came
marching downstairs with his best hat on, a
bright tin pail in his hand, and a face
beaming with satisfaction.

"Oh, dear! now we shall have a scene,"
sighed Mrs. Bhaer, who found her eldest
son very hard to manage at times.

"I'm all ready," said Rob, and took his place
in the ranks with such perfect
unconsciousness of his mistake, that it
really was very hard to undeceive him.

"It's too far for you, my love; stay and take
care of me, for I shall be all alone," began
his mother.

"You've got Teddy. I'm a big boy, so I can
go; you said I might when I was bigger, and I
am now," persisted Rob, with a cloud
beginning to dim the brightness of his happy
face.

"We are going up to the great pasture, and
it's ever so far; we don't want you tagging
on," cried Jack, who did not admire the little
boys.

"I won't tag, I'll run and keep up. O Mamma!
let me go! I want to fill my new pail, and I'll
bring 'em all to you. Please, please, I will be

-92-

good!" prayed Robby, looking up at his
mother, so grieved and disappointed that
her heart began to fail her.

"But, my deary, you'll get so tired and hot
you won't have a good time. Wait till I go,
and then we will stay all day, and pick as
many berries as you want."

"You never do go, you are so busy, and I'm
tired of waiting. I'd rather go and get the
berries for you all myself. I love to pick 'em,
and I want to fill my new pail dreffly," sobbed
Rob.

The pathetic sight of great tears tinkling into
the dear new pail, and threatening to fill it
with salt water instead of huckleberries,
touched all the ladies present. His mother
patted the weeper on his back; Daisy
offered to stay home with him; and Nan
said, in her decided way,

"Let him come; I'll take care of him."

"If Franz was going I wouldn't mind, for he is
very careful; but he is haying with the father,
and I'm not sure about the rest of you,"
began Mrs. Bhaer.

"It's so far," put in Jack.

"I'd carry him if I was going wish I was," said
Dan, with a sigh.

"Thank you, dear, but you must take care of
your foot. I wish I could go. Stop a minute, I
think I can manage it after all;" and Mrs.
Bhaer ran out to the steps, waving her apron
wildly.

Silas was just driving away in the hay-cart,
but turned back, and agreed at once, when
Mrs. Jo proposed that he should take the
whole party to the pasture, and go for them
at five o'clock.

"It will delay your work a little, but never
mind; we will pay you in huckleberry pies,"
said Mrs. Jo, knowing Silas's weak point.

His rough, brown face brightened up, and
he said, with a cheery "Haw! haw!" "Wal
now, Mis' Bhaer, if you go to bribin' of me, I
shall give in right away."

"Now, boys, I have arranged it so that you
can all go," said Mrs. Bhaer, running back
again, much relieved, for she loved to make
them happy, and always felt miserable
when she had disturbed the serenity of her
little sons; for she believed that the small
hopes and plans and pleasures of children
should be tenderly respected by grown-up
people, and never rudely thwarted or
ridiculed.

"Can I go?" said Dan, delighted.

"I thought especially of you. Be careful, and
never mind the berries, but sit about and
enjoy the lovely things which you know how
to find all about you," answered Mrs. Bhaer,
who remembered his kind offer to her boy.

"Me too! me too!" sung Rob, dancing with
joy, and clapping his precious pail and
cover like castanets.

"Yes, and Daisy and Nan must take good
care of you. Be at the bars at five o'clock,
and Silas will come for you all."

Robby cast himself upon his mother in a
burst of gratitude, promising to bring her
every berry he picked, and not eat one.
Then they were all packed into the hay-cart,
and went rattling away, the brightest face
among the dozen being that of Rob, as he
sat between his two temporary little
mothers, beaming upon the whole world,
and waving his best hat; for his indulgent
mamma had not the heart to bereave him of

-93-

it, since this was a gala-day to him.

Such a happy afternoon as they had, in
spite of the mishaps which usually occur on
such expeditions! Of course Tommy came
to grief, tumbled upon a hornet's nest and
got stung; but being used to woe, he bore
the smart manfully, till Dan suggested the
application of damp earth, which much
assuaged the pain. Daisy saw a snake, and
flying from it lost half her berries; but Demi
helped her to fill up again, and discussed
reptiles most learnedly the while. Ned fell
out of a tree, and split his jacket down the
back, but suffered no other fracture. Emil
and Jack established rival claims to a
certain thick patch, and while they were
squabbling about it, Stuffy quickly and
quietly stripped the bushes and fled to the
protection of Dan, who was enjoying
himself immensely. The crutch was no
longer necessary, and he was delighted to
see how strong his foot felt as he roamed
about the great pasture, full of interesting
rocks and stumps, with familiar little
creatures in the grass, and well-known
insects dancing in the air.

But of all the adventures that happened on
this afternoon that which befell Nan and Rob
was the most exciting, and it long remained
one of the favorite histories of the
household. Having explored the country
pretty generally, torn three rents in her frock,
and scratched her face in a barberry-bush,
Nan began to pick the berries that shone
like big, black beads on the low, green
bushes. Her nimble fingers flew, but still her
basket did not fill up as rapidly as she
desired, so she kept wandering here and
there to search for better places, instead of
picking contentedly and steadily as Daisy
did. Rob followed Nan, for her energy
suited him better than his cousin's patience,
and he too was anxious to have the biggest
and best berries for Marmar.

"I keep putting 'em in, but it don't fill up, and
I'm so tired," said Rob, pausing a moment
to rest his short legs, and beginning to think
huckleberrying was not all his fancy painted
it; for the sun blazed, Nan skipped hither
and thither like a grasshopper, and the
berries fell out of his pail almost as fast as
he put them in, because, in his struggles
with the bushes, it was often upside-down.

"Last time we came they were ever so much
thicker over that wall great bouncers; and
there is a cave there where the boys made a
fire. Let's go and fill our things quick, and
then hide in the cave and let the others find
us," proposed Nan, thirsting for adventures.

Rob consented, and away they went,
scrambling over the wall and running down
the sloping fields on the other side, till they
were hidden among the rocks and
underbrush. The berries were thick, and at
last the pails were actually full. It was shady
and cool down there, and a little spring gave
the thirsty children a refreshing drink out of
its mossy cup.

"Now we will go and rest in the cave, and
eat our lunch," said Nan, well satisfied with
her success so far.

"Do you know the way?" asked Rob.

"'Course I do; I've been once, and I always
remember. Didn't I go and get my box all
right?"

That convinced Rob, and he followed blindly
as Nan led him over stock and stone, and
brought him, after much meandering, to a
small recess in the rock, where the
blackened stones showed that fires had
been made.

"Now, isn't it nice?" asked Nan, as she took
out a bit of bread-and-butter, rather

-94-

damaged by being mixed up with nails,
fishhooks, stones and other foreign
substances, in the young lady's pocket.

"Yes; do you think they will find us soon?"
asked Rob, who found the shadowy glen
rather dull, and began to long for more
society.

"No, I don't; because if I hear them, I shall
hide, and have fun making them find me."

"P'raps they won't come."

"Don't care; I can get home myself."

"Is it a great way?" asked Rob, looking at
his little stubby boots, scratched and wet
with his long wandering.

"It's six miles, I guess." Nan's ideas of
distance were vague, and her faith in her
own powers great.

"I think we better go now," suggested Rob,
presently.

"I shan't till I have picked over my berries;"
and Nan began what seemed to Rob an
endless task.

"Oh, dear! you said you'd take good care of
me," he sighed, as the sun seemed to drop
behind the hill all of a sudden.

"Well I am taking good care of you as hard
as I can. Don't be cross, child; I'll go in a
minute," said Nan, who considered five-
year-old Robby a mere infant compared to
herself.

So little Rob sat looking anxiously about
him, and waiting patiently, for, spite of
some misgivings, he felt great confidence
in Nan.

"I guess it's going to be night pretty soon,"
he observed, as if to himself, as a mosquito
bit him, and the frogs in a neighboring
marsh began to pipe up for the evening
concert.

"My goodness me! so it is. Come right away
this minute, or they will be gone," cried Nan,
looking up from her work, and suddenly
perceiving that the sun was down.

"I heard a horn about an hour ago; may be
they were blowing for us," said Rob,
trudging after his guide as she scrambled
up the steep hill.

"Where was it?" asked Nan, stopping short.

"Over that way;" he pointed with a dirty little
finger in an entirely wrong direction.

"Let's go that way and meet them;" and Nan
wheeled about, and began to trot through
the bushes, feeling a trifle anxious, for there
were so many cow-paths all about she
could not remember which way they came.

On they went over stock and stone again,
pausing now and then to listen for the horn,
which did not blow any more, for it was only
the moo of a cow on her way home.

"I don't remember seeing that pile of stones
do you?" asked Nan, as she sat on a wall to
rest a moment and take an observation.

"I don't remember any thing, but I want to go
home," and Rob's voice had a little tremble
in it that made Nan put her arms round him
and lift him gently down, saying, in her most
capable way,

"I'm going just as fast as I can, dear. Don't
cry, and when we come to the road, I'll carry
you."

-95-

"Where is the road?" and Robby wiped his
eyes to look for it.

"Over by that big tree. Don't you know that's
the one Ned tumbled out of?"

"So it is. May be they waited for us; I'd like
to ride home wouldn't you?" and Robby
brightened up as he plodded along toward
the end of the great pasture.

"No, I'd rather walk," answered Nan, feeling
quite sure that she would be obliged to do
so, and preparing her mind for it.

Another long trudge through the fast-
deepening twilight and another
disappointment, for when they reached the
tree, they found to their dismay that it was
not the one Ned climbed, and no road
anywhere appeared.

"Are we lost?" quavered Rob, clasping his
pail in despair.

"Not much. I don't just see which way to go,
and I guess we'd better call."

So they both shouted till they were hoarse,
yet nothing answered but the frogs in full
chorus.

"There is another tall tree over there,
perhaps that's the one," said Nan, whose
heart sunk within her, though she still spoke
bravely.

"I don't think I can go any more; my boots
are so heavy I can't pull 'em;" and Robby sat
down on a stone quite worn out.

"Then we must stay here all night. I don't
care much, if snakes don't come."

"I'm frightened of snakes. I can't stay all
night. Oh, dear! I don't like to be lost," and

Rob puckered up his face to cry, when
suddenly a thought occurred to him, and he
said, in a tone of perfect confidence,

"Marmar will come and find me she always
does; I ain't afraid now."

"She won't know where we are."

"She didn't know I was shut up in the ice-
house, but she found me. I know she'll
come," returned Robby, so trustfully, that
Nan felt relieved, and sat down by him,
saying, with a remorseful sigh,

"I wish we hadn't run away."

"You made me; but I don't mind much
Marmar will love me just the same,"
answered Rob, clinging to his sheet-anchor
when all other hope was gone.

"I'm so hungry. Let's eat our berries,"
proposed Nan, after a pause, during which
Rob began to nod.

"So am I, but I can't eat mine, 'cause I told
Marmar I'd keep them all for her."

"You'll have to eat them if no one comes for
us," said Nan, who felt like contradicting
every thing just then. "If we stay here a great
many days, we shall eat up all the berries in
the field, and then we shall starve," she
added grimly.

"I shall eat sassafras. I know a big tree of it,
and Dan told me how squirrels dig up the
roots and eat them, and I love to dig,"
returned Rob, undaunted by the prospect of
starvation.

"Yes; and we can catch frogs, and cook
them. My father ate some once, and he said
they were nice," put in Nan, beginning to
find a spice of romance even in being lost in

-96-

a huckleberry pasture.

"How could we cook frogs? we haven't got
any fire."

"I don't know; next time I'll have matches in
my pocket," said Nan, rather depressed by
this obstacle to the experiment in frog-
cookery.

"Couldn't we light a fire with a fire-fly?"
asked Rob, hopefully, as he watched them
flitting to and fro like winged sparks.

"Let's try;" and several minutes were
pleasantly spent in catching the flies, and
trying to make them kindle a green twig or
two. "It's a lie to call them fire -flies when
there isn't a fire in them," Nan said,
throwing one unhappy insect away with
scorn, though it shone its best, and
obligingly walked up and down the twigs to
please the innocent little experimenters.

"Marmar's a good while coming," said Rob,
after another pause, during which they
watched the stars overhead, smelt the
sweet fern crushed under foot, and listened
to the crickets' serenade.

"I don't see why God made any night; day is
so much pleasanter," said Nan, thoughtfully.

"It's to sleep in," answered Rob, with a
yawn.

"Then do go to sleep," said Nan, pettishly.

"I want my own bed. Oh, I wish I could see
Teddy!" cried Rob, painfully reminded of
home by the soft chirp of birds safe in their
little nests.

"I don't believe your mother will ever find
us," said Nan, who was becoming
desperate, for she hated patient waiting of

any sort. "It's so dark she won't see us."

"It was all black in the ice-house, and I was
so scared I didn't call her, but she saw me;
and she will see me now, no matter how
dark it is," returned confiding Rob, standing
up to peer into the gloom for the help which
never failed him.

"I see her! I see her!" he cried, and ran as
fast as his tired legs would take him toward
a dark figure slowly approaching. Suddenly
he stopped, then turned about, and came
stumbling back, screaming in a great panic,

"No, it's a bear, a big black one!" and hid
his face in Nan's skirts.

For a moment Nan quailed; ever her
courage gave out at the thought of a real
bear, and she was about to turn and flee in
great disorder, when a mild "Moo!"
changed her fear to merriment, as she said,
laughing,

"It's a cow, Robby! the nice, black cow we
saw this afternoon."

The cow seemed to feel that it was not just
the thing to meet two little people in her
pasture after dark, and the amiable beast
paused to inquire into the case. She let
them stroke her, and stood regarding them
with her soft eyes so mildly, that Nan, who
feared no animal but a bear, was fired with
a desire to milk her.

"Silas taught me how; and berries and milk
would be so nice," she said, emptying the
contents of her pail into her hat, and boldly
beginning her new task, while Rob stood by
and repeated, at her command, the poem
from Mother Goose:

"Cushy cow, bonny, let down your milk,

-97-

Let down your milk to me,

And I will give you a gown of silk,

A gown of silk and a silver tee."

But the immortal rhyme had little effect, for
the benevolent cow had already been
milked, and had only half a gill to give the
thirsty children.

"Shoo! get away! you are an old cross
patch," cried Nan, ungratefully, as she gave
up the attempt in despair; and poor Molly
walked on with a gentle gurgle of surprise
and reproof.

"Each can have a sip, and then we must
take a walk. We shall go to sleep if we don't;
and lost people mustn't sleep. Don't you
know how Hannah Lee in the pretty story
slept under the snow and died?"

"But there isn't any snow now, and it's nice
and warm," said Rob, who was not blessed
with as lively a fancy as Nan.

"No matter, we will poke about a little, and
call some more; and then, if nobody comes,
we will hide under the bushes, like Hop-'o-
my-thumb and his brothers."

It was a very short walk, however, for Rob
was so sleepy he could not get on, and
tumbled down so often that Nan entirely lost
patience, being half distracted by the
responsibility she had taken upon herself.

"If you tumble down again, I'll shake you,"
she said, lifting the poor little man up very
kindly as she spoke, for Nan's bark was
much worse than her bite.

"Please don't. It's my boots they keep
slipping so;" and Rob manfully checked the
sob just ready to break out, adding, with a

plaintive patience that touched Nan's heart,
"If the skeeters didn't bite me so, I could go
to sleep till Marmar comes."

"Put your head on my lap, and I'll cover you
up with my apron; I'm not afraid of the
night," said Nan, sitting down and trying to
persuade herself that she did not mind the
shadow nor the mysterious rustlings all
about her.

"Wake me up when she comes," said rob,
and was fast asleep in five minutes with his
head in Nan's lap under the pinafore.

The little girl sat for some fifteen minutes,
staring about her with anxious eyes, and
feeling as if each second was an hour. Then
a pale light began to glimmer over the hill-
top and she said to herself

"I guess the night is over and morning is
coming. I'd like to see the sun rise, so I'll
watch, and when it comes up we can find
our way right home."

But before the moon's round face peeped
above the hill to destroy her hope, Nan had
fallen asleep, leaning back in a little bower
of tall ferns, and was deep in a mid-
summer night's dream of fire-flies and blue
aprons, mountains of huckleberries, and
Robby wiping away the tears of a black
cow, who sobbed, "I want to go home! I
want to go home!"

While the children were sleeping, peacefully
lulled by the drowsy hum of many neighborly
mosquitoes, the family at home were in a
great state of agitation. The hay-cart came
at five, and all but Jack, Emil, Nan, and Rob
were at the bars ready for it. Franz drove
instead of Silas, and when the boys told him
that the others were going home through the
wood, he said, looking ill-pleased, "They
ought to have left Rob to ride, he will be tired

-98-

out by the long walk."

"It's shorter that way, and they will carry
him," said Stuffy, who was in a hurry for his
supper.

"You are sure Nan and Rob went with
them?"

"Of course they did; I saw them getting over
the wall, and sung out that it was most five,
and Jack called back that they were going
the other way," explained Tommy.

"Very well, pile in then," and away rattled the
hay-cart with the tired children and the full
pails.

Mrs. Jo looked sober when she heard of the
division of the party, and sent Franz back
with Toby to find and bring the little ones
home. Supper was over, and the family
sitting about in the cool hall as usual, when
Franz came trotting back, hot, dusty, and
anxious.

"Have they come?" he called out when half-
way up the avenue.

"No!" and Mrs. Jo flew out of her chair
looking so alarmed that every one jumped
up and gathered round Franz.

"I can't find them anywhere," he began; but
the words were hardly spoken when a loud
"Hullo!" startled them all, and the next minute
Jack and Emil came round the house.

"Where are Nan and Rob?" cried Mrs. Jo,
clutching Emil in a way that caused him to
think his aunt had suddenly lost her wits.

"I don't know. They came home with the
others, didn't they?" he answered, quickly.

"No; George and Tommy said they went

with you."

"Well, they didn't. Haven't seen them. We
took a swim in the pond, and came by the
wood," said Jack, looking alarmed, as well
he might.

"Call Mr. Bhaer, get the lanterns, and tell
Silas I want him."

That was all Mrs. Jo said, but they knew
what she meant, and flew to obey her
orders. In ten minutes, Mr. Bhaer and Silas
were off to the wood, and Franz tearing
down the road on old Andy to search the
great pasture. Mrs. Jo caught up some food
from the table, a little bottle of brandy from
the medicine-closet, took a lantern, and
bidding Jack and Emil come with her, and
the rest not stir, she trotted away on Toby,
never stopping for hat or shawl. She heard
some one running after her, but said not a
word till, as she paused to call and listen,
the light of her lantern shone on Dan's face.

"You here! I told Jack to come," she said,
half-inclined to send him back, much as she
needed help.

"I wouldn't let him; he and Emil hadn't had
any supper, and I wanted to come more
than they did," he said, taking the lantern
from her and smiling up in her face with the
steady look in his eyes that made her feel as
if, boy though he was, she had some one to
depend on.

Off she jumped, and ordered him on to
Toby, in spite of his pleading to walk; then
they went on again along the dusty, solitary
road, stopping every now and then to call
and hearken breathlessly for little voices to
reply.

When they came to the great pasture, other
lights were already flitting to and fro like will-

-99-

o'-the-wisps, and Mr. Bhaer's voice was
heard shouting, "Nan! Rob! Rob! Nan!" in
every part of the field. Silas whistled and
roared, Dan plunged here and there on
Toby, who seemed to understand the case,
and went over the roughest places with
unusual docility. Often Mrs. Jo hushed them
all, saying, with a sob in her throat, "The
noise may frighten them, let me call; Robby
will know my voice;" and then she would cry
out the beloved little name in every tone of
tenderness, till the very echoes whispered it
softly, and the winds seemed to waft it
willingly; but still no answer came.

The sky was overcast now, and only brief
glimpses of the moon were seen, heat-
lightening darted out of the dark clouds now
and then, and a faint far-off rumble as of
thunder told that a summer-storm was
brewing.

"O my Robby! my Robby!" mourned poor
Mrs. Jo, wandering up and down like a pale
ghost, while Dan kept beside her like a
faithful fire-fly. "What shall I say to Nan's
father if she comes to harm? Why did I ever
trust my darling so far away? Fritz, do you
hear any thing?" and when a mournful, "No"
came back, she wrung her hands so
despairingly that Dan sprung down from
Toby's back, tied the bridle to the bars, and
said, in his decided way,

"They may have gone down the spring I'm
going to look."

He was over the wall and away so fast that
she could hardly follow him; but when she
reached the spot, he lowered the lantern
and showed her with joy the marks of little
feet in the soft ground about the spring. She
fell down on her knees to examine the
tracks, and then sprung up, saying eagerly,

"Yes; that is the mark of my Robby's little

boots! Come this way, they must have gone
on."

Such a weary search! But now some
inexplicable instinct seemed to lead the
anxious mother, for presently Dan uttered a
cry, and caught up a little shining object
lying in the path. It was the cover of the new
tin pail, dropped in the first alarm of being
lost. Mrs. Jo hugged and kissed it as if it
were a living thing; and when Dan was
about to utter a glad shout to bring the others
to the spot, she stopped him, saying, as she
hurried on, "No, let me find them; I let Rob
go, and I want to give him back to his father
all myself."

A little farther on Nan's hat appeared, and
after passing the place more than once,
they came at last upon the babes in the
wood, both sound asleep. Dan never forgot
the little picture on which the light of his
lantern shone that night. He thought Mrs. Jo
would cry out, but she only whispered,
"Hush!" as she softly lifted away the apron,
and saw the little ruddy face below. The
berry-stained lips were half-open as the
breath came and went, the yellow hair lay
damp on the hot forehead, and both the
chubby hands held fast the little pail still full.

The sight of the childish harvest, treasured
through all the troubles of that night for her,
seemed to touch Mrs. Jo to the heart, for
suddenly she gathered up her boy, and
began to cry over him, so tenderly, yet so
heartily, that he woke up, and at first
seemed bewildered. Then he remembered,
and hugged her close, saying with a laugh
of triumph,

"I knew you'd come! O Marmar! I did want
you so!" For a moment they kissed and
clung to one another, quite forgetting all the
world; for no matter how lost and soiled and
worn-out wandering sons may be, mothers

-100-

can forgive and forget every thing as they
fold them in their fostering arms. Happy the
son whose faith in his mother remains
unchanged, and who, through all his
wanderings, has kept some filial token to
repay her brave and tender love.

Dan meantime picked Nan out of her bush,
and, with a gentleness none but Teddy ever
saw in him before, he soothed her first
alarm at the sudden waking, and wiped
away her tears; for Nan also began to cry
for joy, it was so good to see a kind face
and feel a strong arm round her after what
seemed to her ages of loneliness and fear.

"My poor little girl, don't cry! You are all safe
now, and no one shall say a word of blame
to-night," said Mrs. Jo, taking Nan into her
capacious embrace, and cuddling both
children as a hen might gather her lost
chickens under her motherly wings.

"It was my fault; but I am sorry. I tried to take
care of him, and I covered him up and let
him sleep, and didn't touch his berries,
though I was so hungry; and I never will do it
again truly, never, never," sobbed Nan,
quite lost in a sea of penitence and
thankfulness.

"Call them now, and let us get home," said
Mrs. Jo; and Dan, getting upon the wall,
sent a joyful word "Found!" ringing over the
field.

How the wandering lights came dancing
from all sides, and gathered round the little
group among the sweet fern bushes! Such
a hugging, and kissing, and talking, and
crying, as went on must have amazed the
glowworms, and evidently delighted the
mosquitoes, for they hummed frantically,
while the little moths came in flocks to the
party, and the frogs croaked as if they could
not express their satisfaction loudly enough.

Then they set out for home, a queer party,
for Franz rode on to tell the news; Dan and
Toby led the way; then came Nan in the
strong arms of Silas, who considered her
"the smartest little baggage he ever saw,"
and teased her all the way home about her
pranks. Mrs. Bhaer would let no one carry
Rob but himself, and the little fellow,
refreshed by sleep, sat up, and chattered
gayly, feeling himself a hero, while his
mother went beside him holding on to any
pat of his precious little body that came
handy, and never tired of hearing him say, "I
knew Marmar would come," or seeing him
lean down to kiss her, and put a plump berry
into her mouth, "'Cause he picked 'em all
for her."

The moon shone out just as they reached
the avenue, and all the boys came shouting
to meet them, so the lost lambs were borne
in triumph and safety, and landed in the
dining-room, where the unromantic little
things demanded supper instead of
preferring kisses and caresses. They were
set down to bread and milk, while the entire
household stood round to gaze upon them.
Nan soon recovered her spirits, and
recounted her perils with a relish now that
they were all over. Rob seemed absorbed
in his food, but put down his spoon all of a
sudden, and set up a doleful roar.

"My precious, why do you cry?" asked his
mother, who still hung over him.

"I'm crying 'cause I was lost," bawled Rob,
trying to squeeze out a tear, and failing
entirely.

"But you are found now. Nan says you didn't
cry out in the field, and I was glad you were
such a brave boy."

"I was so busy being frightened I didn't have
any time then. But I want to cry now, 'cause I

-101-

don't like to be lost," explained Rob,
struggling with sleep, emotion, and a
mouthful of bread and milk.

The boys set up such a laugh at this funny
way of making up for lost time, that Rob
stopped to look at them, and the merriment
was so infectious, that after a surprised
stare he burst out into a merry, "Ha, ha!" and
beat his spoon upon the table as if he
enjoyed the joke immensely.

"It is ten o'clock; into bed, every man of
you," said Mr. Bhaer, looking at his watch.

"And, thank Heaven! there will be no empty
ones to-night," added Mrs. Bhaer,
watching, with full eyes, Robby going up in
his father's arms, and Nan escorted by
Daisy and Demi, who considered her the
most interesting heroine of their collection.

"Poor Aunt Jo is so tired she ought to be
carried up herself," said gentle Franz,
putting his arm round her as she paused at
the stair-foot, looking quite exhausted by
her fright and long walk.

"Let's make an arm-chair," proposed
Tommy.

"No, thank you, my lads; but somebody may
lend me a shoulder to lean on," answered
Mrs. Jo.

"Me! me!" and half-a-dozen jostled one
another, all eager to be chosen, for there
was something in the pale motherly face
that touched the warm hearts under the
round jackets.

Seeing that they considered it an honor,
Mrs. Jo gave it to the one who had earned it,
and nobody grumbled when she put her arm
on Dan's broad shoulder, saying, with a
look that made him color up with pride and

pleasure,

"He found the children; so I think he must
help me up."

Dan felt richly rewarded for his evening's
work, not only that he was chosen from all
the rest to go proudly up bearing the lamp,
but because Mrs. Jo said heartily, "Good-
night, my boy! God bless you!" as he left her
at her door.

"I wish I was your boy," said Dan, who felt as
if danger and trouble had somehow brought
him nearer than ever to her.

"You shall be my oldest son," and she
sealed her promise with a kiss that made
Dan hers entirely.

Little Rob was all right next day, but Nan had
a headache, and lay on Mother Bhaer's
sofa with cold-cream upon her scratched
face. Her remorse was quite gone, and she
evidently thought being lost rather a fine
amusement. Mrs. Jo was not pleased with
this state of things, and had no desire to
have her children led from the paths of
virtue, or her pupils lying round loose in
huckleberry fields. So she talked soberly to
Nan, and tried to impress upon her mind the
difference between liberty and license,
telling several tales to enforce her lecture.
She had not decided how to punish Nan, but
one of these stories suggested a way, and
as Mrs. Jo liked odd penalties, she tried it.

"All children run away," pleaded Nan, as if it
was as natural and necessary a thing as
measles or hooping cough.

"Not all, and some who do run away don't
get found again," answered Mrs. Jo.

"Didn't you do it yourself?" asked Nan,
whose keen little eyes saw some traces of

-102-

a kindred spirit in the serious lady who was
sewing so morally before her.

Mrs. Jo laughed, and owned that she did.

"Tell about it," demanded Nan, feeling that
she was getting the upper hand in the
discussion.

Mrs. Jo saw that, and sobered down at
once, saying, with a remorseful shake of
the head,

"I did it a good many times, and led my poor
mother rather a hard life with my pranks, till
she cured me."

"How?" and Nan sat up with a face full of
interest.

"I had a new pair of shoes once, and
wanted to show them; so, though I was told
not to leave the garden, I ran away and was
wandering about all day. It was in the city,
and why I wasn't killed I don't know. Such a
time as I had. I frolicked in the park with
dogs, sailed boats in the Back Bay with
strange boys, dined with a little Irish beggar-
girl on salt fish and potatoes, and was found
at last fast asleep on a door-step with my
arms round a great dog. It was late in the
evening, and I was a dirty as a little pig, and
the new shoes were worn out I had travelled
so far."

"How nice!" cried Nan, looking all ready to
go and do it herself.

"It was not nice next day;" and Mrs. Jo tried
to keep her eyes from betraying how much
she enjoyed the memory of her early
capers.

"Did your mother whip you?" asked Nan,
curiously.

"She never whipped me but once, and then
she begged my pardon, or I don't think I ever
should have forgiven her, it hurt my feelings
so much."

"Why did she beg your pardon? my father
don't."

"Because, when she had done it, I turned
round and said, 'Well, you are mad yourself,
and ought to be whipped as much as me.'
She looked at me a minute, then her anger
all died out, and she said, as if ashamed,
'You are right, Jo, I am angry; and why
should I punish you for being in a passion
when I set you such a bad example?
Forgive me, dear, and let us try to help one
another in a better way.' I never forgot it,
and it did me more good than a dozen rods."

Nan sat thoughtfully turning the little cold-
cream jar for a minute, and Mrs. Jo said
nothing, but let that idea get well into the
busy little mind that was so quick to see and
feel what went on about her.

"I like that," said Nan, presently, and her
face looked less elfish, with its sharp eyes,
inquisitive nose, and mischievous mouth.
"What did your mother do to you when you
ran away that time?"

"She tied me to the bed-post with a long
string, so that I could not go out of the room,
and there I stayed all day with the little worn-
out shoes hanging up before me to remind
me of my fault."

"I should think that would cure anybody,"
cried Nan, who loved her liberty above all
things.

"It did cure me, and I think it will you, so I am
going to try it," said Mrs. Jo, suddenly taking
a ball of strong twine out of a drawer in her
work-table.

-103-

Nan looked as if she was decidedly getting
the worst of the argument now, and sat
feeling much crestfallen while Mrs. Jo tied
one end round her waist and the other to the
arm of the sofa, saying, as she finished,

"I don't like to tie you up like a naughty little
dog, but if you don't remember any better
than a dog, I must treat you like one."

"I'd just as lief be tied up as not I like to play
dog;" and Nan put on a don't-care face,
and began to growl and grovel on the floor.

Mrs. Jo took no notice, but leaving a book or
two and a handkerchief to hem, she went
away, and left Miss Nan to her own devices.
This was not agreeable, and after sitting a
moment she tried to untie the cord. But it
was fastened in the belt of her apron
behind, so she began on the knot at the
other end. It soon came loose, and,
gathering it up, Nan was about to get out of
the window, when she heard Mrs. Jo say to
somebody as she passed through the hall,

"No, I don't think she will run away now; she
is an honorable little girl, and knows that I do
it to help her."

In a minute, Nan whisked back, tied herself
up, and began to sew violently. Rob came in
a moment after, and was so charmed with
the new punishment, that he got a jump-
rope and tethered himself to the other arm
of the sofa in the most social manner.

"I got lost too, so I ought to be tied up as
much as Nan," he explained to his mother
when she saw the new captive.

"I'm not sure that you don't deserve a little
punishment, for you knew it was wrong to
go far away from the rest."

"Nan took me," began Rob, willing to enjoy

the novel penalty, but not willing to take the
blame.

"You needn't have gone. You have got a
conscience, though you are a little boy, and
you must learn to mind it."

"Well, my conscience didn't prick me a bit
when she said 'Let's get over the wall,' "
answered Rob, quoting one of Demi's
expressions.

"Did you stop to see if it did?"

"No."

"Then you cannot tell."

"I guess it's such a little conscience that it
don't prick hard enough for me to feel it,"
added Rob, after thinking the matter over
for a minute.

"We must sharpen it up. It's bad to have a
dull conscience; so you may stay here till
dinner-time, and talk about it with Nan. I
trust you both not to untie yourselves till I say
the word."

"No, we won't," said both, feeling a certain
sense of virtue in helping to punish
themselves.

For an hour they were very good, then they
grew tired of one room, and longed to get
out. Never had the hall seemed so inviting;
even the little bedroom acquired a sudden
interest, and they would gladly have gone in
and played tent with the curtains of the best
bed. The open windows drove them wild
because they could not reach them; and the
outer world seemed so beautiful, they
wondered how they ever found the heart to
say it was dull. Nan pined for a race round
the lawn, and Rob remembered with
dismay that he had not fed his dog that

-104-

morning, and wondered what poor Pollux
would do. They watched the clock, and Nan
did some nice calculations in minutes and
seconds, while Rob learned to tell all the
hours between eight and one so well that he
never forgot them. It was maddening to
smell the dinner, to know that there was to
be succotash and huckleberry pudding, and
to feel that they would not be on the spot to
secure good helps of both. When Mary Ann
began to set the table, they nearly cut
themselves in two trying to see what meat
there was to be; and Nan offered to help her
make the beds, if she would only see that
she had "lots of sauce on her pudding."

When the boys came bursting out of school,
they found the children tugging at their
halters like a pair of restive little colts, and
were much edified, as well as amused, by
the sequel to the exciting adventures of the
night.

"Untie me now, Marmar; my conscience will
prick like a pin next time, I know it will," said
Rob, as the bell rang, and Teddy came to
look at him with sorrowful surprise.

"We shall see," answered his mother,
setting him free. He took a good run down
the hall, back through the dining-room, and
brought up beside Nan, quite beaming with
virtuous satisfaction.

"I'll bring her dinner to her, may I?" he asked,
pitying his fellow-captive.

"That's my kind little son! Yes, pull out the
table, and get a chair;" and Mrs. Jo hurried
away to quell the ardor of the others, who
were always in a raging state of hunger at
noon.

Nan ate alone, and spent a long afternoon
attached to the sofa. Mrs. Bhaer lengthened
her bonds so that she could look out of the

window; and there she stood watching the
boys play, and all the little summer creatures
enjoying their liberty. Daisy had a picnic for
the dolls on the lawn, so that Nan might see
the fun if she could not join in it. Tommy
turned his best somersaults to console her;
Demi sat on the steps reading aloud to
himself, which amused Nan a good deal;
and Dan brought a little tree-toad to show
her as the most delicate attention in his
power.

But nothing atoned for the loss of freedom;
and a few hours of confinement taught Nan
how precious it was. A good many thoughts
went through the little head that lay on the
window-sill during the last quiet hour when
all the children went to the brook to see
Emil's new ship launched. She was to have
christened it, and had depended on
smashing a tiny bottle of currant-wine over
the prow as it was named Josephine in
honor of Mrs. Bhaer. Now she had lost her
chance, and Daisy wouldn't do it half so
well. Tears rose to her eyes as she
remembered that it was all her own fault;
and she said aloud, addressing a fat bee
who was rolling about in the yellow heart of
a rose just under the window,

"If you have run away, you'd better go right
home, and tell your mother you are sorry,
and never do so any more."

"I am glad to hear you give him such good
advice, and I think he has taken it," said Mrs.
Jo, smiling, as the bee spread his dusty
wings and flew away.

Nan brushed off a bright drop or two that
shone on the window-sill, and nestled
against her friend as she took her on her
knee, adding kindly for she had seen the
little drops, and knew what they meant

"Do you think my mother's cure for running

-105-

away a good one?"

"Yes, ma'am," answered Nan, quite
subdued by her quiet day.

"I hope I shall not have to try it again."

"I guess not;" and Nan looked up with such
an earnest little face that Mrs. Jo felt
satisfied, and said no more, for she liked to
have her penalties do their own work, and
did not spoil the effect by too much
moralizing.

Here Rob appeared, bearing with infinite
care what Asia called a "sarcer pie,"
meaning one baked in a saucer.

"It's made out of some of my berries, and
I'm going to give you half at supper-time,"
he announced with a flourish.

"What makes you, when I'm so naughty?"
asked Nan, meekly.

"Because we got lost together. You ain't
going to be naughty again, are you?"

"Never," said Nan, with great decision.

"Oh, goody! now let's go and get Mary Ann
to cut this for us all ready to eat; it's 'most
tea time;" and Rob beckoned with the
delicious little pie.

Nan started to follow, then stopped, and
said,

"I forgot, I can't go."

"Try and see," said Mrs. Bhaer, who had
quietly untied the cord sash while she had
been talking.

Nan saw that she was free, and with one
tempestuous kiss to Mrs. Jo, she was off

like a humming-bird, followed by Robby,
dribbling huckleberry juice as he ran.

Chapter 13 Goldilocks

After the last excitement peace descended
upon Plumfield and reigned unbroken for
several weeks, for the elder boys felt that
the loss of Nan and Rob lay at their door,
and all became so paternal in their care that
they were rather wearying; while the little
ones listened to Nan's recital of her perils
so many times, that they regarded being
lost as the greatest ill humanity was heir to,
and hardly dared to put their little noses
outside the great gate lest night should
suddenly descend upon them, and ghostly
black cows come looming through the dusk.

"It is too good to last," said Mrs. Jo; for
years of boy-culture had taught her that
such lulls were usually followed by
outbreaks of some sort, and when less
wise women would have thought that the
boys had become confirmed saints, she
prepared herself for a sudden eruption of
the domestic volcano.

One cause of this welcome calm was a visit
from little Bess, whose parents lent her for a
week while they were away with Grandpa
Laurence, who was poorly. The boys
regarded Goldilocks as a mixture of child,
angel, and fairy, for she was a lovely little
creature, and the golden hair which she
inherited from her blonde mamma
enveloped her like a shining veil, behind
which she smiled upon her worshippers
when gracious, and hid herself when
offended. Her father would not have it cut
and it hung below her waist, so soft and fine
and bright, that Demi insisted that it was silk
spun from a cocoon. Every one praised the
little Princess, but it did not seem to do her
harm, only to teach her that her presence
brought sunshine, her smiles made

-106-

answering smiles on other faces, and her
baby griefs filled every heart with tenderest
sympathy.

Unconsciously, she did her young subjects
more good than many a real sovereign, for
her rule was very gentle and her power was
felt rather than seen. Her natural refinement
made her dainty in all things, and had a
good effect upon the careless lads about
her. She would let no one touch her roughly
or with unclean hands, and more soap was
used during her visits than at any other time,
because the boys considered it the highest
honor to be allowed to carry her highness,
and the deepest disgrace to be repulsed
with the disdainful command, "Do away,
dirty boy!"

Lour voices displeased her and quarrelling
frightened her; so gentler tones came into
the boyish voices as they addressed her,
and squabbles were promptly suppressed
in her presence by lookers-on if the
principles could not restrain themselves.
She liked to be waited on, and the biggest
boys did her little errands without a murmur,
while the small lads were her devoted
slaves in all things. They begged to be
allowed to draw her carriage, bear her
berry-basket, or pass her plate at table. No
service was too humble, and Tommy and
Ned came to blows before they could
decide which should have the honor of
blacking her little boots.

Nan was especially benefited by a week in
the society of a well-bred lady, though such
a very small one; for Bess would look at her
with a mixture of wonder and alarm in her
great blue eyes when the hoyden screamed
and romped; and she shrunk from her as if
she thought her a sort of wild animal. Warm-
hearted Nan felt this very much. She said at
first, "Pooh! I don't care!" But she did care,
and was so hurt when Bess said, "I love my

tuzzin best, tause she is twiet," that she
shook poor Daisy till her teeth chattered in
her head, and then fled to the barn to cry
dismally. In that general refuge for perturbed
spirits she found comfort and good counsel
from some source or other. Perhaps the
swallows from their mud-built nests
overhead twittered her a little lecture on the
beauty of gentleness. However that might
have been, she came out quite subdued,
and carefully searched the orchard for a
certain kind of early apple that Bess liked
because it was sweet and small and rosy.
Armed with this peace-offering, she
approached the little Princess, and humbly
presented it. To her great joy it was
graciously accepted, and when Daisy gave
Nan a forgiving kiss, Bess did likewise, as
if she felt that she had been too severe, and
desired to apologize. After this they played
pleasantly together, and Nan enjoyed the
royal favor for days. To be sure she felt a
little like a wild bird in a pretty cage at first,
and occasionally had to slip out to stretch
her wings in a long flight, or to sing at the top
of her voice, where neither would disturb
the plump turtle-dove Daisy, nor the dainty
golden canary Bess. But it did her good; for,
seeing how every one loved the little
Princess for her small graces and virtues,
she began to imitate her, because Nan
wanted much love, and tried hard to win it.

Not a boy in the house but felt the pretty
child's influence, and was improved by it
without exactly knowing how or why, for
babies can work miracles in the hearts that
love them. Poor Billy found infinite
satisfaction in staring at her, and though she
did not like it she permitted without a frown,
after she had been made to understand that
he was not quite like the others, and on that
account must be more kindly treated. Dick
and Dolly overwhelmed her with willow
whistles, the only thing they knew how to
make, and she accepted but never used

-107-

them. Rob served her like a little lover, and
Teddy followed her like a pet dog. Jack she
did not like, because he was afflicted with
warts and had a harsh voice. Stuffy
displeased her because he did not eat
tidily, and George tried hard not to gobble,
that he might not disgust the dainty little lady
opposite. Ned was banished from court in
utter disgrace when he was discovered
tormenting some unhappy field-mice.
Goldilocks could never forget the sad
spectacle, and retired behind her veil when
he approached, waving him away with an
imperious little hand, and crying, in a tone of
mingled grief and anger,

"No, I tarn't love him; he tut the poor
mouses' little tails off, and they queeked!"

Daisy promptly abdicated when Bess
came, and took the humble post of chief
cook, while Nan was first maid of honor;
Emil was chancellor of the exchequer, and
spent the public monies lavishly in getting up
spectacles that cost whole ninepences.
Franz was prime minister, and directed her
affairs of state, planned royal progresses
through the kingdom, and kept foreign
powers in order. Demi was her
philosopher, and fared much better than
such gentlemen usually do among crowned
heads. Dan was her standing army, and
defended her territories gallantly; Tommy
was court fool, and Nat a tuneful Rizzio to
this innocent little Mary.

Uncle Fritz and Aunt Jo enjoyed this
peaceful episode, and looked on at the
pretty play in which the young folk
unconsciously imitated their elders, without
adding the tragedy that is so apt to spoil the
dramas acted on the larger stage.

"They teach us quite as much as we teach
them," said Mr. Bhaer.

"Bless the dears! they never guess how
many hints they give us as to the best way of
managing them," answered Mrs. Jo.

"I think you were right about the good effect
of having girls among the boys. Nan has
stirred up Daisy, and Bess is teaching the
little bears how to behave better than we
can. If this reformation goes on as it has
begun, I shall soon feel like Dr. Blimber with
his model young gentlemen," said
Professor, laughing, as he saw Tommy not
only remove his own hat, but knock off
Ned's also, as they entered the hall where
the Princess was taking a ride on the
rocking-horse, attended by Rob and Teddy
astride of chairs, and playing gallant knights
to the best of their ability.

"You will never be a Blimber, Fritz, you
couldn't do it if you tried; and our boys will
never submit to the forcing process of that
famous hot-bed. No fear that they will be
too elegant: American boys like liberty too
well. But good manners they cannot fail to
have, if we give them the kindly spirit that
shines through the simplest demeanor,
making it courteous and cordial, like yours,
my dear old boy."

"Tut! tut! we will not compliment; for if I
begin you will run away, and I have a wish to
enjoy this happy half hour to the end;" yet
Mr. Bhaer looked pleased with the
compliment, for it was true, and Mrs. Jo felt
that she had received the best her husband
could give her, by saying that he found his
truest rest and happiness in her society.

"To return to the children: I have just had
another proof of Goldilocks' good
influence," said Mrs. Jo, drawing her chair
nearer the sofa, where the Professor lay
resting after a long day's work in his various
gardens. "Nan hates sewing, but for love of
Bess has been toiling half the afternoon

-108-

over a remarkable bag in which to present a
dozen of our love-apples to her idol when
she goes. I praised her for it, and she said,
in her quick way, 'I like to sew for other
people; it is stupid sewing for myself.' I took
the hint, and shall give her some little shirts
and aprons for Mrs. Carney's children. She
is so generous, she will sew her fingers
sore for them, and I shall not have to make a
task of it."

"But needlework is not a fashionable
accomplishment, my dear."

"Sorry for it. My girls shall learn all I can
teach them about it, even if they give up the
Latin, Algebra, and half-a-dozen ologies it
is considered necessary for girls to muddle
their poor brains over now-a-days. Amy
means to make Bess an accomplished
woman, but the dear's mite of a forefinger
has little pricks on it already, and her mother
has several specimens of needlework
which she values more than the clay bird
without a bill, that filled Laurie with such
pride when Bess made it."

"I also have proof of the Princess's power,"
said Mrs. Bhaer, after he had watched Mrs.
Jo sew on a button with an air of scorn for
the whole system of fashionable education.
"Jack is so unwilling to be classed with
Stuffy and Ned, as distasteful to Bess, that
he came to me a little while ago, and asked
me to touch his warts with caustic. I have
often proposed it, and he never would
consent; but now he bore the smart
manfully, and consoles his present
discomfort by hopes of future favor, when
he can show her fastidious ladyship a
smooth hand."

Mrs. Bhaer laughed at the story, and just
then Stuffy came in to ask if he might give
Goldilocks some of the bonbons his mother
had sent him.

"She is not allowed to eat sweeties; but if
you like to give her the pretty box with the
pink sugar-rose in it, she would like it very
much," said Mrs. Jo, unwilling to spoil this
unusual piece of self-denial, for the "fat
boy" seldom offered to share his sugar-
plums.

"Won't she eat it? I shouldn't like to make her
sick," said Stuffy, eyeing the delicate
sweetmeat lovingly, yet putting it into the
box.

"Oh, no, she won't touch it, if I tell her it is to
look at, not to eat. She will keep it for
weeks, and never think of tasting it. Can you
do as much?"

"I should hope so! I'm ever so much older
than she is," cried Stuffy, indignantly.

"Well, suppose we try. Here, put your
bonbons in this bag, and see how long you
can keep them. Let me count two hearts,
four red fishes, three barley-sugar horses,
nine almonds, and a dozen chocolate
drops. Do you agree to that?" asked sly Mrs.
Jo, popping the sweeties into her little
spool-bag.

"Yes," said Stuffy, with a sigh; and
pocketing the forbidden fruit, he went away
to give Bess the present, that won a smile
from her, and permission to escort her
round the garden.

"Poor Stuffy's heart has really got the better
of his stomach at last, and his efforts will be
much encouraged by the rewards Bess
gives him," said Mrs. Jo.

"Happy is the man who can put temptation in
his pocket and learn self-denial from so
sweet a little teacher!" added Mr. Bhaer, as
the children passed the window, Stuffy's fat
face full of placid satisfaction, and

-109-

Goldilocks surveying her sugar-rose with
polite interest, though she would have
preferred a real flower with a "pitty smell."

When her father came to take her home, a
universal wail arose, and the parting gifts
showered upon her increased her luggage
to such an extent that Mr. Laurie proposed
having out the big wagon to take it into town.
Every one had given her something; and it
was found difficult to pack white mice,
cake, a parcel of shells, apples, a rabbit
kicking violently in a bag, a large cabbage
for his refreshment, a bottle of minnows,
and a mammoth bouquet. The farewell
scene was moving, for the Princess sat
upon the hall-table, surrounded by her
subjects. She kissed her cousins, and held
out her hand to the other boys, who shook it
gently with various soft speeches, for they
were taught not to be ashamed of showing
their emotions.

"Come again soon, little dear," whispered
Dan, fastening his best green-and-gold
beetle in her hat.

"Don't forget me, Princess, whatever you
do," said the engaging Tommy, taking a last
stroke of the pretty hair.

"I am coming to your house next week, and
then I shall see you, Bess," added Nat, as if
he found consolation in the thought.

"Do shake hands now," cried Jack, offering
a smooth paw.

"Here are two nice new ones to remember
us by," said Dick and Dolly, presenting
fresh whistles, quite unconscious that seven
old ones had been privately deposited in the
kitchen-stove.

"My little precious! I shall work you a book-
mark right away, and you must keep it

always," said Nan, with a warm embrace.

But of all the farewells, poor Billy's was the
most pathetic, for the thought that she was
really going became so unbearable that he
cast himself down before her, hugging her
little blue boots and blubbering
despairingly, "Don't go away! oh, don't!"
Goldilocks was so touched by this burst of
feeling, that she leaned over and lifting the
poor lad's head, said, in her soft, little
voice,

"Don't cry, poor Billy! I will tiss you and tum
adain soon."

This promise consoled Billy, and he fell
back beaming with pride at the unusual
honor conferred upon him.

"Me too! me too!" clamored Dick and Dolly,
feeling that their devotion deserved some
return. The others looked as if they would
like to join in the cry; and something in the
kind, merry faces about her moved the
Princess to stretch out her arms and say,
with reckless condescension,

"I will tiss evvybody!"

Like a swarm of bees about a very sweet
flower, the affectionate lads surrounded
their pretty playmate, and kissed her till she
looked like a little rose, not roughly, but so
enthusiastically that nothing but the crown of
her hat was visible for a moment. Then her
father rescued her, and she drove away still
smiling and waving her hands, while the
boys sat on the fence screaming like a flock
of guinea-fowls, "Come back! come back!"
till she was out of sight.

They all missed her, and each dimly felt that
he was better for having known a creature
so lovely, delicate, and sweet; for little Bess
appealed to the chivalrous instinct in them

-110-

as something to love, admire, and protect
with a tender sort of reverence. Many a man
remembers some pretty child who has
made a place in his heart and kept her
memory alive by the simple magic of her
innocence; these little men were just
learning to feel this power, and to love it for
its gentle influence, not ashamed to let the
small hand lead them, nor to own their
loyalty to womankind, even in the bud.

Chapter 14 Damon And Pythias

Mrs. Bhaer was right; peace was only a
temporary lull, a storm was brewing, and
two days after Bess left, a moral
earthquake shook Plumfield to its centre.

Tommy's hens were at the bottom of the
trouble, for if they had not persisted in laying
so many eggs, he could not have sold them
and made such sums. Money is the root of
all evil, and yet it is such a useful root that we
cannot get on without it any more than we
can without potatoes. Tommy certainly
could not, for he spent his income so
recklessly, that Mr. Bhaer was obliged to
insist on a savings-bank, and presented
him with a private one an imposing tin
edifice, with the name over the door, and a
tall chimney, down which the pennies were
to go, there to rattle temptingly till leave was
given to open a sort of trap-door in the floor.

The house increased in weight so rapidly,
that Tommy soon became satisfied with his
investment, and planned to buy unheard-of
treasures with his capital. He kept account
of the sums deposited, and was promised
that he might break the bank as soon as he
had five dollars, on condition that he spent
the money wisely. Only one dollar was
needed, and the day Mrs. Jo paid him for
four dozen eggs, he was so delighted, that
he raced off to the barn to display the bright
quarters to Nat, who was also laying by

money for the long-desired violin.

"I wish I had 'em to put with my three dollars,
then I'd soon get enough to buy my fiddle,"
he said, looking wistfully at the money.

"P'raps I'll lend you some. I haven't decided
yet what I'll do with mine," said Tommy,
tossing up his quarters and catching them
as they fell.

"Hi! boys! come down to the brook and see
what a jolly great snake Dan's got!" called a
voice from behind the barn.

"Come on," said Tommy; and, laying his
money inside the old winnowing machine,
away he ran, followed by Nat.

The snake was very interesting, and then a
long chase after a lame crow, and its
capture, so absorbed Tommy's mind and
time, that he never thought of his money till
he was safely in bed that night.

"Never mind, no one but Nat knows where it
is," said the easy-going lad, and fell asleep
untroubled by any anxiety about his
property.

Next morning, just as the boys assembled
for school, Tommy rushed into the room
breathlessly, demanding,

"I say, who has got my dollar?"

"What are you talking about?" asked Franz.

Tommy explained, and Nat corroborated
his statement.

Every one else declared they knew nothing
about it, and began to look suspiciously at
Nat, who got more and more alarmed and
confused with each denial.

-111-

"Somebody must have taken it," said Franz,
as Tommy shook his fist at the whole party,
and wrathfully declared that

"By thunder turtles! if I get hold of the thief, I'll
give him what he won't forget in a hurry."

"Keep cool, Tom; we shall find him out;
thieves always come to grief," said Dan, as
one who knew something of the matter.

"May be some tramp slept in the barn and
took it," suggested Ned.

"No, Silas don't allow that; besides, a tramp
wouldn't go looking in that old machine for
money," said Emil, with scorn.

"Wasn't it Silas himself?" said Jack.

"Well, I like that! Old Si is as honest as
daylight. You wouldn't catch him touching a
penny of ours," said Tommy, handsomely
defending his chief admirer from suspicion.

"Whoever it was had better tell, and not wait
to be found out," said Demi, looking as if an
awful misfortune had befallen the family.

"I know you think it's me," broke out Nat, red
and excited.

"You are the only one who knew where it
was," said Franz.

"I can't help it I didn't take it. I tell you I didn't I
didn't!" cried Nat, in a desperate sort of
way.

"Gently, gently, my son! What is all this noise
about?" and Mr. Bhaer walked in among
them.

Tommy repeated the story of his loss, and,
as he listened, Mr. Bhaer's face grew
graver and graver; for, with all their faults

and follies, the lads till now had been
honest.

"Take your seats," he said; and, when all
were in their places, he added slowly, as
his eye went from face to face with a
grieved look, that was harder to bear than a
storm of words,

"Now, boys, I shall ask each one of you a
single question, and I want an honest
answer. I am not going to try to frighten,
bribe, or surprise the truth out of you, for
every one of you have got a conscience,
and know what it is for. Now is the time to
undo the wrong done to Tommy, and set
yourselves right before us all. I can forgive
the yielding to sudden temptation much
easier than I can deceit. Don't add a lie to
the theft, but confess frankly, and we will all
try to help you make us forget and forgive."

He paused a moment, and one might have
heard a pin drop, the room was so still; then
slowly and impressively he put the question
to each one, receiving the same answer in
varying tones from all. Every face was
flushed and excited, so that Mr. Bhaer could
not take color as a witness, and some of the
little boys were so frightened that they
stammered over the two short words as if
guilty, though it was evident that they could
not be. When he came to Nat, his voice
softened, for the poor lad looked so
wretched, Mr. Bhaer felt for him. He
believed him to be the culprit, and hoped to
save the boy from another lie, by winning
him to tell the truth without fear.

"Now, my son, give me an honest answer.
Did you take the money?"

"No, sir!" and Nat looked up at him
imploringly.

As the words fell from his trembling lips,

-112-

somebody hissed.

"Stop that!" cried Mr. Bhaer, with a sharp
rap on his desk, as he looked sternly toward
the corner whence the sound came.

Ned, Jack, and Emil sat there, and the first
two looked ashamed of themselves, but
Emil called out,

"It wasn't me, uncle! I'd be ashamed to hit a
fellow when he is down."

"Good for you!" cried Tommy, who was in a
sad state of affliction at the trouble his
unlucky dollar had made.

"Silence!" commanded Mr. Bhaer; and
when it came, he said soberly,

"I am very sorry, Nat, but evidences are
against you, and your old fault makes us
more ready to doubt you than we should be
if we could trust you as we do some of the
boys, who never fib. But mind, my child, I do
not charge you with this theft; I shall not
punish you for it till I am perfectly sure, nor
ask any thing more about it. I shall leave it for
you to settle with your own conscience. If
you are guilty, come to me at any hour of the
day or night and confess it, and I will forgive
and help you to amend. If you are innocent,
the truth will appear sooner or later, and the
instant it does, I will be the first to beg your
pardon for doubting you, and will so gladly
do my best to clear your character before us
all."

"I didn't! I didn't!" sobbed Nat, with his head
down upon his arms, for he could not bear
the look of distrust and dislike which he
read in the many eyes fixed on him.

"I hope not." Mr. Bhaer paused a minute, as
if to give the culprit, whoever he might be,
one more chance. Nobody spoke, however,

and only sniffs of sympathy from some of
the little fellows broke the silence. Mr. Bhaer
shook his head, and added, regretfully,

"There is nothing more to be done, then,
and I have but one thing to say: I shall not
speak of this again, and I wish you all to
follow my example. I cannot expect you to
feel as kindly toward any one whom you
suspect as before this happened, but I do
expect and desire that you will not torment
the suspected person in any way, he will
have a hard enough time without that. Now
go to your lessons."

"Father Bhaer let Nat off too easy,"
muttered Ned to Emil, as they got out their
books.

"Hold your tongue," growled Emil, who felt
that this event was a blot upon the family
honor.

Many of the boys agreed with Ned, but Mr.
Bhaer was right, nevertheless; and Nat
would have been wiser to confess on the
spot and have the trouble over, for even the
hardest whipping he ever received from his
father was far easier to bear than the cold
looks, the avoidance, and general
suspicion that met him on all sides. If ever a
boy was sent to Coventry and kept there, it
was poor Nat; and he suffered a week of
slow torture, though not a hand was raised
against him, and hardly a word said.

That was the worst of it; if they would only
have talked it out, or even have thrashed
him all round, he could have stood it better
than the silent distrust that made very face
so terrible to meet. Even Mrs. Bhaer's
showed traces of it, though her manner was
nearly as kind as ever; but the sorrowful
anxious look in Father Bhaer's eyes cut Nat
to the heart, for he loved his teacher dearly,
and knew that he had disappointed all his

-113-

hopes by this double sin.

Only one person in the house entirely
believed in him, and stood up for him stoutly
against all the rest. This was Daisy. She
could not explain why she trusted him
against all appearances, she only felt that
she could not doubt him, and her warm
sympathy made her strong to take his part.
She would not hear a word against him from
any one, and actually slapped her beloved
Demi when he tried to convince her that it
must have been Nat, because no one else
knew where the money was.

"Maybe the hens ate it; they are greedy old
things," she said; and when Demi laughed,
she lost her temper, slapped the amazed
boy, and then burst out crying and ran away,
still declaring, "He didn't! he didn't! he
didn't!"

Neither aunt nor uncle tried to shake the
child's faith in her friend, but only hoped her
innocent instinct might prove sure, and
loved her all the better for it. Nat often said,
after it was over, that he couldn't have stood
it, if it had not been for Daisy. When the
others shunned him, she clung to him closer
than ever, and turned her back on the rest.
She did not sit on the stairs now when he
solaced himself with the old fiddle, but went
in and sat beside him, listening with a face
so full of confidence and affection, that Nat
forgot disgrace for a time, and was happy.
She asked him to help her with her lessons,
she cooked him marvelous messes in her
kitchen, which he ate manfully, no matter
what they were, for gratitude gave a sweet
flavor to the most distasteful. She proposed
impossible games of cricket and ball, when
she found that he shrank from joining the
other boys. She put little nosegays from her
garden on his desk, and tried in every way
to show that she was not a fair-weather
friend, but faithful through evil as well as

good repute. Nan soon followed her
example, in kindness at least; curbed her
sharp tongue, and kept her scornful little
nose from any demonstration of doubt or
dislike, which was good of Madame Giddy-
gaddy, for she firmly believed that Nat took
the money.

Most of the boys let him severely alone, but
Dan, though he said he despised him for
being a coward, watched over him with a
grim sort of protection, and promptly cuffed
any lad who dared to molest his mate or
make him afraid. His idea of friendship was
as high as Daisy's, and, in his own rough
way, he lived up to it as loyally.

Sitting by the brook one afternoon,
absorbed in the study of the domestic
habits of water-spiders, he overheard a bit
of conversation on the other side of the wall.
Ned, who was intensely inquisitive, had
been on tenterhooks to know certainly who
was the culprit; for of late one or two of the
boys had begun to think that they were
wrong, Nat was so steadfast in his denials,
and so meek in his endurance of their
neglect. This doubt had teased Ned past
bearing, and he had several times privately
beset Nat with questions, regardless of Mr.
Bhaer's express command. Finding Nat
reading alone on the shady side of the wall,
Ned could not resist stopping for a nibble at
the forbidden subject. He had worried Nat
for some ten minutes before Dan arrived,
and the first words the spider-student heard
were these, in Nat's patient, pleading
voice,

"Don't, Ned! oh, don't! I can't tell you
because I don't know, and it's mean of you
to keep nagging at me on the sly, when
Father Bhaer told you not to plague me. You
wouldn't dare to if Dan was round."

"I ain't afraid of Dan; he's nothing but an old

-114-

bully. Don't believe but what he took Tom's
money, and you know it, and won't tell.
Come, now!"

"He didn't, but, if he did, I would stand up for
him, he has always been so good to me,"
said Nat, so earnestly that Dan forgot his
spiders, and rose quickly to thank him, but
Ned's next words arrested him.

"I know Dan did it, and gave the money to
you. Shouldn't wonder if he got his living
picking pockets before he came here, for
nobody knows any thing about him but you,"
said Ned, not believing his own words, but
hoping to get the truth out of Nat by making
him angry.

He succeeded in a part of his ungenerous
wish, for Nat cried out, fiercely,

"If you say that again I'll go and tell Mr. Bhaer
all about it. I don't want to tell tales, but, by
George! I will, if you don't let Dan alone."

"Then you'll be a sneak, as well as a liar and
a thief," began Ned, with a jeer, for Nat had
borne insult to himself so meekly, the other
did not believe he would dare to face the
master just to stand up for Dan.

What he might have added I cannot tell, for
the words were hardly out of his mouth
when a long arm from behind took him by
the collar, and, jerking him over the wall in a
most promiscuous way, landed him with a
splash in the middle of the brook.

"Say that again and I'll duck you till you can't
see!" cried Dan, looking like a modern
Colossus of Rhodes as he stood, with a
foot on either side of the narrow stream,
glaring down at the discomfited youth in the
water.

"I was only in fun," said Ned.

"You are a sneak yourself to badger Nat
round the corner. Let me catch you at it
again, and I'll souse you in the river next
time. Get up, and clear out!" thundered Dan,
in a rage.

Ned fled, dripping, and his impromptu sitz-
bath evidently did him good, for he was very
respectful to both the boys after that, and
seemed to have left his curiosity in the
brook. As he vanished Dan jumped over the
wall, and found Nat lying, as if quite worn
out and bowed down with his troubles.

"He won't pester you again, I guess. If he
does, just tell me, and I'll see to him," said
Dan, trying to cool down.

"I don't mind what he says about me so
much, I've got used to it," answered Nat
sadly; "but I hate to have him pitch into you."

"How do you know he isn't right?" asked
Dan, turning his face away.

"What, about the money?" cried Nat, looking
up with a startled air.

"Yes."

"But I don't believe it! You don't care for
money; all you want is your old bugs and
things," and Nat laughed, incredulously.

"I want a butterfly net as much as you want a
fiddle; why shouldn't I steal the money for it
as much as you?" said Dan, still turning
away, and busily punching holes in the turf
with his stick.

"I don't think you would. You like to fight and
knock folks round sometimes, but you don't
lie, and I don't believe you'd steal," and Nat
shook his head decidedly.

"I've done both. I used to fib like fury; it's too

-115-

much trouble now; and I stole things to eat
out of gardens when I ran away from Page,
so you see I am a bad lot," said Dan,
speaking in the rough, reckless way which
he had been learning to drop lately.

"O Dan! don't say it's you! I'd rather have it
any of the other boys," cried Nat, in such a
distressed tone that Dan looked pleased,
and showed that he did, by turning round
with a queer expression in his face, though
he only answered,

"I won't say any thing about it. But don't you
fret, and we'll pull through somehow, see if
we don't."

Something in his face and manner gave Nat
a new idea; and he said, pressing his
hands together, in the eagerness of his
appeal,

"I think you know who did it. If you do, beg
him to tell, Dan. It's so hard to have 'em all
hate me for nothing. I don't think I can bear it
much longer. If I had any place to go to, I'd
run away, though I love Plumfield dearly; but
I'm not brave and big like you, so I must stay
and wait till some one shows them that I
haven't lied."

As he spoke, Nat looked so broken and
despairing, that Dan could not bear it, and,
muttered huskily,

"You won't wait long," and he walked rapidly
away, and was seen no more for hours.

"What is the matter with Dan?" asked the
boys of one another several times during
the Sunday that followed a week which
seemed as if it would never end. Dan was
often moody, but that day he was so sober
and silent that no one could get any thing out
of him. When they walked he strayed away
from the rest, and came home late. He took

no part in the evening conversation, but sat
in the shadow, so busy with his own
thoughts that he scarcely seemed to hear
what was going on. When Mrs. Jo showed
him an unusually good report in the
Conscience Book, he looked at it without a
smile, and said, wistfully,

"You think I am getting on, don't you?"

"Excellently, Dan! and I am so pleased,
because I always thought you only needed a
little help to make you a boy to be proud of."

He looked up at her with a strange
expression in his black eyes an expression
of mingled pride and love and sorrow which
she could not understand then but
remembered afterward.

"I'm afraid you'll be disappointed, but I do
try," he said, shutting the book with no sign
of pleasure in the page that he usually liked
so much to read over and talk about.

"Are you sick, dear?" asked Mrs. Jo, with
her hand on his shoulder.

"My foot aches a little; I guess I'll go to bed.
Good-night, mother," he added, and held
the hand against his cheek a minute, then
went away looking as if he had said good-
bye to something dear.

"Poor Dan! he takes Nat's disgrace to heart
sadly. He is a strange boy; I wonder if I ever
shall understand him thoroughly?" said Mrs.
Jo to herself, as she thought over Dan's late
improvement with real satisfaction, yet felt
that there was more in the lad than she had
at first suspected.

One of things which cut Nat most deeply
was an act of Tommy's, for after his loss
Tommy had said to him, kindly, but firmly,

-116-

"I don't wish to hurt you, Nat, but you see I
can't afford to lose my money, so I guess
we won't be partners any longer;" and with
that Tommy rubbed out the sign, "T. Bangs &
Co."

Nat had been very proud of the "Co.," and
had hunted eggs industriously, kept his
accounts all straight, and had added a good
sum to his income from the sale of his share
of stock in trade.

"O Tom! must you?" he said, feeling that his
good name was gone for ever in the
business world if this was done.

"I must," returned Tommy, firmly. "Emil says
that when one man 'bezzles (believe that's
the word it means to take money and cut
away with it) the property of a firm, the other
one sues him, or pitches into him somehow,
and won't have any thing more to do with
him. Now you have 'bezzled my property; I
shan't sue you, and I shan't pitch into you,
but I must dissolve the partnership, because
I can't trust you, and I don't wish to fail."

"I can't make you believe me, and you won't
take my money, though I'd be thankful to
give all my dollars if you'd only say you don't
think I took your money. Do let me hunt for
you, I won't ask any wages, but do it for
nothing. I know all the places, and I like it,"
pleaded Nat.

But Tommy shook his head, and his jolly
round face looked suspicious and hard as
he said, shortly, "Can't do it; wish you didn't
know the places. Mind you don't go hunting
on the sly, and speculate in my eggs."

Poor Nat was so hurt that he could not get
over it. He felt that he had lost not only his
partner and patron, but that he was bankrupt
in honor, and an outlaw from the business
community. No one trusted his word, written

or spoken, in spite of his efforts to redeem
the past falsehood; the sign was down, the
firm broken up, and he a ruined man. The
barn, which was the boys' Wall Street, knew
him no more. Cockletop and her sisters
cackled for him in vain, and really seemed
to take his misfortune to heart, for eggs
were fewer, and some of the biddies
retired in disgust to new nests, which
Tommy could not find.

"They trust me," said Nat, when he heard of
it; and though the boys shouted at the idea,
Nat found comfort in it, for when one is
down in the world, the confidence of even a
speckled hen is most consoling.

Tommy took no new partner, however, for
distrust had entered in, and poisoned the
peace of his once confiding soul. Ned
offered to join him, but he declined, saying,
with a sense of justice that did him honor,

"It might turn out that Nat didn't take my
money, and then we could be partners
again. I don't think it will happen, but I will
give him a chance, and keep the place open
a little longer."

Billy was the only person whom Bangs felt
he could trust in his shop, and Billy was
trained to hunt eggs, and hand them over
unbroken, being quite satisfied with an
apple or a sugar-plum for wages. The
morning after Dan's gloomy Sunday, Billy
said to his employer, as he displayed the
results of a long hunt,

"Only two."

"It gets worse and worse; I never saw such
provoking old hens," growled Tommy,
thinking of the days when he often had six to
rejoice over. "Well, put 'em in my hat and
give me a new bit of chalk; I must mark 'em
up, any way."

-117-

Billy mounted a peck-measure, and looked
into the top of the machine, where Tommy
kept his writing materials.

"There's lots of money in here," said Billy.

"No, there isn't. Catch me leaving my cash
round again," returned Tommy.

"I see 'em one, four, eight, two dollars,"
persisted Billy, who had not yet mastered
the figures correctly.

"What a jack you are!" and Tommy hopped
up to get the chalk for himself, but nearly
tumbled down again, for there actually were
four bright quarters in a row, with a bit of
paper on them directed to "Tom Bangs,"
that there might be no mistake.

"Thunder turtles!" cried Tommy, and seizing
them he dashed into the house, bawling
wildly, "It's all right! Got my money! Where's
Nat?"

He was soon found, and his surprise and
pleasure were so genuine that few doubted
his word when he now denied all
knowledge of the money.

"How could I put it back when I didn't take it?
Do believe me now, and be good to me
again," he said, so imploringly, that Emil
slapped him on the back, and declared he
would for one.

"So will I, and I'm jolly glad it's not you. But
who the dickens is it?" said Tommy, after
shaking hands heartily with Nat.

"Never mind, as long as it's found," said
Dan with his eyes fixed on Nat's happy
face.

"Well, I like that! I'm not going to have my
things hooked, and then brought back like

the juggling man's tricks," cried Tommy,
looking at his money as if he suspected
witchcraft.

"We'll find him out somehow, though he was
sly enough to print this so his writing
wouldn't be known," said Franz, examining
the paper.

"Demi prints tip-top," put in Rob, who had
not a very clear idea what the fuss was all
about.

"You can't make me believe it's him, not if
you talk till you are blue," said Tommy, and
the others hooted at the mere idea; for the
little deacon, as they called him, was above
suspicion.

Nat felt the difference in the way they spoke
of Demi and himself, and would have given
all he had or ever hoped to have to be so
trusted; for he had learned how easy it is to
lose the confidence of others, how very,
very hard to win it back, and truth became to
him a precious thing since he had suffered
from neglecting it.

Mr. Bhaer was very glad one step had been
taken in the right direction, and waited
hopefully for yet further revelations. They
came sooner than he expected, and in a
way that surprised and grieved him very
much. As they sat at supper that night, a
square parcel was handed to Mrs. Bhaer
from Mrs. Bates, a neighbor. A note
accompanied the parcel, and, while Mr.
Bhaer read it, Demi pulled off the wrapper,
exclaiming, as he saw its contents,

"Why, it's the book Uncle Teddy gave Dan!"

"The devil!" broke from Dan, for he had not
yet quite cured himself of swearing, though
he tried very hard.

-118-

Mr. Bhaer looked up quickly at the sound.
Dan tried to meet his eyes, but could not; his
own fell, and he sat biting his lips, getting
redder and redder till he was the picture of
shame.

"What is it?" asked Mrs. Bhaer, anxiously.

"I should have preferred to talk about this in
private, but Demi has spoilt that plan, so I
may as well have it out now," said Mr.
Bhaer, looking a little stern, as he always
did when any meanness or deceit came up
for judgment.

"The note is from Mrs. Bates, and she says
that her boy Jimmy told her he bought this
book of Dan last Saturday. She saw that it
was worth much more than a dollar, and
thinking there was some mistake, has sent
it to me. Did you sell it, Dan?"

"Yes, sir," was the slow answer.

"Why?"

"Wanted money."

"For what?"

"To pay somebody."

"To whom did you owe it?"

"Tommy."

"Never borrowed a cent of me in his life,"
cried Tommy, looked scared, for he
guessed what was coming now, and felt
that on the whole he would have preferred
witchcraft, for he admired Dan immensely.

"Perhaps he took it," cried Ned, who owed
Dan a grudge for the ducking, and, being a
mortal boy, liked to pay it off.

"O Dan!" cried Nat, clasping his hands,
regardless of the bread and butter in them.

"It is a hard thing to do, but I must have this
settled, for I cannot have you watching each
other like detectives, and the whole school
disturbed in this way. did you put that dollar
in the barn this morning?" asked Mr. Bhaer.

Dan looked him straight in the face, and
answered steadily, "Yes, I did."

A murmur went round the table, Tommy
dropped his mug with a crash; Daisy cried
out, "I knew it wasn't Nat;" Nan began to cry,
and Mrs. Jo left the room, looking so
disappointed, sorry, and ashamed that Dan
could not bear it. He hid his face in his
hands a moment, then threw up his head,
squared his shoulders as if settling some
load upon them, and said, with the dogged
look, and half-resolute, half-reckless tone
he had used when he first came

"I did it; now you may do what you like to me,
but I won't say another word about it."

"Not even that you are sorry?" asked Mr.
Bhaer, troubled by the change in him.

"I ain't sorry."

"I'll forgive him without asking," said
Tommy, feeling that it was harder somehow
to see brave Dan disgraced than timid Nat.

"Don't want to be forgiven," returned Dan,
gruffly.

"Perhaps you will when you have thought
about it quietly by yourself, I won't tell you
now how surprised and disappointed I am,
but by and by I will come up and talk to you in
your room."

"Won't make any difference," said Dan,

-119-

trying to speak defiantly, but failing as he
looked at Mr. Bhaer's sorrowful face; and,
taking his words for a dismissal, Dan left
the room as if he found it impossible to stay.

It would have done him good if he had
stayed; for the boys talked the matter over
with such sincere regret, and pity, and
wonder, it might have touched and won him
to ask pardon. No one was glad to find that
it was he, not even Nat; for, spite of all his
faults, and they were many, every one liked
Dan now, because under his rough exterior
lay some of the manly virtues which we most
admire and love. Mrs. Jo had been the chief
prop, as well as cultivator, of Dan; and she
took it sadly to heart that her last and most
interesting boy had turned out so ill. The
theft was bad, but the lying about it, and
allowing another to suffer so much from an
unjust suspicion was worse; and most
discouraging of all was the attempt to
restore the money in an underhand way, for
it showed not only a want of courage, but a
power of deceit that boded ill for the future.
Still more trying was his steady refusal to
talk of the matter, to ask pardon, or express
any remorse. Days passed; and he went
about his lessons and his work, silent, grim,
and unrepentant. As if taking warning by
their treatment of Nat, he asked no
sympathy of any one, rejected the
advances of the boys, and spent his leisure
hours roaming about the fields and woods,
trying to find playmates in the birds and
beasts, and succeeding better than most
boys would have done, because he knew
and loved them so well.

"If this goes on much longer, I'm afraid he
will run away again, for he is too young to
stand a life like this," said Mr. Bhaer, quite
dejected at the failure of all his efforts.

"A little while ago I should have been quite
sure that nothing would tempt him away, but

now I am ready of any thing, he is so
changed," answered poor Mrs. Jo, who
mourned over her boy and could not be
comforted, because he shunned her more
than any one else, and only looked at her
with the half-fierce, half-imploring eyes of
a wild animal caught in a trap, when she
tried to talk to him alone.

Nat followed him about like a shadow, and
Dan did not repulse him as rudely as he did
others, but said, in his blunt way, "You are all
right; don't worry about me. I can stand it
better than you did."

"But I don't like to have you all alone," Nat
would say, sorrowfully.

"I like it;" and Dan would tramp away, stifling
a sigh sometimes, for he was lonely.

Passing through the birch grove one day, he
came up on several of the boys, who were
amusing themselves by climbing up the
trees and swinging down again, as they
slender elastic stems bent till their tops
touched the ground. Dan paused a minute
to watch the fun, without offering to join in it,
and as he stood there Jack took his turn. He
had unfortunately chosen too large a tree;
for when he swung off, it only bent a little
way, and left him hanging at a dangerous
height.

"Go back; you can't do it!" called Ned from
below.

Jack tried, but the twigs slipped from his
hands, and he could not get his legs round
the trunk. He kicked, and squirmed, and
clutched in vain, then gave it up, and hung
breathless, saying helplessly,

"Catch me! help me! I must drop!"

"You'll be killed if you do," cried Ned,

-120-

frightened out of his wits.

"Hold on!" shouted Dan; and up the tree he
went, crashing his way along till he nearly
reached Jack, whose face looked up at
him, full of fear and hope.

"You'll both come down," said Ned, dancing
with excitement on the slope underneath,
while Nat held out his arms, in the wild hope
of breaking the fall.

"That's what I want; stand from under,"
answered Dan, coolly; and, as he spoke,
his added weight bent the tree many feet
nearer the earth.

Jack dropped safely; but the birch,
lightened of half its load, flew up again so
suddenly, that Dan, in the act of swinging
round to drop feet foremost, lost his hold
and fell heavily.

"I'm not hurt, all right in a minute," he said,
sitting up, a little pale and dizzy, as the boys
gathered round him, full of admiration and
alarm.

"You're a trump, Dan, and I'm ever so much
obliged to you," cried Jack, gratefully.

"It wasn't any thing," muttered Dan, rising
slowly.

"I say it was, and I'll shake hands with you,
though you are ," Ned checked the unlucky
word on his tongue, and held out his hand,
feeling that it was a handsome thing on his
part.

"But I won't shake hands with a sneak;" and
Dan turned his back with a look of scorn,
that caused Ned to remember the brook,
and retire with undignified haste.

"Come home, old chap; I'll give you a lift;"

and Nat walked away with him leaving the
others to talk over the feat together, to
wonder when Dan would "come round," and
to wish one and all that Tommy's
"confounded money had been in Jericho
before it made such a fuss."

When Mr. Bhaer came into school next
morning, he looked so happy, that the boys
wondered what had happened to him, and
really thought he had lost his mind when they
saw him go straight to Dan, and, taking him
by both hands, say all in one breath, as he
shook them heartily,

"I know all about it, and I beg your pardon. It
was like you to do it, and I love you for it,
though it's never right to tell lies, even for a
friend."

"What is it?" cried Nat, for Dan said not a
word, only lifted up his head, as if a weight
of some sort had fallen off his back.

"Dan did not take Tommy's money;" and Mr.
Bhaer quite shouted it, he was so glad.

"Who did?" cried the boys in a chorus.

Mr. Bhaer pointed to one empty seat, and
every eye followed his finger, yet no one
spoke for a minute, they were so surprised.

"Jack went home early this morning, but he
left this behind him;" and in the silence Mr.
Bhaer read the note which he had found tied
to his door-handle when he rose.

"I took Tommy's dollar. I was peeking in
through a crack and saw him put it there. I
was afraid to tell before, though I wanted to.
I didn't care so much about Nat, but Dan is a
trump, and I can't stand it any longer. I never
spent the money; it's under the carpet in my
room, right behind the washstand. I'm awful
sorry. I am going home, and don't think I

-121-

shall ever come back, so Dan may have my
things.

"JACK"

It was not an elegant confession, being
badly written, much blotted, and very short;
but it was a precious paper to Dan; and,
when Mr. Bhaer paused, the boy went to
him, saying, in a rather broken voice, but
with clear eyes, and the frank, respectful
manner they had tried to teach him,

"I'll say I'm sorry now, and ask you to forgive
me, sir."

"It was a kind lie, Dan, and I can't help
forgiving it; but you see it did no good," said
Mr. Bhaer, with a hand on either shoulder,
and a face full of relief and affection.

"It kept the boys from plaguing Nat. That's
what I did it for. It made him right down
miserable. I didn't care so much," explained
Dan, as if glad to speak out after his hard
silence.

"How could you do it? You are always so
kind to me," faltered Nat, feeling a strong
desire to hug his friend and cry. Two girlish
performances, which would have
scandalized Dan to the last degree.

"It's all right now, old fellow, so don't be a
fool," he said, swallowing the lump in his
throat, and laughing out as he had not done
for weeks. "Does Mrs. Bhaer know?" he
asked, eagerly.

"Yes; and she is so happy I don't know what
she will do to you," began Mr. Bhaer, but got
no farther, for here the boys came crowding
about Dan in a tumult of pleasure and
curiosity; but before he had answered more
than a dozen questions, a voice cried out,

"Three cheers for Dan!" and there was Mrs.
Jo in the doorway waving her dish-towel,
and looking as if she wanted to dance a jig
for joy, as she used to do when a girl.

"Now then," cried Mr. Bhaer, and led off a
rousing hurrah, which startled Asia in the
kitchen, and made old Mr. Roberts shake
his head as he drove by, saying,

"Schools are not what they were when I was
young!"

Dan stood it pretty well for a minute, but the
sight of Mrs. Jo's delight upset him, and he
suddenly bolted across the hall into the
parlor, whither she instantly followed, and
neither were seen for half an hour.

Mr. Bhaer found it very difficult to calm his
excited flock; and, seeing that lessons were
an impossibility for a time, he caught their
attention by telling them the fine old story of
the friends whose fidelity to one another has
made their names immortal. The lads
listened and remembered, for just then their
hearts were touched by the loyalty of a
humbler pair of friends. The lie was wrong,
but the love that prompted it and the
courage that bore in silence the disgrace
which belonged to another, made Dan a
hero in their eyes. Honesty and honor had a
new meaning now; a good name was more
precious than gold; for once lost money
could not buy it back; and faith in one
another made life smooth and happy as
nothing else could do.

Tommy proudly restored the name of the
firm; Nat was devoted to Dan; and all the
boys tried to atone to both for former
suspicion and neglect. Mrs. Jo rejoiced
over her flock, and Mr. Bhaer was never
tired of telling the story of his young Damon
and Pythias.

-122-

Chapter 15 In The Willow

The old tree saw and heard a good many
little scenes and confidences that summer,
because it became the favorite retreat of all
the children, and the willow seemed to
enjoy it, for a pleasant welcome always met
them, and the quiet hours spent in its arms
did them all good. It had a great deal of
company one Saturday afternoon, and
some little bird reported what went on there.

First came Nan and Daisy with their small
tubs and bits of soap, for now and then they
were seized with a tidy fit, and washed up
all their dolls' clothes in the brook. Asia
would not have them "slopping round" in her
kitchen, and the bath-room was forbidden
since Nan forgot to turn off the water till it
overflowed and came gently dripping down
through the ceiling. Daisy went
systematically to work, washing first the
white and then the colored things, rinsing
them nicely, and hanging them to dry on a
cord fastened from one barberry-bush to
another, and pinning them up with a set of
tiny clothes-pins Ned had turned for her. But
Nan put all her little things to soak in the
same tub, and then forgot them while she
collected thistledown to stuff a pillow for
Semiramis, Queen of Babylon, as one doll
was named. This took some time, and
when Mrs. Giddy-gaddy came to take out
her clothes, deep green stains appeared on
every thing, for she had forgotten the green
silk lining of a certain cape, and its color
had soaked nicely into the pink and blue
gowns, the little chemises, and even the
best ruffled petticoat.

"Oh me! what a mess!" sighed Nan.

"Lay them on the grass to bleach," said
Daisy, with an air of experience.

"So I will, and we can sit up in the nest and

watch that they don't blow away."

The Queen of Babylon's wardrobe was
spread forth upon the bank, and, turning up
their tubs to dry, the little washerwomen
climbed into the nest, and fell to talking, as
ladies are apt to do in the pauses of
domestic labor.

"I'm going to have a feather-bed to go with
my new pillow," said Mrs. Giddy-gaddy, as
she transferred the thistledown from her
pocket to her handkerchief, losing about
half in the process.

"I wouldn't; Aunt Jo says feather-beds
aren't healthy. I never let my children sleep
on any thing but a mattress," returned Mrs.
Shakespeare Smith, decidedly.

"I don't care; my children are so strong they
often sleep on the floor, and don't mind it,"
(which was quite true). "I can't afford nine
mattresses, and I like to make beds myself."

"Won't Tommy charge for the feathers?"

"May be he will, but I shan't pay him, and he
won't care," returned Mrs. G., taking a base
advantage of the well-known good nature
of T. Bangs.

"I think the pink will fade out of that dress
sooner than the green mark will," observed
Mrs. S., looking down from her perch, and
changing the subject, for she and her
gossip differed on many points, and Mrs.
Smith was a discreet lady.

"Never mind; I'm tired of dolls, and I guess I
shall put them all away and attend to my
farm; I like it rather better than playing
house," said Mrs. G., unconsciously
expressing the desire of many older ladies,
who cannot dispose of their families so
easily however.

-123-

"But you mustn't leave them; they will die
without their mother," cried the tender Mrs.
Smith.

"Let 'em die then; I'm tired of fussing over
babies, and I'm going to play with the boys;
they need me to see to 'em," returned the
strong-minded lady.

Daisy knew nothing about women's rights;
she quietly took all she wanted, and no one
denied her claim, because she did not
undertake what she could not carry out, but
unconsciously used the all-powerful right of
her own influence to win from others any
privilege for which she had proved her
fitness. Nan attempted all sorts of things,
undaunted by direful failures, and clamored
fiercely to be allowed to do every thing that
the boys did. They laughed at her, hustled
her out of the way, and protested against
her meddling with their affairs. But she
would not be quenched and she would be
heard, for her will was strong, and she had
the spirit of a rampant reformer. Mrs. Bhaer
sympathized with her, but tired to curb her
frantic desire for entire liberty, showing her
that she must wait a little, learn self-control,
and be ready to use her freedom before she
asked for it. Nan had meek moments when
she agreed to this, and the influences at
work upon her were gradually taking effect.
She no longer declared that she would be
engine-driver or a blacksmith, but turned
her mind to farming, and found in it a vent
for the energy bottled up in her active little
body. It did not quite satisfy her, however;
for her sage and sweet marjoram were
dumb things, and could not thank her for her
care. She wanted something human to love,
work for, and protect, and was never
happier than when the little boys brought
their cut fingers, bumped heads, or bruised
joints for her to "mend-up." Seeing this,
Mrs. Jo proposed that she should learn how
to do it nicely, and Nursey had an apt pupil in

bandaging, plastering, and fomenting. The
boys began to call her "Dr. Giddy-gaddy,"
and she liked it so well that Mrs. Jo one day
said to the Professor

"Fritz, I see what we can do for that child.
She wants something to live for even now,
and will be one of the sharp, strong,
discontented women if she does not have it.
Don't let us snub her restless little nature,
but do our best to give her the work she
likes, and by and by persuade her father to
let her study medicine. She will make a
capital doctor, for she has courage, strong
nerves, a tender heart, and an intense love
and pity for the weak and suffering."

Mr. Bhaer smiled at first, but agreed to try,
and gave Nan an herb-garden, teaching her
the various healing properties of the plants
she tended, and letting her try their virtues
on the children in the little illnesses they had
from time to time. She learned fast,
remembered well, and showed a sense
and interest most encouraging to her
Professor, who did not shut his door in her
face because she was a little woman.

She was thinking of this, as she sat in the
willow that day, and when Daisy said in her
gentle way

"I love to keep house, and mean to have a
nice one for Demi when we grow up and
live together."

Nan replied with decision

"Well, I haven't got any brother, and I don't
want any house to fuss over. I shall have an
office, with lots of bottles and drawers and
pestle things in it, and I shall drive round in a
horse and chaise and cure sick people.
That will be such fun."

"Ugh! how can you bear the bad-smelling

-124-

stuff and the nasty little powders and castor-
oil and senna and hive syrup?" cried Daisy,
with a shudder.

"I shan't have to take any, so I don't care.
Besides, they make people well, and I like
to cure folks. Didn't my sage-tea make
Mother Bhaer's headache go away, and my
hops stop Ned's toothache in five hours?
So now!"

"Shall you put leeches on people, and cut off
legs and pull out teeth?" asked Daisy,
quaking at the thought.

"Yes, I shall do every thing; I don't care if the
people are all smashed up, I shall mend
them. My grandpa was a doctor, and I saw
him sew a great cut in a man's cheek, and I
held the sponge, and wasn't frightened a
bit, and Grandpa said I was a brave girl."

"How could you? I'm sorry for sick people,
and I like to nurse them, but it makes my
legs shake so I have to run away. I'm not a
brave girl," sighed Daisy.

"Well, you can be my nurse, and cuddle my
patients when I have given them the physic
and cut off their legs," said Nan, whose
practice was evidently to be of the heroic
kind.

"Ship ahoy! Where are you, Nan?" called a
voice from below.

"Here we are."

"Ay, ay!" said the voice, and Emil appeared
holding one hand in the other, with his face
puckered up as if in pain.

"Oh, what's the matter?" cried Daisy,
anxiously.

"A confounded splinter in my thumb. Can't

get it out. Take a pick at it, will you, Nanny?"

"It's in very deep, and I haven't any needle,"
said Nan, examining a tarry thumb with
interest.

"Take a pin," said Emil, in a hurry.

"No, it's too big and hasn't got a sharp
point."

Here Daisy, who had dived into her pocket,
presented a neat little housewife with four
needles in it.

"You are the Posy who always has what we
want," said Emil; and Nan resolved to have
a needle-book in her own pocket
henceforth, for just such cases as this were
always occurring in her practice.

Daisy covered her eyes, but Nan probed
and picked with a steady hand, while Emil
gave directions not down in any medical
work or record.

"Starboard now! Steady, boys, steady! Try
another tack. Heave ho! there she is!"

"Suck it," ordered the Doctor, surveying the
splinter with an experienced eye.

"Too dirty," responded the patient, shaking
his bleeding hand.

"Wait; I'll tie it up if you have got a
handkerchief."

"Haven't; take one of those rags down
there."

"Gracious! no, indeed; they are doll's
clothes," cried Daisy, indignantly.

"Take one of mine; I'd like to have you," said
Nan; and swinging himself down, Emil

-125-

caught up the first "rag" he saw. It happened
to be the frilled skirt; but Nan tore it up
without a murmur; and when the royal
petticoat was turned into a neat little
bandage, she dismissed her patient with
the command

"Keep it wet, and let it alone; then it will heal
right up, and not be sore."

"What do you charge?" asked the
Commodore, laughing.

"Nothing; I keep a 'spensary; that is a place
where poor people are doctored free gratis
for nothing," explained Nan, with an air.

"Thank you, Doctor Giddy-gaddy. I'll always
call you in when I come to grief;" and Emil
departed, but looked back to say for one
good turn deserves another "Your duds are
blowing away, Doctor."

Forgiving the disrespectful word, "duds,"
the ladies hastily descended, and,
gathering up their wash, retired to the house
to fire up the little stove, and go to ironing.

A passing breath of air shook the old
willow, as if it laughed softly at the childish
chatter which went on in the nest, and it had
hardly composed itself when another pair of
birds alighted for a confidential twitter.

"Now, I'll tell you the secret," began Tommy,
who was "swellin' wisibly" with the
importance of his news.

"Tell away," answered Nat, wishing he had
brought his fiddle, it was so shady and quiet
here.

"Well, we fellows were talking over the late
interesting case of circumstantial
evidence," said Tommy, quoting at random
from a speech Franz had made at the club,

"and I proposed giving Dan something to
make up for our suspecting him, to show
our respect, and so on, you know
something handsome and useful, that he
could keep always and be proud of. What do
you think we chose?"

"A butterfly-net; he wants one ever so
much," said Nat, looking a little
disappointed, for he meant to get it himself.

"No, sir; it's to be a microscope, a real swell
one, that we see what-do-you-call-'ems in
water with, and stars, and ant-eggs, and all
sorts of games, you know. Won't it be a jolly
good present?" said Tommy, rather
confusing microscopes and telescopes in
his remarks.

"Tip-top! I'm so glad! Won't it cost a heap,
though?" cried Nat, feeling that his friend
was beginning to be appreciated.

"Of course it will; but we are all going to give
something. I headed the paper with my five
dollars; for if it is done at all, it must be done
handsome."

"What! all of it? I never did see such a
generous chap as you are;" and Nat
beamed upon him with sincere admiration.

"Well, you see, I've been so bothered with
my property, that I'm tired of it, and don't
mean to save up any more, but give it away
as I go along, and then nobody will envy me,
or want to steal it, and I shan't be suspecting
folks and worrying about my old cash,"
replied Tommy, on whom the cares and
anxieties of a millionaire weighed heavily.

"Will Mr. Bhaer let you do it?"

"He thought it was a first-rate plan, and said
that some of the best men he knew
preferred to do good with their money

-126-

instead of laying it up to be squabbled over
when they died."

"Your father is rich; does he do that way?"

"I'm not sure; he gives me all I want; I know
that much. I'm going to talk to him about it
when I go home. Anyhow, I shall set him a
good example;" and Tommy was so
serious, that Nat did not dare to laugh, but
said, respectfully

"You will be able to do ever so much with
your money, won't you?"

"So Mr. Bhaer said, and he promised to
advise me about useful ways of spending it.
I'm going to begin with Dan; and next time I
get a dollar or so, I shall do something for
Dick, he's such a good little chap, and only
has a cent a week for pocket-money. He
can't earn much, you know; so I'm going to
kind of see to him;" and good-hearted
Tommy quite longed to begin.

"I think that's a beautiful plan, and I'm not
going to try to buy a fiddle any more; I'm
going to get Dan his net all myself, and if
there is any money left, I'll do something to
please poor Billy. He's fond of me, and
though he isn't poor, he'd like some little
thing from me, because I can make out what
he wants better than the rest of you." And
Nat fell to wondering how much happiness
could be got out of his precious three
dollars.

"So I would. Now come and ask Mr. Bhaer if
you can't go in town with me on Monday
afternoon, so you can get the net, while I get
the microscope. Franz and Emil are going
too, and we'll have a jolly time larking round
among the shops."

The lads walked away arm-in-arm,
discussing the new plans with droll

importance, yet beginning already to feel
the sweet satisfaction which comes to
those who try, no matter how humbly, to be
earthly providences to the poor and
helpless, and gild their mite with the gold of
charity before it is laid up where thieves
cannot break through and steal.

"Come up and rest while we sort the leaves;
it's so cool and pleasant here," said Demi,
as he and Dan came sauntering home from
a long walk in the woods.

"All right!" answered Dan, who was a boy of
few words, and up they went.

"What makes birch leaves shake so much
more than the others?" asked inquiring
Demi, who was always sure of an answer
from Dan.

"They are hung differently. Don't you see the
stem where it joins the leaf is sort of
pinched one way, and where it joins the
twig, it is pinched another. This makes it
waggle with the least bit of wind, but the elm
leaves hang straight, and keep stiller."

"How curious! will this do so?" and Demi
held up a sprig of acacia, which he had
broken from a little tree on the lawn,
because it was so pretty.

"No; that belongs to the sort that shuts up
when you touch it. Draw your finger down
the middle of the stem, and see if the leaves
don't curl up," said Dan, who was
examining a bit of mica.

Demi tried it, and presently the little leaves
did fold together, till the spray showed a
single instead of a double line of leaves.

"I like that; tell me about the others. What do
these do?" asked Demi, taking up a new
branch.

-127-

"Feed silk-worms; they live on mulberry
leaves, till they begin to spin themselves up.
I was in a silk-factory once, and there were
rooms full of shelves all covered with
leaves, and worms eating them so fast that
it made a rustle. Sometimes they eat so
much they die. Tell that to Stuffy," and Dan
laughed, as he took up another bit of rock
with a lichen on it.

"I know one thing about this mullein leaf: the
fairies use them for blankets," said Demi,
who had not quite given up his faith in the
existence of the little folk in green.

"If I had a microscope, I'd show you
something prettier than fairies," said Dan,
wondering if he should ever own that
coveted treasure. "I knew an old woman
who used mullein leaves for a night-cap
because she had face-ache. She sewed
them together, and wore it all the time."

"How funny! was she your grandmother?"

"Never had any. She was a queer old
woman, and lived alone in a little tumble-
down house with nineteen cats. Folks called
her a witch, but she wasn't, though she
looked like an old rag-bag. She was real
kind to me when I lived in that place, and
used to let me get warm at her fire when the
folks at the poorhouse were hard on me."

"Did you live in a poorhouse?"

"A little while. Never mind that I didn't mean
to speak of it;" and Dan stopped short in his
unusual fit of communicativeness.

"Tell about the cats, please," said Demi,
feeling that he had asked an unpleasant
question, and sorry for it.

"Nothing to tell; only she had a lot of 'em,
and kept 'em in a barrel nights; and I used to

go and tip over the barrel sometimes, and
let 'em out all over the house, and then
she'd scold, and chase 'em and put 'em in
again, spitting and yowling like fury."

"Was she good to them?" asked Demi, with
a hearty child's laugh, pleasant to hear.

"Guess she was. Poor old soul! she took in
all the lost and sick cats in the town; and
when anybody wanted one they went to
Marm Webber, and she let 'em pick any kind
and color they wanted, and only asked
ninepence, she was glad to have her
pussies get a good home."

"I should like to see Marm Webber. Could I, if
I went to that place?"

"She's dead. All my folks are," said Dan,
briefly.

"I'm sorry;" and Demi sat silent a minute,
wondering what subject would be safe to
try next. He felt delicate about speaking of
the departed lady, but was very curious
about the cats, and could not resist asking
softly

"Did she cure the sick ones?"

"Sometimes. One had a broken leg, and
she tied it up to a stick, and it got well; and
another had fits, and she doctored it with
yarbs till it was cured. But some of 'em
died, and she buried 'em; and when they
couldn't get well, she killed 'em easy."

"How?" asked Demi, feeling that there was
a peculiar charm about this old woman, and
some sort of joke about the cats, because
Dan was smiling to himself.

"A kind lady, who was fond of cats, told her
how, and gave her some stuff, and sent all
her own pussies to be killed that way. Marm

-128-

used to put a sponge wet with ether, in the
bottom of an old boot, then poke puss in
head downwards. The ether put her to sleep
in a jiffy, and she was drowned in warm
water before she woke up."

"I hope the cats didn't feel it. I shall tell Daisy
about that. You have known a great many
interesting things, haven't you?" asked
Demi, and fell to meditating on the vast
experience of a boy who had run away
more than once, and taken care of himself
in a big city.

"Wish I hadn't sometimes."

"Why? Don't remembering them feel good?"

"No."

"It's very singular how hard it is to manage
your mind," said Demi, clasping his hands
round his knees, and looking up at the sky
as if for information upon his favorite topic.

"Devilish hard no, I don't mean that;" and
Dan bit his lips, for the forbidden word
slipped out in spite of him, and he wanted to
be more careful with Demi than with any of
the other boys.

"I'll play I didn't hear it," said Demi; "and you
won't do it again, I'm sure."

"Not if I can help it. That's one of the things I
don't want to remember. I keep pegging
away, but it don't seem to do much good;"
and Dan looked discouraged.

"Yes, it does. You don't say half so many
bad words as you used to; and Aunt Jo is
pleased, because she said it was a hard
habit to break up."

"Did she?" and Dan cheered up a bit.

"You must put swearing away in your fault-
drawer, and lock it up; that's the way I do
with my badness."

"What do you mean?" asked Dan, looking as
if he found Demi almost as amusing as a
new sort of cockchafer or beetle.

"Well, it's one of my private plays, and I'll tell
you, but I think you'll laugh at it," began
Demi, glad to hold forth on this congenial
subject. "I play that my mind is a round
room, and my soul is a little sort of creature
with wings that lives in it. The walls are full of
shelves and drawers, and in them I keep my
thoughts, and my goodness and badness,
and all sorts of things. The goods I keep
where I can see them, and the bads I lock up
tight, but they get out, and I have to keep
putting them in and squeezing them down,
they are so strong. The thoughts I play with
when I am alone or in bed, and I make up
and do what I like with them. Every Sunday I
put my room in order, and talk with the little
spirit that lives there, and tell him what to do.
He is very bad sometimes, and won't mind
me, and I have to scold him, and take him to
Grandpa. He always makes him behave,
and be sorry for his faults, because
Grandpa likes this play, and gives me nice
things to put in the drawers, and tells me
how to shut up the naughties. Hadn't you
better try that way? It's a very good one;"
and Demi looked so earnest and full of
faith, that Dan did not laugh at his quaint
fancy, but said, soberly,

"I don't think there is a lock strong enough to
keep my badness shut up. Any way my
room is in such a clutter I don't know how to
clear it up."

"You keep your drawers in the cabinet all
spandy nice; why can't you do the others?"

"I ain't used to it. Will you show me how?"

-129-

and Dan looked as if inclined to try Demi's
childish way of keeping a soul in order.

"I'd love to, but I don't know how, except to
talk as Grandpa does. I can't do it good like
him, but I'll try."

"Don't tell any one; only now and then we'll
come here and talk things over, and I'll pay
you for it by telling all I know about my sort of
things. Will that do?" and Dan held out his
big, rough hand.

Demi gave his smooth, little hand readily,
and the league was made; for in the happy,
peaceful world where the younger boy lived,
lions and lambs played together, and little
children innocently taught their elders.

"Hush!" said Dan, pointing toward the
house, as Demi was about to indulge in
another discourse on the best way of
getting badness down, and keeping it
down; and peeping from their perch, they
saw Mrs. Jo strolling slowly along, reading
as she went, while Teddy trotted behind
her, dragging a little cart upside down.

"Wait till they see us," whispered Demi, and
both sat still as the pair came nearer, Mrs.
Jo so absorbed in her book that she would
have walked into the brook if Teddy had not
stopped her by saying

"Marmar, I wanter fis."

Mrs. Jo put down the charming book which
she had been trying to read for a week, and
looked about her for a fishing-pole, being
used to making toys out of nothing. Before
she had broken one from the hedge, a
slender willow bough fell at her feet; and,
looking up, she saw the boys laughing in the
nest.

"Up! up!" cried Teddy, stretching his arms

and flapping his skirts as if about to fly.

"I'll come down and you come up. I must go
to Daisy now;" and Demi departed to
rehearse the tale of the nineteen cats, with
the exciting boot-and-barrel episodes.

Teddy was speedily whisked up; and then
Dan said, laughing, "Come, too; there's
plenty of room. I'll lend you a hand."

Mrs. Jo glanced over her shoulder, but no
one was in sight; and rather liking the joke
of the thing, she laughed back, saying,
"Well, if you won't mention it, I think I will;"
and with two nimble steps was in the willow.

"I haven't climbed a tree since I was
married. I used to be very fond of it when I
was a girl," she said, looking well-pleased
with her shady perch.

"Now, you read if you want to, and I'll take
care of Teddy," proposed Dan, beginning
to make a fishing-rod for impatient Baby.

"I don't think I care about it now. What were
you and Demi at up here?" asked Mrs. Jo,
thinking, from the sober look on Dan's face,
that he had something on his mind.

"Oh! we were talking. I'd been telling him
about leaves and things, and he was telling
me some of his queer plays. Now, then,
Major, fish away;" and Dan finished off his
work by putting a big blue fly on the bent pin
which hung at the end of the cord he had
tied to the willow-rod.

Teddy leaned down from the tree, and was
soon wrapt up in watching for the fish which
he felt sure would come. Dan held him by
his little petticoats, lest he should take a
"header" into the brook, and Mrs. Jo soon
won him to talk by doing so herself.

-130-

"I am so glad you told Demi about 'leaves
and things;' it is just what he needs; and I
wish you would teach him, and take him to
walk with you."

"I'd like to, he is so bright; but "

"But what?"

"I didn't think you'd trust me."

"Why not?"

"Well, Demi is so kind of precious, and so
good, and I'm such a bad lot, I thought you'd
keep him away from me."

"But you are not a 'bad lot,' as you say; and I
do trust you, Dan, entirely, because you
honestly try to improve, and do better and
better every week."

"Really?" and Dan looked up at her with the
cloud of despondency lifting from his face.

"Yes; don't you feel it?"

"I hoped so, but I didn't know."

"I have been waiting and watching quietly,
for I thought I'd give you a good trial first;
and if you stood it, I would give you the best
reward I had. You have stood it well; and
now I'm going to trust not only Demi, but my
own boy, to you, because you can teach
them some things better than any of us."

"Can I?" and Dan looked amazed at the
idea.

"Demi has lived among older people so
much that he needs just what you have
knowledge of common things, strength, and
courage. He thinks you are the bravest boy
he ever saw, and admires your strong way
of doing things. Then you know a great deal

about natural objects, and can tell him more
wonderful tales of birds, and bees, and
leaves, and animals, than his story-books
give him; and, being true, these stories will
teach and do him good. Don't you see now
how much you can help him, and why I like to
have him with you?"

"But I swear sometimes, and might tell him
something wrong. I wouldn't mean to, but it
might slip out, just as 'devil' did a few
minutes ago," said Dan, anxious to do his
duty, and let her know his shortcomings.

"I know you try not to say or do any thing to
harm the little fellow, and here is where I
think Demi will help you, because he is so
innocent and wise in his small way, and has
what I am trying to give you, dear, good
principles. It is never too early to try and
plant them in a child, and never too late to
cultivate them in the most neglected person.
You are only boys yet; you can teach one
another. Demi will unconsciously strengthen
your moral sense, you will strengthen his
common sense, and I shall feel as if I had
helped you both."

Words could not express how pleased and
touched Dan was by this confidence and
praise. No one had ever trusted him before,
no one had cared to find out and foster the
good in him, and no one had suspected
how much there was hidden away in the
breast of the neglected boy, going fast to
ruin, yet quick to feel and value sympathy
and help. No honor that he might earn
hereafter would ever be half so precious as
the right to teach his few virtues and small
store of learning to the child whom he most
respected; and no more powerful restraint
could have been imposed upon him than the
innocent companion confided to his care.
He found courage now to tell Mrs. Jo of the
plan already made with Demi, and she was
glad that the first step had been so naturally

-131-

taken. Every thing seemed to be working
well for Dan, and she rejoiced over him,
because it had seemed a hard task, yet,
working on with a firm belief in the
possibility of reformation in far older and
worse subjects than he, there had come
this quick and hopeful change to encourage
her. He felt that he had friends now and a
place in the world, something to live and
work for, and, though he said little, all that
was best and bravest in a character made
old by a hard experience responded to the
love and faith bestowed on him, and Dan's
salvation was assured.

Their quiet talk was interrupted by a shout of
delight from Teddy, who, to the surprise of
every one, did actually catch a trout where
no trout had been seen for years. He was so
enchanted with his splendid success that he
insisted on showing his prize to the family
before Asia cooked it for supper; so the
three descended and went happily away
together, all satisfied with the work of that
half hour.

Ned was the next visitor to the tree, but he
only made a short stay, sitting there at his
ease while Dick and Dolly caught a pailful of
grasshoppers and crickets for him. He
wanted to play a joke on Tommy, and
intended to tuck up a few dozen of the lively
creatures in his bed, so that when Bangs
got in he would speedily tumble out again,
and pass a portion of the night in chasing
"hopper-grasses" round the room. The hunt
was soon over, and having paid the hunters
with a few peppermints apiece Ned retired
to make Tommy's bed.

For an hour the old willow sighed and sung
to itself, talked with the brook, and watched
the lengthening shadows as the sun went
down. The first rosy color was touching its
graceful branches when a boy came
stealing up the avenue, across the lawn,

and, spying Billy by the brook-side, went to
him, saying, in a mysterious tone,

"Go and tell Mr. Bhaer I want to see him
down here, please. Don't let any one hear."

Billy nodded and ran off, while the boy
swung himself up into the tree, and sat there
looking anxious, yet evidently feeling the
charm of the place and hour. In five minutes,
Mr. Bhaer appeared, and, stepping up on
the fence, leaned into the nest, saying,
kindly,

"I am glad to see you, Jack; but why not
come in and meet us all at once?"

"I wanted to see you first, please, sir. Uncle
made me come back. I know I don't deserve
any thing, but I hope the fellows won't be
hard upon me."

Poor Jack did not get on very well, but it was
evident that he was sorry and ashamed,
and wanted to be received as easily as
possible; for his Uncle had thrashed him
well and scolded him soundly for following
the example he himself set. Jack had
begged not to be sent back, but the school
was cheap, and Mr. Ford insisted, so the
boy returned as quietly as possible, and
took refuge behind Mr. Bhaer.

"I hope not, but I can't answer for them,
though I will see that they are not unjust. I
think, as Dan and Nat have suffered so
much, being innocent, you should suffer
something, being guilty. Don't you?" asked
Mr. Bhaer, pitying Jack, yet feeling he
deserved punishment for a fault which had
so little excuse.

"I suppose so, but I sent Tommy's money
back, and I said I was sorry, isn't that
enough?" said Jack, rather sullenly; for the
boy who could do so mean a thing was not

-132-

brave enough to bear the consequences
well.

"No; I think you should ask pardon of all
three boys, openly and honestly. You cannot
expect them to respect and trust you for a
time, but you can live down this disgrace if
you try, and I will help you. Stealing and lying
are detestable sins, and I hope this will be a
lesson to you. I am glad you are ashamed, it
is a good sign; bear it patiently, and do your
best to earn a better reputation."

"I'll have an auction, and sell off all my
goods dirt cheap," said Jack, showing his
repentance in the most characteristic way.

"I think it would be better to give them away,
and begin on a new foundation. Take
'Honesty is the best policy' for your motto,
and live up to it in act, and word, and
thought, and though you don't make a cent
of money this summer, you will be a rich boy
in the autumn," said Mr. Bhaer, earnestly.

It was hard, but Jack consented, for he
really felt that cheating didn't pay, and
wanted to win back the friendship of the
boys. His heart clung to his possessions,
and he groaned inwardly at the thought of
actually giving away certain precious things.
Asking pardon publicly was easy compared
to this; but then he began to discover that
certain other things, invisible, but most
valuable, were better property than knives,
fish-hooks, or even money itself. So he
decided to buy up a little integrity, even at a
high price, and secure the respect of his
playmates, though it was not a salable
article.

"Well, I'll do it," he said, with a sudden air of
resolution, which pleased Mr. Bhaer.

"Good! and I'll stand by you. Now come and
begin at once."

And Father Bhaer led the bankrupt boy back
into the little world, which received him
coldly at first, but slowly warmed to him,
when he showed that he had profited by the
lesson, and was sincerely anxious to go into
a better business with a new stock-in-
trade.

Chapter 16 Taming The Colt

"What in the world is that boy doing?" said
Mrs. Jo to herself, as she watched Dan
running round the half-mile triangle as if for
a wager. He was all alone, and seemed
possessed by some strange desire to run
himself into a fever, or break his neck; for,
after several rounds, he tried leaping walls,
and turning somersaults up the avenue, and
finally dropped down on the grass before
the door as if exhausted.

"Are you training for a race, Dan?" asked
Mrs. Jo, from the window where she sat.

He looked up quickly, and stopped panting
to answer, with a laugh,

"No; I'm only working off my steam."

"Can't you find a cooler way of doing it? You
will be ill if you tear about so in such warm
weather," said Mrs. Jo, laughing also, as
she threw him out a great palm-leaf fan.

"Can't help it. I must run somewhere,"
answered Dan, with such an odd
expression in his restless eyes, that Mrs. Jo
was troubled, and asked, quickly,

"Is Plumfield getting too narrow for you?"

"I wouldn't mind if it was a little bigger. I like
it though; only the fact is the devil gets into
me sometimes, and then I do want to bolt."

The words seemed to come against his will,

-133-

for he looked sorry the minute they were
spoken, and seemed to think he deserved a
reproof for his ingratitude. But Mrs. Jo
understood the feeling, and though sorry to
see it, she could not blame the boy for
confessing it. She looked at him anxiously,
seeing how tall and strong he had grown,
how full of energy his face was, with its
eager eyes and resolute mouth; and
remembering the utter freedom he had
known for years before, she felt how even
the gentle restraint of this home would
weigh upon him at times when the old
lawless spirit stirred in him. "Yes," she said
to herself, "my wild hawk needs a larger
cage; and yet, if I let him go, I am afraid he
will be lost. I must try and find some lure
strong enough to keep him safe."

"I know all about it," she added, aloud. "It is
not 'the devil,' as you call it, but the very
natural desire of all young people for liberty.
I used to feel just so, and once, I really did
think for a minute that I would bolt."

"Why didn't you?" said Dan, coming to lean
on the low window-ledge, with an evident
desire to continue the subject.

"I knew it was foolish, and love for my
mother kept me at home."

"I haven't got any mother," began Dan.

"I thought you had now," said Mrs. Jo, gently
stroking the rough hair off his hot forehead.

"You are no end good to me, and I can't ever
thank you enough, but it just isn't the same,
is it?" and Dan looked up at her with a
wistful, hungry look that went to her heart.

"No, dear, it is not the same, and never can
be. I think an own mother would have been a
great deal to you. But as that cannot be, you
must try to let me fill her place. I fear I have

not done all I ought, or you would not want to
leave me," she added, sorrowfully.

"Yes, you have!" cried Dan, eagerly. "I don't
want to go, and I won't go, if I can help it; but
every now and then I feel as if I must burst
out somehow. I want to run straight ahead
somewhere, to smash something, or pitch
into somebody. Don't know why, but I do,
and that's all about it."

Dan laughed as he spoke, but he meant
what he said, for he knit his black brows,
and brought down his fist on the ledge with
such force, that Mrs. Jo's thimble flew off
into the grass. He brought it back, and as
she took it she held the big, brown hand a
minute, saying, with a look that showed the
words cost her something

"Well, Dan, run if you must, but don't run very
far; and come back to me soon, for I want
you very much."

He was rather taken aback by this
unexpected permission to play truant, and
somehow it seemed to lessen his desire to
go. He did not understand why, but Mrs. Jo
did, and, knowing the natural perversity of
the human mind, counted on it to help her
now. She felt instinctively that the more the
boy was restrained the more he would fret
against it; but leave him free, and the mere
sense of liberty would content him, joined to
the knowledge that his presence was dear
to those whom he loved best. It was a little
experiment, but it succeeded, for Dan
stood silent a moment, unconsciously
picking the fan to pieces and turning the
matter over in his mind. He felt that she
appealed to his heart and his honor, and
owned that he understood it by saying
presently, with a mixture of regret and
resolution in his face,

"I won't go yet awhile, and I'll give you fair

-134-

warning before I bolt. That's fair, isn't it?"

"Yes, we will let it stand so. Now, I want to
see if I can't find some way for you to work
off your steam better than running about the
place like a mad dog, spoiling my fans, or
fighting with the boys. What can we invent?"
and while Dan tried to repair the mischief he
had done, Mrs. Jo racked her brain for
some new device to keep her truant safe
until he had learned to love his lessons
better.

"How would you like to be my express-
man?" she said, as a sudden thought
popped into her head.

"Go into town, and do the errands?" asked
Dan, looking interested at once.

"Yes; Franz is tired of it, Silas cannot be
spared just now, and Mr. Bhaer has no
time. Old Andy is a safe horse, you are a
good driver, and know your way about the
city as well as a postman. Suppose you try
it, and see if it won't do most as well to drive
away two or three times a week as to run
away once a month."

"I'd like it ever so much, only I must go alone
and do it all myself. I don't want any of the
other fellows bothering round," said Dan,
taking to the new idea so kindly that he
began to put on business airs already.

"If Mr. Bhaer does not object you shall have
it all your own way. I suppose Emil will
growl, but he cannot be trusted with horses,
and you can. By the way, to-morrow is
market-day, and I must make out my list.
You had better see that the wagon is in
order, and tell Silas to have the fruit and
vegetables ready for mother. You will have
to be up early and get back in time for
school, can you do that?"

"I'm always an early bird, so I don't mind,"
and Dan slung on his jacket with despatch.

"The early bird got the worm this time, I'm
sure," said Mrs. Jo, merrily.

"And a jolly good worm it is," answered
Dan, as he went laughing away to put a new
lash to the whip, wash the wagon, and order
Silas about with all the importance of a
young express-man.

"Before he is tired of this I will find
something else and have it ready when the
next restless fit comes on," said Mrs. Jo to
herself, as she wrote her list with a deep
sense of gratitude that all her boys were not
Dans.

Mr. Bhaer did not entirely approve of the
new plan, but agreed to give it a trial, which
put Dan on his mettle, and caused him to
give up certain wild plans of his own, in
which the new lash and the long hill were to
have borne a part. He was up and away very
early the next morning, heroically resisting
the temptation to race with the milkmen
going into town. Once there, he did his
errands carefully, to Mr. Bhaer's surprise
and Mrs. Jo's great satisfaction. The
Commodore did growl at Dan's promotion,
but was pacified by a superior padlock to
his new boat-house, and the thought that
seamen were meant for higher honors than
driving market-wagons and doing family
errands. So Dan filled his new office well
and contentedly for weeks, and said no
more about bolting. But one day Mr. Bhaer
found him pummelling Jack, who was
roaring for mercy under his knee.

"Why, Dan, I thought you had given up
fighting," he said, as he went to the rescue.

"We ain't fighting, we are only wrestling,"
answered Dan, leaving off reluctantly.

-135-

"It looks very much like it, and feels like it,
hey, Jack?" said Mr. Bhaer, as the defeated
gentleman got upon his legs with difficulty.

"Catch me wrestling with him again. He's
most knocked my head off," snarled Jack,
holding on to that portion of his frame as if it
really was loose upon his shoulders.

"The fact is, we began in fun, but when I got
him down I couldn't help pounding him.
Sorry I hurt you, old fellow," explained Dan,
looking rather ashamed of himself.

"I understand. The longing to pitch into
somebody was so strong you couldn't
resist. You are a sort of Berserker, Dan,
and something to tussle with is as
necessary to you as music is to Nat," said
Mr. Bhaer, who knew all about the
conversation between the boy and Mrs. Jo.

"Can't help it. So if you don't want to be
pounded you'd better keep out of the way,"
answered Dan, with a warning look in his
black eyes that made Jack sheer off in
haste.

"If you want something to wrestle with, I will
give you a tougher specimen than Jack,"
said Mr. Bhaer; and, leading the way to the
wood-yard, he pointed out certain roots of
trees that had been grubbed up in the
spring, and had been lying there waiting to
be split.

"There, when you feel inclined to maltreat
the boys, just come and work off your
energies here, and I'll thank you for it."

"So I will;" and, seizing the axe that lay near
Dan hauled out a tough root, and went at it
so vigorously, that the chips flew far and
wide, and Mr. Bhaer fled for his life.

To his great amusement, Dan took him at

his word, and was often seen wrestling with
the ungainly knots, hat and jacket off, red
face, and wrathful eyes; for he got into royal
rages over some of his adversaries, and
swore at them under his breath till he had
conquered them, when he exulted, and
marched off to the shed with an armful of
gnarled oak-wood in triumph. He blistered
his hands, tired his back, and dulled the
axe, but it did him good, and he got more
comfort out of the ugly roots than any one
dreamed, for with each blow he worked off
some of the pent-up power that would
otherwise have been expended in some
less harmless way.

"When this is gone I really don't know what I
shall do," said Mrs. Jo to herself, for no
inspiration came, and she was at the end of
her resources.

But Dan found a new occupation for
himself, and enjoyed it some time before
any one discovered the cause of his
contentment. A fine young horse of Mr.
Laurie's was kept at Plumfield that
summer, running loose in a large pasture
across the brook. The boys were all
interested in the handsome, spirited
creature, and for a time were fond of
watching him gallop and frisk with his
plumey tail flying, and his handsome head in
the air. But they soon got tired of it, and left
Prince Charlie to himself. All but Dan, he
never tired of looking at the horse, and
seldom failed to visit him each day with a
lump of sugar, a bit of bread, or an apple to
make him welcome. Charlie was grateful,
accepted his friendship, and the two loved
one another as if they felt some tie between
them, inexplicable but strong. In whatever
part of the wide field he might be, Charlie
always came at full speed when Dan
whistled at the bars, and the boy was never
happier than when the beautiful, fleet
creature put its head on his shoulder,

-136-

looking up at him with fine eyes full of
intelligent affection.

"We understand one another without any
palaver, don't we, old fellow?" Dan would
say, proud of the horse's confidence, and,
so jealous of his regard, that he told no one
how well the friendship prospered, and
never asked anybody but Teddy to
accompany him on these daily visits.

Mr. Laurie came now and then to see how
Charlie got on, and spoke of having him
broken to harness in the autumn.

"He won't need much taming, he is such a
gentle, fine-tempered brute. I shall come
out and try him with a saddle myself some
day," he said, on one of these visits.

"He lets me put a halter on him, but I don't
believe he will bear a saddle even if you put
it on," answered Dan, who never failed to
be present when Charlie and his master
met.

"I shall coax him to bear it, and not mind a
few tumbles at first. He has never been
harshly treated, so, though he will be
surprised at the new performance, I think he
won't be frightened, and his antics will do
no harm."

"I wonder what he would do," said Dan to
himself, as Mr. Laurie went away with the
Professor, and Charlie returned to the bars,
from which he had retired when the
gentlemen came up.

A daring fancy to try the experiment took
possession of the boy as he sat on the
topmost rail with the glossy back temptingly
near him. Never thinking of danger, he
obeyed the impulse, and while Charlie
unsuspectingly nibbled at the apple he held,
Dan quickly and quietly took his seat. He did

not keep it long, however, for with an
astonished snort, Charlie reared straight
up, and deposited Dan on the ground. The
fall did not hurt him, for the turf was soft, and
he jumped up, saying, with a laugh,

"I did it anyway! Come here, you rascal, and
I'll try it again."

But Charlie declined to approach, and Dan
left him resolving to succeed in the end; for
a struggle like this suited him exactly. Next
time he took a halter, and having got it on,
he played with the horse for a while, leading
him to and fro, and putting him through
various antics till he was a little tired; then
Dan sat on the wall and gave him bread, but
watched his chance, and getting a good
grip of the halter, slipped on to his back.
Charlie tried the old trick, but Dan held on,
having had practice with Toby, who
occasionally had an obstinate fit, and tried
to shake off his rider. Charlie was both
amazed and indignant; and after prancing
for a minute, set off at a gallop, and away
went Dan heels over head. If he had not
belonged to the class of boys who go
through all sorts of dangers unscathed, he
would have broken his neck; as it was, he
got a heavy fall, and lay still collecting his
wits, while Charlie tore round the field
tossing his head with every sign of
satisfaction at the discomfiture of his rider.
Presently it seemed to occur to him that
something was wrong with Dan, and, being
of a magnanimous nature, he went to see
what the matter was. Dan let him sniff about
and perplex himself for a few minutes; then
he looked up at him, saying, as decidedly
as if the horse could understand,

"You think you have beaten, but you are
mistaken, old boy; and I'll ride you yet see if
I don't."

He tried no more that day, but soon after

-137-

attempted a new method of introducing
Charlie to a burden. He strapped a folded
blanket on his back, and then let him race,
and rear, and roll, and fume as much as he
liked. After a few fits of rebellion Charlie
submitted, and in a few days permitted Dan
to mount him, often stopped short to look
round, as if he said, half patiently, half
reproachfully, "I don't understand it, but I
suppose you mean no harm, so I permit the
liberty."

Dan patted and praised him, and took a
short turn every day, getting frequent falls,
but persisting in spite of them, and longing
to try a saddle and bridle, but not daring to
confess what he had done. He had his wish,
however, for there had been a witness of
his pranks who said a good word for him.

"Do you know what that chap has ben doin'
lately?" asked Silas of his master, one
evening, as he received his orders for the
next day.

"Which boy?" said Mr. Bhaer, with an air of
resignation, expecting some sad revelation.

"Dan, he's ben a breaking the colt, sir, and I
wish I may die if he ain't done it," answered
Silas, chuckling.

"How do you know?"

"Wal, I kinder keep an eye on the little fellers,
and most gen'lly know what they're up to; so
when Dan kep going off to the paster, and
coming home black and blue, I mistrusted
that suthing was goin' on. I didn't say
nothin', but I crep up into the barn chamber,
and from there I see him goin' through all
manner of games with Charlie. Blest if he
warn't throwed time and agin, and knocked
round like a bag o' meal. But the pluck of
that boy did beat all, and he 'peared to like
it, and kep on as ef bound to beat."

"But, Silas, you should have stopped it the
boy might have been killed," said Mr. Bhaer,
wondering what freak his irrepressibles
would take into their heads next.

"S'pose I oughter; but there warn't no real
danger, for Charlie ain't no tricks, and is as
pretty a tempered horse as ever I see. Fact
was, I couldn't bear to spile sport, for ef
there's any thing I do admire it's grit, and
Dan is chock full on 't. But now I know he's
hankerin' after a saddle, and yet won't take
even the old one on the sly; so I just thought
I'd up and tell, and may be you'd let him try
what he can do. Mr. Laurie won't mind, and
Charlie's all the better for 't."

"We shall see;" and off went Mr. Bhaer to
inquire into the matter.

Dan owned up at once, and proudly proved
that Silas was right by showing off his
power over Charlie; for by dint of much
coaxing, many carrots, and infinite
perseverance, he really had succeeded in
riding the colt with a halter and blanket. Mr.
Laurie was much amused, and well
pleased with Dan's courage and skill, and
let him have a hand in all future
performances; for he set about Charlie's
education at once, saying that he was not
going to be outdone by a slip of a boy.
Thanks to Dan, Charlie took kindly to the
saddle and bridle when he had once
reconciled himself to the indignity of the bit;
and after Mr. Laurie had trained him a little,
Dan was permitted to ride him, to the great
envy and admiration of the other boys.

"Isn't he handsome? and don't he mind me
like a lamb?" said Dan one day as he
dismounted and stood with his arm round
Charlie's neck.

"Yes, and isn't he a much more useful and
agreeable animal than the wild colt who

-138-

spent his days racing about the field,
jumping fences, and running away now and
then?" asked Mrs. Bhaer from the steps
where she always appeared when Dan
performed with Charlie.

"Of course he is. See he won't run away
now, even if I don't hold him, and he comes
to me the minute I whistle; I have tamed him
well, haven't I?" and Dan looked both proud
and pleased, as well he might, for, in spite
of their struggles together, Charlie loved
him better than his master.

"I am taming a colt too, and I think I shall
succeed as well as you if I am as patient
and persevering," said Mrs. Jo, smiling so
significantly at him, that Dan understood
and answered, laughing, yet in earnest,

"We won't jump over the fence and run
away, but stay and let them make a
handsome, useful span of us, hey,
Charlie?"

Chapter 17 Composition Day

"Hurry up, boys, it's three o'clock, and
Uncle Fritz likes us to be punctual, you
know," said Franz one Wednesday
afternoon as a bell rang, and a stream of
literary-looking young gentlemen with
books and paper in their hands were seen
going toward the museum.

Tommy was in the school-room, bending
over his desk, much bedaubed with ink,
flushed with the ardor of inspiration, and in
a great hurry as usual, for easy-going
Bangs never was ready till the very last
minute. As Franz passed the door looking
up laggards, Tommy gave one last blot and
flourish, and departed out the window,
waving his paper to dry as he went. Nan
followed, looking very important, with a
large roll in her hand, and Demi escorted

Daisy, both evidently brimful of some
delightful secret.

The museum was all in order, and the
sunshine among the hop-vines made pretty
shadows on the floor as it peeped through
the great window. On one side sat Mr. and
Mrs. Bhaer, on the other was a little table on
which the compositions were laid as soon
as read, and in a large semicircle sat the
children on camp-stools which occasionally
shut up and let the sitter down, thus
preventing any stiffness in the assembly. As
it took too much time to have all read, they
took turns, and on this Wednesday the
younger pupils were the chief performers,
while the elder ones listened with
condescension and criticised freely.

"Ladies first; so Nan may begin," said Mr.
Bhaer, when the settling of stools and
rustling of papers had subsided.

Nan took her place beside the little table,
and, with a preliminary giggle, read the
following interesting essay on

"THE SPONGE

"The sponge, my friends, is a most useful
and interesting plant. It grows on rocks
under the water, and is a kind of sea-weed,
I believe. People go and pick it and dry it
and wash it, because little fish and insects
live in the holes of the sponge; I found shells
in my new one, and sand. Some are very
fine and soft; babies are washed with them.
The sponge has many uses. I will relate
some of them, and I hope my friends will
remember what I say. One use is to wash
the face; I don't like it myself, but I do it
because I wish to be clean. Some people
don't, and they are dirty." Here the eye of the
reader rested sternly upon Dick and Dolly,
who quailed under it, and instantly resolved
to scrub themselves virtuously on all

-139-

occasions. "Another use is to wake people
up; I allude to boys par-tic -u-lar-ly."
Another pause after the long word to enjoy
the smothered laugh that went round the
room. "Some boys do not get up when
called, and Mary Ann squeezes the water
out of a wet sponge on their faces, and it
makes them so mad they wake up." Here
the laugh broke out, and Emil said, as if he
had been hit,

"Seems to me you are wandering from the
subject."

"No, I ain't; we are to write about
vegetables or animals, and I'm doing both:
for boys are animals, aren't they?" cried
Nan; and, undaunted by the indignant "No!"
shouted at her, she calmly proceeded,

"One more interesting thing is done with
sponges, and this is when doctors put ether
on it, and hold it to people's noses when
they have teeth out. I shall do this when I am
bigger, and give ether to the sick, so they
will go to sleep and not feel me cut off their
legs and arms."

"I know somebody who killed cats with it,"
called out Demi, but was promptly crushed
by Dan, who upset his camp-stool and put a
hat over his face.

"I will not be interruckted," said Nan,
frowning upon the unseemly scrimmagers.
Order was instantly restored, and the young
lady closed her remarks as follows:

"My composition has three morals, my
friends." Somebody groaned, but no notice
was taken of the insult. "First, is keep your
faces clean second, get up early third, when
the ether sponge is put over your nose,
breathe hard and don't kick, and your teeth
will come out easy. I have no more to say."
And Miss Nan sat down amid tumultuous

applause.

"That is a very remarkable composition; its
tone is high, and there is a good deal of
humor in it. Very well done, Nan. Now,
Daisy," and Mr. Bhaer smiled at one young
lady as he beckoned the other.

Daisy colored prettily as she took her place,
and said, in her mod